TRAMS 8.35 Screens Guide

TRAMS
Screens Guide
TRAnsaction
Management
System
Release 8.35
November 2009
Whats New
This material is proprietary to First Data Corporation and is not to be reproduced, disclosed,
or used except in accordance with program license or other written authorization of First
Data Corporation. All other trademarks, service marks, and trade names referenced in this
material are the property of their respective owners.
20002009 First Data Corporation
All Rights Reserved.
Update History
Release
Publish Date
Comments
8.12
02/03
Reissue
8.13
08/03
Update
8.14
11/03
Update
8.15
02/04
Update
8.16
08/04
Update
8.17
11/04
Update
8.18
02/05
Update
8.19
08/05
Update
8.20
11/05
Update
8.21
02/06
Update
8.23
11/06
Update
8.24
02/07
Update
8.25
05/07
Update
8.26
08/07
Update
8.27
11/07
Update
8.28
02/08
Update
8.29
05/08
Update
8.30
08/08
Update
8.31
11/08
Update
8.32
02/09
Update
8.33
05/09
Update
8.34
08/09
Update
8.35
11/09
Update (Title page only)
Whats New
TRAMS 8.35
Screens Guide
November 2009
The following summary outlines the changes made to the guide for this release. Editorial
changes are not listed.
Chapter
Description of Revision
Title page
November 2009
Changed release level, date, and update history to

reflect this update
Whats New1
Whats New
TRAMS 8.34
Screens Guide
August 2009
Chapter
TRANMENU
Transactions
August 2009
TRNSEG01 screen 5: Added SURCHARGE AMOUNT

field
Whats New1
Whats New
TRAMS 8.33
Screens Guide
May 2009
Chapter
OPTIONMENUControl
Options
May 2009
SYSPLIST1: Removed IPM field and updated field

description for BANKCARD INDICATORS
Whats New1
Whats New
TRAMS 8.32
Screens Guide
February 2009
Chapter
Working in TRAMS
Updated screen samples and example for Searching

the file based on a key topic
SECRMENUSecurity
Administration
FASTPATH: Updated screen sample
CLIENTMENUClient
Information
Removed references to obsolete institutions and

applications
INSTLIST: Updated screen sample
FILEMENUFile
Management
TRANMENU
Transactions
Updated screen samples: FILELIST, FILELIST2,

CASHLIST, CASHLIST1, CASHLIST2, CASHLIST3,
CASHLIST4, HASHTOTALS1, and WRHSELIST
BATCHLIST5: Revised descriptions for MC CATEGORY
CODE and VISA CATEGORY CODE fields
TRNSEG04 screen 4: Added MONEY TRANSFER
ORIGINAL CREDIT fields
TRNSEG04 screen 4: Added ATM FIRST
PRESENTMENT fields
TRNSEG04 screen 5: Added screen
JOBMENUJob
Schedule
Updated screen samples: JOBSCHDLST,

JOBSTSLST, and JOBSTSLST1
SYSTBLMENUSystem
Tables
Updated screen samples: TRANLIST and

TRANLIST1
February 2009
Whats New1
TRAMS 8.32 Screens Guide
Whats New
Chapter
Appendix ATRAMS/
VisionPLUS Base
Information
Updated for this release
Appendix DCommands
and Codes
Updated fastpath listing
February 2009
Whats New2
Whats New
TRAMS 8.31
Screens Guide
November 2008
Chapter
OPTIONMENUControl
Options
November 2008
Editorial changes
Whats New1
Whats New
TRAMS 8.30
Screens Guide
August 2008
Chapter
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG04 screen 3: Added Visa Installment

Payment fields
TRNSEG04 screen 4: Added screen
SYSTBLMENUSystem
Tables
SYSTBLMENU: Updated screen sample to include

Visa Chargeback Rights Indicator Table option and
AMEX Special Programs Table option
Appendix DCommands
and Codes
Added CRILIST to fastpaths listing
August 2008
Whats New1
Whats New
TRAMS 8.29
Screens Guide
May 2008
Chapter
SETTMENUSettlement
SETTLIST1: Revised description of NET field to

include information on negative amounts
Appendix ATRAMS/
VisionPLUS Base
Information
Added new Institution file entries 9010 and 9011,

new Application file entries 9010/0001 and 9011/
0001, and new Job Schedule file entries FEPIPIN
and FEPVSIN
May 2008
Whats New1
Whats New
TRAMS 8.28
Screens Guide
February 2008
Chapter
TRANMENU
Transactions
February 2008
TRNSEG03 screen 3: Added POI CURR CNV TYPE, POI

CURR CNV AMT, and POI CURR CNV CURR CD fields
TRNSEG06: Updated all screen samples and
removed screen 3
TRNSEG06 screen 2: Added PROG REG ID, PAY TRAN
INIT, and MVV fields
Whats New1
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Getting Started
1
Before You Begin ............................................................................................... 11

Purpose of the guide .............................................................................................. 11
Format of the guide ................................................................................................ 11
Who should use this guide ..................................................................................... 12
Conventions used in this guide............................................................................... 12
TRAMS documentation .......................................................................................... 13
Updates to the guide .............................................................................................. 14
Customer support ................................................................................................... 14
Working in TRAMS............................................................................................. 21
Screen components................................................................................................ 22
Accessing TRAMS.................................................................................................. 28
Accessing TRAMS functions ................................................................................ 211
Exiting TRAMS ..................................................................................................... 226
Looking at TRAMS ............................................................................................. 31

Description.............................................................................................................. 31
International considerations.................................................................................... 32
Using TRAMS ......................................................................................................... 32
Development environment...................................................................................... 34
Processing environment ......................................................................................... 35
Accessing TRAMS functions .................................................................................. 35
Sources and destinations ....................................................................................... 36
System processing ................................................................................................. 37
TRAMS Application Generator (TRAMS/AG) ....................................................... 311
Bank Card compliance module (TRAMS/BC)....................................................... 315
Data Entry module (TRAMS/DE) .......................................................................... 316
Questions commonly asked about TRAMS .......................................................... 316
August 2009
TOC1
Table of Contents
Screens
4
SECRMENU: Security Administration ...................................................................... 41

Assigning the user identifier ................................................................................... 41
Setting security controls ......................................................................................... 42
SECRERRORSecurity Violations........................................................................ 43
SECRMENUSecurity Administration................................................................... 44
User profiles ........................................................................................................... 45
USERLISTUser Action List ................................................................................. 46
USERLIST1User Profile Details (Screen 1) ........................................................ 48
USERLIST2User Profile Details (Screen 2) ...................................................... 412
USERLIST3User Profile Details (Screen 3) ...................................................... 415
Program tables ..................................................................................................... 418
PRGMTBLISTProgram Table Action List.......................................................... 419
PRGMTBLIS1Program Table Entries ............................................................... 421
PRGMTBLIS2Program Table Replicate............................................................ 424
PRGMTBLIS2Program Functions ..................................................................... 426
File tables ............................................................................................................. 427
FILETABLEFile Table Action List...................................................................... 428
FILETABLE2File Table Replicate ..................................................................... 430
FILETABLE3File Table Entries ......................................................................... 431
Message tables .................................................................................................... 434
MSGTMENUMessage Table Menu................................................................... 435
MSGTLISTMessage Table Action List .............................................................. 437
MSGTLIST1Message Table Details.................................................................. 439
Help facility ........................................................................................................... 440
Fastpath commands ............................................................................................. 440
FASTPATHFastpath Key Word List .................................................................. 441
View Log File ........................................................................................................ 441
LOGLISTTRAMS Log File (Character Display)................................................. 443
LOGLISTTRAMS Log File (Hex Display) .......................................................... 446
View Record Definition file.................................................................................... 446
RDEFLISTRecord Definition Action List............................................................ 448
RDEFLIST1Record Definition Details (Screen 1) ............................................. 450
RDEFLIST2Record Definition Details (Screen 2) ............................................. 453
Reload program and file tables............................................................................. 453
SECRMENUSecurity Administration................................................................. 455
Refresh filepath batch run .................................................................................... 455
Delete mirror file records ...................................................................................... 458
Institution/application security............................................................................... 460
August 2009
TOC2
Table of Contents
INSTAPPLGPInst/Appl Group Action List ......................................................... 461

INSTAPPLG1Operator Inst/Appl Group Security.............................................. 463
Approval limit groups ............................................................................................ 464
APRVLGROUPApproval Limits Group Action List ............................................ 465
APRVLGROU1Operator Approval Limit Group Security................................... 467
Switch file table ID ................................................................................................ 468
FILETBLIDSwitch File Table ID (Screen 1)....................................................... 470
FILETBLIDSwitch File Table ID (Screen 2)....................................................... 471
OPTIONMENU: Control Options ............................................................................... 51

OPTIONMENUControl Options Menu................................................................. 52
System control options ........................................................................................... 53
SYSPLISTSystem Control Options Action List ................................................... 54
System options ....................................................................................................... 55
SYSPLIST1System Options (Screen 1).............................................................. 56
SYSPLIST2System Options (Screen 2)............................................................ 511
Calendar ............................................................................................................... 513
CALOPTLISTCalendar Action List .................................................................... 514
CALOPTLIS1Calendar Options ........................................................................ 516
CALOPTLIS1Holidays ...................................................................................... 519
Report options ...................................................................................................... 520
RPTLISTReport Action List ............................................................................... 521
RPTLIST1Report Options (Screen 1) ............................................................... 523
RPTLIST2Report Options (Screen 2) ............................................................... 528
Reject options ....................................................................................................... 529
REJOPTLISTReject Options Action List ........................................................... 530
REJOPTLIS1Reject Options ............................................................................. 532
Purge and archive options .................................................................................... 536
PRGOPTLISTPurge/Archive Options Action List.............................................. 537
PRGOPTLIS1Purge and Archive Options......................................................... 539
CLIENTMENU: Client Information ............................................................................ 61

CLIENTMENUClient Information Menu............................................................... 62
Institutions .............................................................................................................. 63
INSTLISTInstitution Action List .......................................................................... 64
INSTLIST1Institution Details ............................................................................... 66
INSTLIST2Institution Addresses and Phones..................................................... 69
Applications .......................................................................................................... 611
APPLLISTApplication Action List ...................................................................... 612
APPLLIST1Application Details.......................................................................... 615
August 2009
TOC3
Table of Contents

Control groups ...................................................................................................... 628
Contacts ............................................................................................................... 628
Merchant records.................................................................................................. 628
MERCHLISTMerchant Action List..................................................................... 629
MERCHLIST1Merchant Information ................................................................. 631
FILEMENU: File Management .................................................................................. 71

FILEMENUFile Management Menu .................................................................... 72
File information ....................................................................................................... 73
FILELISTFile Action List ..................................................................................... 75
FILELIST1File Details ......................................................................................... 78
FILELIST2File Optional Fields Detail ................................................................ 712
FILELIST3File Totals ........................................................................................ 713
FILELIST4File Destinations .............................................................................. 716
Cash letter information ......................................................................................... 717
CASHLISTCash Letter Action List .................................................................... 719
CASHLIST1Cash Letter Details ........................................................................ 722
CASHLIST2Cash Optional Fields Detail ........................................................... 725
CASHLIST3Cash Letter Totals ......................................................................... 726
CASHLIST4Cash Letter Destinations ............................................................... 729
Batch information.................................................................................................. 730
BATCHLISTBatch Header Action List............................................................... 732
BATCHLIST1Batch Header Details .................................................................. 735
BATCHLIST2Batch Optional Field Display ....................................................... 739
BATCHLIST3Batch Totals (Screen 1)............................................................... 740
BATCHLIST4Batch Totals (Screen 2)............................................................... 743
BATCHLIST5Batch Merchant Information (Screen 1) ...................................... 745
BATCHLIST5Batch Merchant Information (Screen 2) ...................................... 748
BATCHLIST6Batch Destinations ...................................................................... 750
Hash totals............................................................................................................ 751
HASHTOTALSHash Total Action List ............................................................... 753
HASHTOTALS1Hash Totals Detail................................................................... 755
Warehouse totals.................................................................................................. 757
WRHSELISTWarehouse Totals Action List ...................................................... 758
WRHSELIST1Warehouse Totals ...................................................................... 760
TRANMENU: Transactions ........................................................................................ 81

TRANMENUTransaction Display Menu .............................................................. 83
TRNREFLISTTransaction Action List (Reference Number)................................ 84
TRNACTLISTTransaction Action List (Account Number) ................................... 87
August 2009
TOC4
Table of Contents
Transaction preamble details ................................................................................. 89

TRNDETAIL1Transaction Preamble Details ..................................................... 810
TRNSEG01Bankcard Common (Screen 1)....................................................... 814
TRNSEG02Bankcard Merchant ........................................................................ 824
TRNSEG03Bankcard MasterCard (Screen 1) .................................................. 826
TRNSEG04Bankcard Visa (Screen 1) .............................................................. 832
TRNSEG04Bankcard Visa (Screen 5) ............................................................. 842
TRNSEG05Bankcard Reps .............................................................................. 843
TRNDTLPLVCRFS (Screen 1).......................................................................... 845
TRNDTLPLVCRFS (Screen 2).......................................................................... 847
TRNSEG06Bankcard Special Interchange (Screen 1) ..................................... 848
TRNSEG06Bankcard Special Interchange (Screen 2) ..................................... 850
TRNSEG20Visa PURCHA ................................................................................ 852
TRNSEG21Visa PURCHL ................................................................................ 854
TRNDTLPLVisa Data ........................................................................................ 856
TRNSEG07Passenger Transport (Screen 1).................................................... 858
TRNSEG08Vehicle Rental/Lodging (Screen 1) ................................................ 866
TRNSEG09Fleet (Screen 1) ............................................................................. 877
TRNSEG09Fleet (Screen 2) ............................................................................. 879
TRNSEG09Commercial Card Fleet (Screen 1) ................................................ 881
TRNSEG09Commercial Card Fleet (Screen 2) ................................................ 883
TRNSEG19Visa Fleet (Screen 1) ..................................................................... 885
TRNSEG19Visa Fleet (Screen 2) ..................................................................... 886
August 2009
TOC5
Table of Contents
TRNSEG10Corporate Common (Screen 1)...................................................... 888

TRNSEG10Corporate Common (Screen 2)...................................................... 890
TRNSEG11Corp Line Item Detail (Screen 1).................................................... 892
TRNSEG11Corp Line Item Detail (Screen 2).................................................... 894
TRNSEG13Merchant Registration .................................................................... 896
TRNSEG14MAPP (Screen 1) ........................................................................... 898
TRNSEG14MAPP (Screen 2) ......................................................................... 8100
TRNSEG15Fraud (Screen 1) .......................................................................... 8101
TRNSEG16NRI (Screen 1) ............................................................................. 8108
TRNSEG16NRI (Screen 2) ............................................................................. 8110
TRNSEG17ICS (Screen 1) ............................................................................. 8111
TRNSEG17ICS (Screen 2) ............................................................................. 8113
TRNSEG24Chip Data ..................................................................................... 8115
TRNDTLPLPrivate Label ................................................................................ 8116
TRNDTLPLADDNDATA.................................................................................. 8117
TRNDTLPLCMSDATA .................................................................................... 8119
TRNDTLPLMBSDATA (Screen 1) .................................................................. 8121
TRNDTLPLMBSDATA2 (Screen 1) ................................................................ 8130
TRNDTLPLMBSDATA2 (Screen 2) ................................................................ 8133
Original transaction details ................................................................................. 8134
Original Transaction DetailsITSMI661 ............................................................ 8135
Original Transaction DetailsITSVSDT............................................................. 8137
Original Transaction DetailsUIMS034 (Screen 1) ........................................... 8139
Original Transaction DetailsUIMS034 (Screen 2) ........................................... 8141
Original Transaction DetailsUIMS045 ............................................................. 8142
Output record details .......................................................................................... 8143
Output Record Details ........................................................................................ 8144
EXCEPTMENU: Exception Transactions ................................................................ 91

Reject items ............................................................................................................ 91
Suspense items ...................................................................................................... 91
Accessing exception items ..................................................................................... 92
EXCEPTMENUException Transactions Menu.................................................... 93
Reject transactions ................................................................................................. 94
REJECTLISTReject Action List........................................................................... 96
August 2009
TOC6
Table of Contents
REJDTLReject Details ........................................................................................ 99

REJORDTLOriginal Rejected Transaction Details............................................ 912
Suspense transactions ......................................................................................... 913
SUSPLISTSuspense Action List ....................................................................... 915
SUSPDTLSuspense Details ............................................................................. 918
10
SETTMENU: Settlement .......................................................................................... 101

SETTMENUSettlement Menu ........................................................................... 103
Common settlement ............................................................................................. 104
SETTLISTCommon Settlement Action List ....................................................... 106
SETTLIST1Common Settlement Totals (Screen 1) .......................................... 109
SETTLIST2Common Settlement Totals (Screen 2) ........................................ 1011
SETTLIST3Transaction Code Totals .............................................................. 1014
11
JOBMENU: Job Schedule ........................................................................................ 111

JOBMENUJob Schedule Menu......................................................................... 112
Job schedule ........................................................................................................ 114
JOBSCHDLSTJob Schedule Action List ........................................................... 115
JOBSCHDLS1Job Schedule Details................................................................. 117
Job status ........................................................................................................... 1110
JOBSTSLSTJob Status Action List ................................................................. 1111
JOBSTSLST1Job Status Details .................................................................... 1115
12
SYSTBLMENU: System Tables .............................................................................. 121

TRAMS system tables .......................................................................................... 121
SYSTBLMENUSystem Table Management Menu............................................ 123
Transaction Code Translation table...................................................................... 124
TRANLISTTransaction Code Action List........................................................... 126
TRANLIST1Transaction Code Details .............................................................. 128
Appendices
Appendix A: TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information ............................................. A1
Appendix B: Error Messages .................................................................................... B1
Appendix C: Setup Procedures ................................................................................C1
Appendix D: Commands and Codes .......................................................................D1
Glossary .................................................................................................. Glossary1
August 2009
TOC7
Getting Started
Chapter 1
Before You Begin

This guide provides detailed information about each online screen in the Transaction
Management System (TRAMS). This chapter includes the following information:
The purpose of this guide

An outline of the order and contents of this guide
A description of the audience for whom this guide is written
The conventions used in this guide
The method used to update this guide
A brief description of the documentation and support that is provided with TRAMS.
Purpose of the guide

The TRAMS Screens Guide provides samples of all online screens you will use in
TRAMS. This guide also provides descriptions and values for the fields that display on the
online screens.
Format of the guide

This guide contains reference-type documentation. The guide provides information in the
following order:
Getting Started introduces you to the documentation. This section includes information
on the organization of this guide, the conventions used in the guide, updating the guide,
and the additional types of support offered by First Data. This section also includes an
explanation of the TRAMS screen layout and instructions on how to navigate easily
through the system.
Screens provides a chapter for each online screen necessary to the operation of TRAMS.
These chapters are arranged in the order the function appears on the TRAMS Main Menu.
Each chapter provides:
A purpose statement to describe the screen function

A sample of each screen
Descriptions and values for the fields on each screen.
August 2009
11
Before You Begin
The TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information appendix contains a series of tables that

describe base information for various files in TRAMS.
The Error Messages appendix contains a complete listing of the various error messages
supported by TRAMS.
The Setup Procedures appendix contains instructional information on initializing the
user-defined fields during system setup.
The Commands and Codes appendix contains the following lists:
Fastpath commands
U. S. state abbreviations
Canadian province codes
TRAMS files
TRAMS tables
TRAMS control parameter tables
TRAMS and TRAMS/DE files containing INST and/or APPL
MasterCard and
Visa category codes.
The glossary provides descriptions of often-used terminology in TRAMS.
Who should use this guide

This guide contains information required by your management, supervisory personnel,
and data entry staff to ensure efficient processing of credit using TRAMS.
Conventions used in this guide

To help you effectively use your documentation, this guide follows conventions, or
standard methods, described in the following topics.
Guide identification
In sections other than Appendices, the top of every page displays a header that provides
the product name, release level, name of the guide, and current chapter name. The header
of an appendix page displays the same information except for the name of the guide. This
is because some of the appendices are shared between guides.
Page numbering and release date information
This guide divides information into sections and chapters. The chapter numbers are in
consecutive order throughout. Each page in the guide has a two-part page numberthe
chapter number followed by the number of the page within that individual chapter.
The page number appears at the bottom right corner of every page. The release date
appears at the bottom left corner.
August 2009
12
Before You Begin
Information alert
This guide uses two types of information alerts.
Notes
Notes provide information about the subject being discussed. All notes have the following
format:
This is a sample of a note. Notes provide information that will help

you with the current task.
Cautions
Cautions alert you to a potential loss of information or severe consequences that may
result from a particular action. All cautions have the following format:
This is a sample of a caution. Pay close attention to any information

that appears next to the caution flag.
Typographical formats
The following text formats identify special information:
This text formatting...
Indicates...
Bold following the Type command
Words or characters you type
Italics
Titles of guides and manuals that provide

additional information
Results of an action within a procedure
BOLD, SMALL CAPITAL LETTERS
Names of fields as they appear on screens and

reports
NONPROPORTIONAL,SMALL
CAPITAL LETTERS
Messages as they appear on screens and reports.
TRAMS documentation
TRAMS documentation includes a set of comprehensive, easy-to-use guides. The
following topics briefly describe each guide.
Screens guide
The TRAMS Screens Guide provides samples of all the online screens you will use in
TRAMS. The guide also provides descriptions and values for the fields that display on the
screens.
August 2009
13
Before You Begin
Reports guide
The TRAMS Reports Guide contains samples of the reports that TRAMS produces and
describes the information on the reports.
Technical guide
The TRAMS Technical Guide contains information required by your programming and
data processing staff for technical processing and maintenance of TRAMS.
Updates to the guide

When changes are required, First Data updates the guide for inclusion in the next
scheduled release. On the release date, the updated documentation is made available for
download on the VisionPLUS customer support Web site. The Whats New pages at the
beginning of each guide provide a list of the changed chapters and a brief description of
the technical and/or functional changes included in the release. The Whats New pages
also serve as an update history for future reference.
Customer support
Two forms of customer support are available to VisionPLUS clients who contract for
maintenancetelephone support through the client services centers and Web support
through the VisionPLUS customer support Web site.
Telephone support
VisionPLUS client services centers are staffed with experts who provide functional and
technical support for VisionPLUS products 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Contact your
assigned client services representative for assistance.
Customer support Web site
VisionPLUS clients are offered access to a secured, multifunctional customer support Web
site. The Web site address is http://visionplus.firstdata.com. Through this site, you can log
support requests and access a variety of information, including code changes, release
schedules, training materials and research tools, online documentation, and user group
news.
To access and use the customer support Web site, contact your VisionPLUS client services
representative.
August 2009
14
Chapter 2
Working in TRAMS
Before you start using TRAMS, it is important for you to understand how to navigate
across screens or functions. This chapter provides you with a description of the standard
layout of TRAMS screens and discusses some of the standard features and conventions
used in TRAMS.
August 2009
21
Working in TRAMS
Screen components
This sample screen is labeled to show you the common parts of the TRAMS screen. Each
of these components is discussed following the sample.
Work
area
Action
Bar
System
date and time
Selection
field
(
) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------MAINMENU
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
12/05/02 15:47:
MAIN MENU
Select one of the following and press Enter.
(
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Security Administration
Control Options
Client Information
File Management
Transactions
Exception Transactions
Settlement
Job Schedule
System Tables
Signoff
TRAMS/DE
COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP
F3=EXIT
Command
line
F5=REFRSH
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
Function
keys
F12=CANCEL
Message
area
Following is an explanation of the illustrated screen elements.

Action bar
The action bar is the topmost line on the screen. It identifies the actions TRAMS supports
through the screen and enables you to access these actions. Actions are represented by
keywords. For example, the action bar illustrated contains the keyword Help. To access
the action bar, press the Actions function key or tab to the entry field on the action bar line.
To select an action from the action bar, type the first character of the action name in the
field provided at the leftmost side of the action bar. For reference purposes, that character
is displayed in parentheses beside each keyword. For example, to select Help from the
action bar, you would type H in the field. To return to the work area, press the Tab key.
Work area
The work area contains the title of the screen, the date and time, and the fields that you use
in performing the function. Refer to the Fields topic for more discussion of fields. The
August 2009
22
Working in TRAMS
main title within the work area is customized for your installation by your System
Administrator.
Command line
The command line is used to communicate directly with TRAMS through fastpath
commands. For example, if you want to access a function without using a menu, you type
a keyword identifying that function in the command line. You can also use the command
line to simulate function keys if your keyboard does not have full 24-key capability. For
example, if you have 12 function keys and need to press F21, you can type F21 in the
command line and press Enter.
Function key area
The bottom line of the screen lists the function keys that are available to you and describes
their actions. Refer to the Function keys topic for more information about their use.
Fields
TRAMS information is displayed in fields within the work area of your screen. The types
of fields vary, including:
Selection and input fields

Protected (display-only) fields.
Field content format

The information you type into the fields of a screen is either alphanumeric (alphabetic
characters, special characters, and/or numbers), or numeric (numbers only). The definition
of the individual field determines whether you are allowed to enter alphanumeric or
numeric data. In this guide, each screen description defines the maximum length of each
input field and indicates the type of data allowed in the field. The type of data is indicated
as shown in the following table:
If the field description
indicates this...
August 2009
This field is...
Alphanumeric
For example, 4C indicates that the maximum field length
is four alphanumeric characters.
Numeric
For example, 4N indicates that the maximum field length
is four numeric digits.
23
If the field description

indicates this...
Working in TRAMS
This field is...
REQ
Required
Required fields cannot be blank or zeros. If you leave a
required field blank and press Enter, TRAMS highlights
the field as an error. You must correct the error before you
can advance to the next screen in the series.
NS
Numbers, signed
Some numeric fields allow you to type a minus () sign in
the right-most position of the field to indicate a negative
value. For example, a field description that indicates 5NS
specifies that the maximum field length is five numbers
and a minus sign if the value is negative (for example,
00025). If you do not enter a sign, TRAMS assumes the
value is positive.
In addition to field length and type of data, some numeric fields require a particular
format. These formats are explained in the following table:
Format
Description
MMDDYY
DD/MM/YY
YY/MM/DD
All dates are entered as six digits, stored as Julian dates,

and displayed using one of the three options. If you enter
a two-digit year, the system will provide the first two
digits of the year.
CCYYDDD
This is a Julian date format. Enter a two-digit century, a

two-digit year, and a three-digit Julian day.
For example, January 20, 2009, would be entered as
2009020.
HH:MM:SS
This is a clock time definition.

For example, five minutes and seven seconds past 11
oclock would be displayed as 11:05:07.
ZZZZ.99
The leading Zs in this format indicate that TRAMS will

not display leading zeros in the field. The decimal
identifies the location of the decimal position for that
number and appears on the screen.
August 2009
24
Working in TRAMS
Format
Description
9999.99
This number contains two digits to the right of the

decimal. The decimal identifies the location of the
decimal position in the number and appears on the screen.
This format is only used for numeric fields; you do not
need to enter leading zeros. When you enter a number in
a field with this format (9999.99), do not enter the
decimal.
AAAEEENNNN
This is a phone number definition. AAA is the area code,

EEE is the exchange number (first three digits of the
number), and NNNN are the last four digits of the
number.
Selection fields
Certain TRAMS screens and windows give you a list of options from which to choose. To
identify your choice, you make an entry in a selection field and press Enter to process the
selection.
Field Type
Description
SINGLE CHOICE
Selection fields that require you to make only one choice

from a list. The selection field shown on menus is an
example of a single-choice selection field.
MULTIPLE CHOICE
Selection fields that enable you to choose more than one

selection from the list. You then press Enter to process all
selections. The ACTION fields on action listings are
examples of multiple-choice selection fields, since they
permit you to process one other action in addition to a
Delete action.
Protected (display-only) fields

Some of the fields on TRAMS screens are protected against any entry. They display data
for reference purposes only and do not permit this data to be changed. Protected fields are
either identified by a colon (:) replacing the last leader dot preceding the field name and
are not underscored, or they are not enclosed in field delimiters such as parentheses.
August 2009
25
Working in TRAMS
Messages
TRAMS interacts with you by displaying messages. There are varying types of messages
Message Type
Description
ERROR MESSAGES
Alert you to mistakes that have been made in input. Error

messages appear in a standard format, SSSNNL, where:
SSS
= the screen or program number
NN
= the message number
L
= the language.
PROMPTS
Request that you take some action in order to continue

processing. For example, before the system will delete an
object, it prompts you to confirm that you want to
perform the deletion. This capability reduces the risk of
erasing information accidentally.
WARNING MESSAGES
Indicate that a potentially risky condition exists. For

example, the system displays a warning message before
writing over existing data. Warning messages require
some type of response; you can take corrective action or
press the Cancel function key to continue.
ACTION MESSAGES
Indicate that an exception condition exists. These

messages identify minor situations that temporarily stop
you from working with the current screen or function, as
well as serious system-related conditions that require you
to stop working with any application until the condition is
resolved. Action messages require you to respond and
correct the situation before continuing.
Messages are displayed immediately above the command area on your screen.
Removing messages
When you press Enter or a function key, information messages and warning messages that
do not require input are cleared. When you take action to correct the specific condition,
action messages are removed. When you make one of the requested responses a prompt is
cleared.
Keyboard overview
TRAMS is designed to work on a variety of computer types. Therefore, the types of
terminals used to access TRAMS vary. You should become familiar with your own
August 2009
26
Working in TRAMS
terminal and its keyboard before working with TRAMS. Be sure you know the location of
the following keys:
Use this key...
To...
ENTER
Transmit information to the computer for

processing.
TAB
Move the cursor from field to field. SHIFT-TAB

moves it backward.
ARROW OR CURSOR
MOVEMENT
Move the cursor between locations on a screen.
FUNCTION
Give you quick access to specific capabilities.
Function keys
The function keys enable you to quickly carry out specific tasks. The function keys that
are available at any given time vary, depending on the TRAMS function that you are
currently performing. The following function keys are standard for TRAMS as delivered
to your organization:
Key
Task
Description
F1
HELP
Accesses Help text
F2
SET1/SET2
Displays additional function keys that are

available
F3
EXIT
Returns display to action list and saves

changes
F4
PROMPT
Displays a prompt window containing valid

entries
F5
REFRESH
Refreshes information previously displayed
F6
END
Returns display to action list and does not

save changes
F7
BACKWARD
Pages backward
F8
FORWARD
Pages forward
F9
COMMANDS
Refreshes the prior fastpath command and

moves the cursor to the command line
August 2009
27
Working in TRAMS
Key
Task
Description
F10
ACTIONS
Moves the cursor to the action bar
F11
COPY
Copies the prior record
F12
CANCEL
Cancels the current function or action and

returns to previous screen without saving
changes
F13
TOP
Displays the beginning of an action list
F14
BOTTOM
Displays the ending of an action list
F19
PREVIOUS
Displays the previous record
F20
NEXT
Displays the next record
Note that the listed function key numbers are those delivered with TRAMS. Your
organization can change these function keys for each user through a Security
Administration function. You may want to note the actual key to press for each function.
TRAMS enables you to modify the usage of the function keys, as well as to add
definitions for other function keys. Refer to the Security Administration chapter in this
guide for help in defining function keys.
Accessing TRAMS
In order to access TRAMS, you need a valid password and user identification code. Your
System Administrator assigns these codes. To access TRAMS:
Sign on to your appropriate operating system (for example, CICS).

Type the command TRAM.
August 2009
28
Working in TRAMS
A screen similar to the following is displayed:
/ TTTTTTTTTTT / RRRRRRRRR
/ AAAAAAAAAA
/ MMM
/ MMMM / SSSSSSS
~~~/~TTT~~~ / RRR~~~/~RRR
/ AAA~~~/~AAA~ / MMMMM
/ MMMMM / SSS~~~~
/ TTT
/ RRR
/~RRR
/ AAA
/ AAA / MMM~MM
MMMMMM / S
/ TTT
/ RRRRRRRRRRRR
/ AAAAAAAAAAA / MMM/ MMMMMMMMMM / SSSSSS
/ TTT
/ RRR~~/~RRR~~
/ AAA
/~AAA / MMM /~MMM/~MMM
~~~~~~/~
/ TTT
/ RRR
/ RRR
/ AAA
/ AAA / MMM
~~/ MMM
/ S
/ TTT
/ RRR
/ RRR
/ AAA
/ AAA / MMM
/ MMM
/ S
/ TTT
/ RRR
/ RRR / AAA
/ AAA / MMM
/ MMM
/ SSSSSSSS
/~~~
/ ~~~
/ ~~~ / ~~~
/ ~~~ / ~~~
/ ~~~
/ ~~~~~~~~
~~~
~~~
~~~ ~~~
~~~
~~~
~~~
~~~~~~~~
*------------------------------*
*
*
*
*
*------------------------------*
Version Number
8.0.0
Enter to Continue
August 2009
29
Working in TRAMS
This is the TRAMS Logo screen. It contains information about the version number of
TRAMS that you are using. Press Enter to exit this screen and continue. TRAMS displays
a screen similar to the one following.
--------------------------------------------------------------- --------------TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
09/25/01 15:32:22
USER SIGN ON
Enter your Identification and Password and then press Enter
User Identification . . . . (
Password
. . . . . . . . . (
COMMAND ===>
F3=SIGNOFF
F12=CANCEL
Type your user identification in the USER IDENTIFICATION field.

Press the Tab key to move to the PASSWORD field and type your password. Notice that
the password does not display as you enter it; this is a security feature that prevents
your unique password from being used without authorization.
Press Enter to display the TRAMS Main Menu.
If you enter an invalid value in either field, TRAMS displays a

message in the message line. After clearing the field, carefully
retype the user identification or password in the appropriate field.
Should you receive another error message, and if you are sure that
you entered the value correctly, contact your System Administrator
immediately.
Your organization may require that passwords be changed on a regular schedule. If your
current password has expired and you attempt to sign on using it, a message is displayed
requesting that you enter a new password and verify it to continue. Make a note of your
new password and continue using it until it also expires.
August 2009
210
Working in TRAMS
Signing onto TRAMS when the single image feature is enabled

When the single image feature is enabled, you can type a four-character identifier at the
TRAMS sign-on screen to select the file set to be used. The fourth character is used by the
TRAMS system to point to a specific set of files.
The following table provides examples of the identifiers that can be used to sign onto
TRAMS.
Identifier
File Set
TRAA
TRAMS file set A
TRAB
TRAMS file set B
TRA1
TRAMS file set 1
TRAM
Default/Standard TRAMS file set
TRDA
TRAMS Data Entry file set A
TRDB
TRAMS Data Entry file set B
TRD1
TRAMS Data Entry file set 1
TRDE
Default/Standard TRAMS Data Entry file set
Users are restricted from using C, E, M, T, or V in the fourth position

of an identifier due to conflicts with other systems.
After you type in the proper identifier, you can sign on using your user ID. The same user
ID and password can be used for accessing multiple files.
To change to a different file set, you must clear the screen and begin the procedure again
from the TRAMS sign-on screen.
Accessing TRAMS functions

To enter or retrieve TRAMS information, you perform a variety of functions. These
functions are primarily online; that is, you perform the functions using your computer
terminal. Information entered online is processed immediately.
TRAMS provides a number of methods for you to use in accessing its functions. These
include:
Function keys
Menus
Action lists
Fastpath commands.
August 2009
211
Working in TRAMS
The following topics describe each of these access methods:

Function keys
Function keys are discussed in the Screen components topic of this chapter. The other
access methods are described in the following topics.
Menus
You can access TRAMS functions and capabilities by choosing options from the TRAMS
menus. Menus list all of the functions that are available to you. Every function is not
available to every user; should you attempt to choose a function you are not allowed to
perform, TRAMS displays a Security Violation screen warning you of this fact. If this
happens, press Enter; the system clears the Security Violation screen and returns you to
the TRAMS Main Menu. The access attempt is logged as a security violation and appears
on a printed report reviewed by your Security Administrator.
To make a selection from a menu, type the number identifying your choice in the entry
field provided near the top of the menu listing and press Enter. For example, to choose the
Transactions option from the TRAMS Main Menu, you would type 5 in the entry field and
press Enter.
Note that certain menu options lead you to other menus (called submenus). For example,
if you select the Exception Transactions option from the TRAMS Main Menu, the system
displays a submenu that provides access to Reject and Suspense functions.
Menu descriptions
Included at the beginning of each of the chapters in the Screens section is a description
of each of the menus you use to access TRAMS functions.
August 2009
212
Working in TRAMS
Main Menu screen

The Main Menu provides access to submenus leading to categories of TRAMS functions.
(
) (H) Help
----------------------------------------------------------------- ------------MAINMENU
09/25/01 14:53:02
MAIN MENU
(
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Control Options
Client Information
File Management
Transactions
Settlement
Job Schedule
System Tables
Signoff
TRAMS/DE
COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
F12=CANCEL
Use the Main Menu screen to access the following submenus.

Function
Description
SECURITY ADMINISTRATION
Enables the system Security Administrator to

maintain passwords, user identifications, message
tables and other security controls
CONTROL OPTIONS
Enables you to choose options that control the way

TRAMS performs
CLIENT INFORMATION
Enables you to maintain information about

institutions for which you process TRAMS
FILE MANAGEMENT
Enables you to maintain controls over information

included in system storage and transmission
vehicles (such as files, cash letters, and batches)
TRANSACTIONS
Enables you to display TRAMS transactions based

on a variety of sorting criteria
August 2009
213
Working in TRAMS
Function
Description
EXCEPTION TRANSACTIONS
Enables you to work with transactions that TRAMS

has identified as rejects or suspense items based on
your defined edits
SETTLEMENT
Enables you to view settlement information created

during process input and output
JOB SCHEDULE
Enables you to maintain controls governing system

operations
SYSTEM TABLES
Enables you to access various tables used during

TRAMS processing.
Search fields
Many of the TRAMS Menus contain fields that enable you to search for specific
information within the file. For example, you may want to look at applications belonging
to a specific institution. You can enter the institution number in the SEARCH field on the
Client Information Menu. When you press Enter, the resulting display begins with the
information for the institution you selected.
Search fields are valid individually or in combination with other search fields on the
menu. Certain search fields are valid only with specific menu selections.
The function descriptions within this guide contain detailed information about the use of
search fields on the menus. Refer to this information for help in making your entries.
Action lists
An action list is a type of screen used to display, locate, and select objects. Using an action
list, you can identify objects for subsequent action. For example, you can identify objects
to be copied, updated, or deleted using one list.
August 2009
214
Working in TRAMS
The following screen sample is an example of an action list.

INSTLIST

INSTITUTION ACTION LIST
10/19/01 09:49:2
More:
Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View
Action
Inst
(
) (
)
Action
Inst Status Institution Name
(
)
0001
A
FIRST NATIONAL BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
(
)
0002
A
GREEN NATIONAL BANK
(
)
0003
A
CAROLINA CREDIT CORPORATION
(
)
0004
A
WILLIAMS SOUTHERN CORPORATION
(
)
0005
A
MONEY SERVICES INCORPORATED
(
)
0006
A
SOUTHERN HEALTHCARE PROVIDERS
(
)
0007
P
CREDIT FIDELITY SERVICES OF BOSTON
(
)
0008
A
UNIVERSE STORES LIMITED
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Paging and scrolling information

It is possible for an action list to include more items than can fit on a single screen.
TRAMS displays the word MORE on the screen to indicate that additional choices are
available. A plus sign (+) indicates that additional choices follow those displayed; a minus
sign () indicates that additional choices precede those displayed. Press the Forward
function key to page forward to the next screen(s) containing listed information. Press the
Backward function key to page backward to preceding screens.
Actions
Action lists enable you to perform the following:
Action
Description
COPY (C)
Create a new record by duplicating an existing

record
DELETE (D)
Change a records status to purge
DELETE (X)
Change a headers record status with released

transactions to purge
August 2009
215
Working in TRAMS
Action
Description
NEW (N)
Add a record to the system
SEARCH (S)
Create a new action list by looking for a specific

record based on a key that you enter or matching
records to your search criteria
UPDATE (U)
Change an existing record
VIEW (V)
Display an existing record without making any

changes
NEXT RECORD (+)
Page forward through original records for a

transaction
PREVIOUS RECORD(-)
Page backward through original records for a

transaction.
Selecting an action
You can enter an action in an action list in one of the following ways:
Enter the one-character code identifying the action in the ACTION field associated with
the selected object. For example, to view an object, you would type V in the ACTION
field next to that object. On a single screen, you can request multiple Delete actions
along with one other action. Press Enter to proceed with the action(s).
Enter a key identifying a new or existing object in the entry field provided (see the
Searching the file based on a key topic for more information). Enter an action code
in the ACTION field associated with the key. Press Enter to proceed.
TRAMS does not permit you to page forward or backward once you
have entered an action. Therefore, complete any paging that is
necessary before identifying an action. Once your action is
completed, TRAMS returns you to the action list and permits you to
page forward or backward and select another action.
Searching the file based on a key

Notice that the first row of fields in the action list are open entry fields. You can use these
fields to enter a key that identifies a specific object upon which to act. For example, refer
to the preceding sample screen. If you want to look at Institution Details for Green
National Bank, you could type 0002 in the INST field and type V in the ACTION field beside
that field. (Alternatively, you could tab to the ACTION field associated with Green National
Bank and type V in that field.)
August 2009
216
Working in TRAMS
You can also enter portions of a key in combination with the Search action to generate a
new action list beginning with the first record in the file that matches the key information
you provide.
Refer to this screen in the following example.
SETTLIST

COMMON SETTLEMENT ACTION LIST
Type actions next to selected objects.

S=Search V=View T=Tran Totals
Action
(
)
Action
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(T)
11/19/08 13:43:18
More:
+
Then press Enter.
Inst
Appl
Date
Run
Dest
Status
Job Name
(
) (
) (
) (
) (
)
(
) (
)
Inst Appl
Date
Run Dest Status Hdr Job Name Settlement Amount
9000 0001 10/06/08 0163 P A IN N A VISAIN
306.00
9000 0001 10/06/08 0239 P A OUT N A VISAOUT
46,359.00
9000 0001 10/06/08 0241 P A OUT N A VISAOUT
1,671.00
9000 0001 10/06/08 0250 P A OUT N A VISAOUT
1,671.00
9000 0001 10/06/08 0252 P A OUT N A VISAOUT
1,671.00
9000 0001 10/06/08 0256 P A OUT N A VISAOUT
1,671.00
9000 0001 10/06/08 0335 P A OUT N A VISAOUT
202.00
9000 0001 10/06/08 0337 P A OUT N A VISAOUT
101.00
9000 0001 10/06/08 0338 P A IN N R VISAIN
.00
9000 0001 10/06/08 0339 P A IN N R VISAIN
.00
9000 0001 10/06/08 0342 P A IN N R VISAIN
.00
9000 0001 10/06/08 0343 P A IN N R VISAIN
.00
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
August 2009
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
217
Working in TRAMS
Example: Suppose that you wanted to display a screen listing settlement information for
only Institution 9300 and Application 0001. Your entries in the key fields would look like
the following screen fragment:
SETTLIST

10/19/01 4:13:00
More:
+

D=Delete S=Search V=View T=Tran Totals
Action
Inst
Appl
( S ) ( 9300 ) ( 0001 ) (
August 2009
Date
) (
Run
) (
Dest
)
Status
Job Name
) (
)
218
Working in TRAMS
The resulting display would be similar to the following:

SETTLIST


Action
(
)
Action
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(T)
11/19/08 13:53:25
More:
+
Then press Enter.
Inst
Appl
Date
Run
Dest
Status
Job
(
) (
) (
) (
) (
)
(
) (
Inst Appl
Date
Run Dest Status Hdr Job Name Settlement
9300 0001 10/06/08 0006 P A IN N A USERIPT
9300 0001 10/06/08 0008 P A IN N A USERIPT
9300 0001 10/06/08 0009 P A IN N A USERIPT
9300 0001 10/06/08 0010 P A IN N A USERIPT
9300 0001 10/06/08 0011 P A IN N A USERIPT
9300 0001 10/06/08 0013 P A IN N A USERIPT
9300 0001 10/06/08 0014 P A IN N A USERIPT
9300 0001 10/06/08 0015 P A IN N A USERIPT
9300 0001 10/06/08 0016 P A IN N A USERIPT
9300 0001 10/06/08 0017 P A IN N A USERIPT
9300 0001 10/06/08 0018 P A IN N A USERIPT
9300 0001 10/06/08 0019 P A IN N A USERIPT
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
Name
)
Amount
17.502,295.00
2,295.00
2,295.00
2,235.00
2,235.00
2,235.00
2,235.00
2,235.00
2,235.00
2,235.00
2,245.00
F9=CMDS
Note that in this case TRAMS starts the action list with the first record for Institution
9300, Application 0001, and displays the remainder of the file from that point forward.
The results of your search depend on the number of key fields you complete. In the
preceding example, if you entered only the application number in the appropriate key
field, your listing would begin with the first institution in the file containing settlement
information for that application and list only the records for that application for all
institutions.
If you make an entry in a non-key field, TRAMS searches for the record that matches that
entry. In the preceding example, the job name is not a key to the Settlement file.
Therefore, if you type USERIPT in the JOB NAME field, TRAMS displays only the record
matching that entry.
If you are entering key information in alphanumeric key fields, you can enter a partial key.
August 2009
219
Working in TRAMS
Example: You want to display a list of users starting with the first user whose identifier
begins with STU. Your entries in the key fields on the User Action List would look like
the following screen fragment:
USERLIST

USER ACTION LIST
03/15/01 08:17:15
More:

Action
User
( S ) ( STU
) (
Lvl
) (
Manager
For numeric key fields, you must enter the entire value in order to search for that key
information.
Partial keys are valid only in conjunction with a Search action. All other actions require
entry of a complete key to act on a specific record.
Using key fields to add a new record
To add a new record, you can perform one of the following:
Type N in the ACTION field, complete all key field information, and press Enter
Type N in the ACTION field, leave the remaining key fields blank, and press Enter.
When you perform one of these actions, TRAMS displays a model record when you press
Enter. The model record is a detail screen containing your organizations default values for
the object. If you entered any key information on the action list, those values are displayed
on this screen. Remaining values are the defaults.
Your system administrator establishes and maintains the model records; with proper
security, you can change the default values as necessary by entering new values over those
displayed.
August 2009
220
Working in TRAMS
The Processing actions topic contains more detailed information about the processes
TRAMS follows when you add or change a record.
Processing actions
When you finish selecting actions and objects on the action list, press Enter.
TRAMS first processes any Delete actions you entered, processing them as a group.
TRAMS then processes any other action you entered on the action list.
Copy
If you elected to copy any object in the action list, the system displays a duplicate of that
object on your screen. The key fields are blank (zero-filled), enabling you to enter a new
key to identify the record. You can change the displayed values as required to reflect the
new object.
Press Enter on each screen to add the new record to TRAMS.
TRAMS requires you to page through all screens associated with a

record you are copying in order to add the new record to the system.
If you press any other key, the message PRESS ENTER TO
CONTINUE OR CANCEL prompts you to press Enter to continue,
or to press F12 to exit the function without adding the record.
Delete
The Delete action changes the objects status to P (purge). TRAMS removes the object
from the file the next time a backup and reload of the files is performed.
New
If you selected New as an action and entered a key in the key fields, TRAMS checks the
file to determine whether a record exists with that key. If so, TRAMS displays the
message DUPLICATE KEY in the message line. If not, TRAMS displays a model record.
The key that you entered on the action list screen is protected and cannot be changed.
If you selected New as an action and did not enter a key in the key fields, TRAMS
displays a model record. Be sure to enter a complete, valid key in the appropriate field on
this screen.
When you finish making the appropriate entries on the detail screen and press Enter,
TRAMS adds the new record to the file. TRAMS requires you to page through all screens
associated with the record in order to add the new record. If you attempt to exit prior to
paging through all screens, TRAMS displays the message PRESS ENTER TO CONTINUE
OR CANCEL. If you want to continue adding the record, press Enter; if you do not want to
add the record, press the Cancel key.

August 2009
You can also add a new object by modeling the object on one that
already exists, using the Copy action.
221
Working in TRAMS
Search
If you selected Search as an action and entered a key in the entry field, TRAMS displays a
new action list when you press Enter. The action list begins with the record matching the
key that you entered.
In order to search the file based on numeric key fields, you must enter the complete key
value. You may enter a partial value in alphabetic key fields. Refer to the Searching the
file based on a key topic for more information.
If you select Search as an action, any other entries in the ACTION

fields on the screen are not valid.
Update
If you selected Update as an action for any object, TRAMS displays one or more detail
screens for that object. Use the screen(s) to change any values as necessary. When you
press Enter on the last detail screen or the Exit function key on any screen, TRAMS
updates the file with your changes. If you press the End or Cancel function key at any time
during the update, any changes you have made will not be applied.
View
If you selected View as an action for any object, TRAMS displays one or more detail
screens for that object. Values on the screen(s) are protected and cannot be changed.
Ending action list processing
After all selected actions are completed, TRAMS redisplays the action list on your screen.
An asterisk (*) appears beside each object for which an action was performed. If
necessary, you can key another action code over the asterisk and perform another action
on that object. Also note that the status is changed for any objects selected for deletion.
Continue to identify actions as required, or exit the action list through a function key or
fastpath command.
Fastpath commands
As you are learning TRAMS, you will probably prefer to use menus to access the various
TRAMS functions. Once you are more proficient, you can bypass the menus and access
submenus or action lists by entering commands, called fastpaths, within the command
line. Fastpath commands take you directly to a menu or to an action list, enabling you to
quickly identify the information you want to access.
To enter a fastpath command:
Press the Commands function key to move the cursor into the command line.
Type the fastpath command
Press Enter.
August 2009
222
Working in TRAMS
If you enter a fastpath command in a detail screen, any changes you

have made on that screen or any related detail screens will not be
saved. You must save your changes through an appropriate
completion option before using fastpath commands.
For quick reference, access the Fastpath Key Word List option by selecting Fastpaths from
the Security Administration menu or by typing fastpath in the command line and pressing
Enter. TRAMS displays an on-screen listing of the fastpath commands set up for your
organization.
A list of fastpath commands is included in the Commands and Codes appendix of this
guide.
Detail screens
Detail screens contain specific information about an object. Depending upon the object,
TRAMS may display multiple detail screens.
Based on your security and the action you requested, fields on the screen may be
protected, unprotected, or a combination of both.
Examples:
(V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (H) Help
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
09/25/01 16:41:09
FILE DETAILS
Inst Appl
Date
Run Job Name
9800 0001
10/17/01 0227 DEBASIN
File Path Name . . . . . . . :
Balance Status . . . . . . . :
Balance Status Date . . . . :
Nbr of Out of Balance Batches:
Nbr of Out of Balance Cashes :
Beginning Batch Number . . . :
Ending Batch Number . . . . :
Summary Indicator . . . . . :
Settlement Indicator . . . . :
Balancing Method . . . . . . :
Hash Total . . . . . . . . . :
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
August 2009
DEBASIN
P
10/17/01
00002
00001
00001
00003
Y
D
F5=REFRSH
Record Status . . . . .
Date Added . . . . . . .
Last Maintenance By . .
Date Of Last Maintenance
Time Of Last Maintenance
.
.
.
.
.
:
:
:
:
:
A
09/04/01
00/00/00
00:00:00
F6=END
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
223
Working in TRAMS
This screen uses leader dots as delimiters and colons to indicate protected fields.
(V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (H) Help
09/25/01 16:41:09
FILE DETAILS
Inst Appl
Date
Run Job Name
9800 0001
10/17/01 0227 DEBASIN
Hash Total . . . . . . . . . :
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
DEBASIN
P
10/17/01
00002
00001
00001
00003
Y
D
F5=REFRSH
Date Added . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
:
:
:
:
:
A
09/04/01
00/00/00
00:00:00
F6=END
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This screen uses parentheses as delimiters. Note that there are no delimiters around
protected fields.
All screen samples shown in this documentation use parentheses

as delimiter characters. Remember, your own screens may display
underlines and colons. Also, your organization can choose to use
characters other than parentheses as delimiters.
Restoring values
Suppose that you are making entries on a detail screen, then change your mind about what
you have entered. To restore the original data, press the Refresh function key without
pressing Enter. TRAMS redisplays the screen with the data as it was before your changes.
Completion options
TRAMS offers a number of options for you to use in completing a screen. To select one of
these options, use the Enter key or one of the function keys, as follows:
Use the Enter key to leave the screen currently displayed, save entries you made on it
and on preceding screens, and proceed with the function
Use the Exit function key to leave the screen currently displayed, save entries you
made on it and on preceding screens, and finish the function
August 2009
224
Working in TRAMS
Use the Cancel function key to leave the screen currently displayed, cancel any
entries you made on that screen, and redisplay the preceding screen.
Use the End function key to leave the screen currently displayed, cancel any entries
you made on that screen and on preceding screens, and end the function.
Following is more detailed information about the results of each completion option.
Enter
If you press the Enter key from within a TRAMS screen, TRAMS performs the following
actions:
Edits and saves any entries you made on the screen

Displays an error message if the edits encountered any errors (you must correct the
error(s) and press Enter again in order to proceed)
Displays the next screen in the series if you are within a multi-screen function, or
displays the action list used to access the screen if you are on the last screen of a
function.
If you press Enter while displaying an action list without making any
entries on the screen, the system displays an error message. You
must either make valid entries on the screen and press Enter to
proceed or use one of the other completion options to leave the
action list.
You can enter a fastpath command in the command line before pressing Enter. The system
ignores any entries you may have made on the screen and displays the screen identified
through the command.
Exit
If you press the Exit function key at any point within a detail screen, TRAMS performs the
following actions:
Edits and saves any entries you made on the screen

Displays an error message if the edits encountered any errors (you must correct the
error(s) and press Enter again in order to proceed)
Redisplays the action list you used to access the screen.
If you press the Exit function key while within an action list, the system redisplays the
menu used to access the action list.
TRAMS does not recognize any fastpath commands when you press the Exit function key.
Cancel
If you press the Cancel function key at any point within a TRAMS screen, TRAMS
performs the following actions:
August 2009
225
Working in TRAMS
Ignores any entries you made on the current screen

Retains any entries made on preceding screens
Redisplays the previous screen (either action list, detail screen, or menu).
TRAMS does not recognize any fastpath commands when you press the Cancel key.
End
If you press the End function key at any point within a TRAMS screen, TRAMS performs
the following actions:
Ignores any entries you made on the current screen

Cancels any entries you made on preceding screens
Returns to a higher level function (for example, an action list if you are working with
a detail screen, or a menu if you are working with an action list).
TRAMS does not recognize any fastpath commands when you press the End key.
If an error occurs on a screen, you must clear the error before

proceeding with a function key. For example, if you make an
erroneous selection from a menu (such as a function not yet
enabled for your organization), the system displays an error
message in the message line. You must delete the erroneous entry
before you can use a function key.
Exiting TRAMS
When your work in TRAMS is complete, exit the system by performing one of the
following actions:
Type the fastpath command OFF, LOGOFF, or SIGNOFF in the command line and
press Enter
Select the Signoff option from the TRAMS Main Menu and press Enter.
TRAMS displays a message indicating that the sign-off is successful. Be sure to take the
appropriate steps to sign off from the operating system as necessary.
August 2009
226
Chapter 3
Looking at TRAMS
TRAMS acts as a front-end collection, processing, and routing mechanism for
transactions, both monetary and nonmonetary. The system allows users to receive
transactions from multiple sources using a single system that interfaces with multiple
application end points. This capability provides integration between applications,
promoting more timely transfer of information between these applications. TRAMS
provides numerous storage and reporting functions to facilitate and support its processes.
Description
TRAMS is a software product that streamlines processing for any type of institution that
deals in high volumes of transactions.
Currently, many organizations must maintain multiple front-end processors to conform to
transactions coming in from various sources. In addition, many organizations use several
different types of processing products in order to reformat transactions to comply with
application end point requirements. Frequently, organizations resort to patching
programs to accommodate new or changing functionality. This redundancy and lack of
standardization leads to difficulties when new features are added or when requirements
change.
TRAMS eliminates this problem. The system accepts multiple transaction types and
prepares them for any destination, consolidating numerous front-end processing systems
into a single unified input system. Users can handle even the highest transaction
volumes quickly and accurately. At the same time, the systems specialized design enables
users to efficiently apply updates and changes required to comply with legal and
operational requirements. These powerful capabilities are combined with extensive job
scheduling, settlement, warehousing, reject, and suspense handling capabilities.
The wide variety of sources provides an even wider variety of transactions to TRAMS.
The transactions arrive in different formats, depending on their source applications. It is
the function of TRAMS to process these transactions and prepare them for their
destinations, which frequently specify their own formats for transactions.
August 2009
31
Looking at TRAMS
TRAMS meets these requirements using a centralized set of controls that can be
customized to each organizations unique requirements. The result is a highly
sophisticated processing capability that is driven by a simple, table-oriented interface
known as the TRAMS Application Generator.
This comprehensive and innovative software product offers users the opportunity to
maintain quality control of both their processing and operating environments, reduce
costs, and improve profit margins. In addition, TRAMS represents a technologically
advanced system that will meet future needs.
International considerations
TRAMS design enables users to operate in an international marketplace using one version
of the system. When TRAMS is installed, the System Administrator establishes the
language used for TRAMS screens and reports, and the currency used for financial
transactions. The system further supports different currencies for source and destination
files.
The system administrator can also customize the way that the time and date appear on
system output, ensuring that these formats match that used in the organizations location.
If necessary, the system administrator can customize the format for individual users.
These capabilities enable organizations with international affiliations to use TRAMS
software without requiring separate versions of the system for each country. In addition,
users can easily expand into the international markets as their requirements grow.
Using TRAMS
All of the features of TRAMS allow the system to be used in a variety of environments
and business types. Following are some examples of TRAMS uses that are of particular
interest to the user:
Extended system life
Use TRAMS to extend the life of older card systems that are already in-house. TRAMS
simplifies maintenance in the areas most subject to changecompliance and data format.
This important capability enables organizations to be current with the technology of the
new century without skyrocketing costs.
Replace current system
Use TRAMS to replace existing edit/merge programs and add capabilities such as full
editing, warehousing, online reject/suspense handling, and settlement reporting. TRAMS
eliminates the need for separate software to handle each of these tasks in different systems
and reduces the cost of maintaining each of these systems.
August 2009
32
Looking at TRAMS
Improve customer service

Use TRAMS to process features that are attractive to customers, such as overdraft
protection or lines of credit. The system accepts transactions generated from a demand
deposit or proof of deposit application, processes the transactions, and passes them to a
credit card account for billing.
Generate extract files
Use TRAMS to generate extract files for marketing or any other purpose. These files
efficiently feed spreadsheet or database programs operating on a mainframe or personal
computer by offering detailed reporting capabilities.
Automate reject correction
Use TRAMS to automate reject correction by transforming current printed reject reports
into transactions for online reject correction and reentry.
Easier conversion
Use TRAMS as a file-to-file conversion tool. The system easily converts files from one
format to another for use in other applications. This capability is faster to use than
traditional programming and is significantly useful for acquisitions.
Single inputmultiple output
Use TRAMS to route a single transaction to multiple destinations as needed. For example,
the system can extract business card transactions from personal card transactions and
submit the business card transactions for analysis as well as posting.
Expanded international capabilities
Use TRAMS to expand international business by taking advantage of the powerful
currency conversion and foreign language capabilities.
Increase client base
Use TRAMS to attract new clients or merchants. TRAMS permits clients to operate as
they have in the past; users can receive client transactions in any format. TRAMS users
can also offer additional products to customers at a reduced cost since the price of
programming changes is low.
More efficient ATM support
Use TRAMS for automated teller machine settlement. TRAMS gives you the flexibility to
meet multiple processing windows and provides full calculation of interchange and
intrachange fees.
August 2009
33
Looking at TRAMS
Better fraud protection

Use TRAMS to identify fraud transactions immediately, reducing the danger of liability.
Development environment
First Data has considerable resources for the development, design, and implementation of
products for the financial software industry. First Data is committed to the use of
progressive development methods that offer benefit to our end-users.
Structured methodology and CASE tools
The Transaction Management System is designed and developed using a well-defined set
of business modeling techniques implemented with an advanced set of Computer Aided
Software Engineering (CASE) tools. The structured methodology and CASE tools permit
exceptionally detailed system analysis and design, from the highest to the lowest system
level, before any programs are coded. By nature, CASE tools also require strict adherence
to consistency and standards throughout the system, ensuring that the benefits of this
consistency are passed along to the systems users.
The CASE tools contain features that contribute to the speed and efficiency of system
developmenttechniques that prove valuable to the end-user. The structured
methodology makes it simple to update and enhance the software in development,
meaning that the user more quickly receives the benefits of these enhancements.
Common User Access and Systems Application Architecture
TRAMS is also developed under the guidelines of IBMs Systems Application
Architecture (SAA) and Common User Access (CUA) standards. Many vendors are
complying with these guidelines in the development of new systems. As more systems are
developed under SAA and CUA, users can anticipate a common look and feel as they
move from one application to another.
SAA provides for consistency across the three IBM platforms supported by TRAMS by
incorporating common languages, interfaces, and functions. As users move from one
platform to another, they receive a uniform view of each system. For example, SAA
compliance ensures that the system behaves in a similar manner whether the user is
working with the Application Generator at the PC level or other functions at the
mainframe level.
CUA ensures that the interface between the system and the user (that is, the way the
person and the computer communicate with each other) is consistent across all
applications designed according to CUA standards. This consistency encompasses
keyboard layout, screen layout, mouse usage, techniques used to input information, and
the meaning of elements, terms, and symbols used within the system. Therefore, if a user
leaves the Transaction Management System and accesses another application designed
under CUA, he or she can expect similarities between both applications and the way they
August 2009
34
Looking at TRAMS
are used. By providing such consistency, CUA helps users become proficient with
multiple applications quickly and contributes to users acceptance of new applications.
Processing environment
TRAMS is designed to operate on any mainframe platform, including the IBM mainframe
series processing platforms. The Application Generator resides at an intelligent PC-based
workstation. In addition, TRAMS operates in a distributed processing environment,
controlled by one system-level set of controls, for use in multiple locations.
First Data stays current with the latest developments in the hardware industry as well as
the software industry and reacts to these changes in advance of their release to the general
market. Our adherence to SAA and CUA standards enhances our ability to incorporate
new technology and new features as they become available.
Accessing TRAMS functions

The Transaction Management System is an online, menu-driven system. The consistency
enforced through SAA and CUA compliance makes the system easy to learn and use
while making future development simple.
TRAMS is protected through security functions that determine who can use the system
and the level of information each user can access. Users are identified by passwords and
user ID codes, providing specialized access to the system as well as an audit trail for
system activity.
Once the user signs on to the system, menus guide him or her in navigating through the
TRAMS functions. TRAMS menus make it simple not only to select the function to be
performed but also to specify the information that the user wants to access. Special search
fields on menus enable the user to go directly to desired information. Frequently, this
feature enables the user to bypass listing or selection screens and directly access the data
desired, thus simplifying and speeding system navigation.
Once a user is familiar with the menus and functions within the system, fastpath
capabilities are available to further speed access to the various tasks. For example, rather
than returning to a menu to select an option, the user can type a brief command and go
directly to the first screen of the option, bypassing the menus.
User-definable components
TRAMS enables users to define a variety of components within the system according to
the organizations exact requirements. User-definable components include:
Security
Function keys
Transaction formats
Ad hoc and scheduled reports (including sorts and totals)
Configuration controls
August 2009
35
Looking at TRAMS
Scheduling of input/output file processing

Displayed or printed date and time formats
Data defaults
Edits.
Beyond user exits

By permitting user definition of specific components, TRAMS moves beyond the
traditional concept of user exits. Rather than restricting the user to specific hooks
within a program, TRAMS and its Application Generator permit users to implement their
own templates and their own code segments. Templated code can include a call to a
program outside of TRAMS to perform a specific function.
First Data is committed to the support of user flexibility within the design of TRAMS. An
advantage is that we use our own product in our design and development. Future updates,
therefore, are compatible with programs that are already in place, simplifying the
requirements for TRAMS customization. This commitment adds to the extraordinary ease
of maintaining the system.
Sources and destinations

The transactions that TRAMS handles can come from a variety of sources. In turn, the
transactions are routed to varying destinations. The destination usually is different from
the source; for example, transactions accepted from one source may be routed to a
separate organization for posting or exception processing. The source and destination may
also be the same entity.
Sources and destinations within TRAMS are represented by combinations of institutions
and applications, as illustrated on the following page. A description of each of these
elements follows.
Institutions
The institutions that feed transactions to or receive transactions from TRAMS can be any
organizational entities that generate, post, or otherwise manipulate transactions. Examples
of institutions include:
Financial institutions
Retail organizations
Oil industries
Health care organizations
Travel and entertainment businesses
Automated teller machine networks
Point-of-sale networks
Bankcard issuers/networks
Private label card issuers
August 2009
36
Looking at TRAMS
Merchants
Clearing houses.
Applications
Within each institution are applications that represent sources and destinations of
transaction data for that institution. Examples of applications are:
Data entry systems

Demand applications (DDA, certificates of deposit, savings)
Loan applications (commercial loans, mortgage loans)
Bank or other credit card billing applications
Marketing systems
Merchant capture systems
Card interchange networks
General ledger
BASE II (Visa), GCMS (MasterCard), and AEGN (American Express).
To handle the requirements of these varying sources and destinations, TRAMS relies on
its singular and powerful Application Generator.
System processing
TRAMS is designed to receive transactions, pass them through several editing levels,
reformat them if needed, warehouse transactions as necessary, and pass transactions to as
many as ten destinations. This processing capability reduces data handling, maintenance
requirements, and programming effort.
TRAMS processes transactions at the following levels:
Input processing
Reject/suspense handling
Transaction warehousing
Output processing
Reconciliation
Settlement
Summary reporting.
Input processing
As mentioned, TRAMS accepts transaction input from a variety of sources. The controls
established in the Application Generator define the record and file layouts, enabling the
system to recognize the various transaction formats provided by these sources. This
capability eliminates the need to batch transactions separately by type prior to processing.
A job scheduling function enables users to define which filepaths are processed during
each system run and the specific date and time of day to process.
August 2009
37
Looking at TRAMS
The organization can enter data at varying frequencies during the day rather than being
limited to a single input time. Users can verify data earlier in the day, so that any errors
can be corrected before making application production runs. The assurance of clean data
in production runs results in smoother, more accurate processing during tight production
windows.
TRAMS includes an automated file management capability designed to prevent users
from processing duplicate files. The system assigns file identifiers and internal batch
headers to each transaction file and compares this information, along with file name,
number of transactions, and transaction amount, to ensure that the same file is not
processed twice. The user determines the schedule used as the basis for the comparison
(for example, processing run, day, week, etc.).
As part of processing, the system determines the exact destination for each transaction
based on user-defined parameters. Organizations can use any portion of the transaction to
identify the destination, depending on their individual requirements. Processing also
includes tasks such as calculation of processing fees and currency conversions.
In addition to processing financial transactions, TRAMS can extract informational items
from input files. This capability enables the organization to obtain valuable demographic
and marketing information for later analysis and reporting.
Reject/suspense handling
Detail records and/or transactions can be marked in reject or suspend status if they fail
user-defined editing logic; for instance, they contain errors or conditions that prevent
normal processing. Rejected and suspended transactions can be stored in the warehouse
for later review and correction, and can be routed to a specific destination for special
processing.
Rejected transactions are available for online review. Operators can view the rejected
transaction and/or record, including the reason for the reject condition and can correct any
field within each record. The corrected transactions are automatically submitted to the
original editing logic to prevent new errors and/or conditions preventing normal
processing from being introduced.
Transactions that are correct but which require some type of review (such as the amount
over a certain limit) or manual intervention are flagged as suspended transactions.
Operators can view the suspended transaction and can either release the transaction as
valid or delete the transaction. A suspended transaction cannot be corrected.
All online processing performed against a mirror warehouse; for instance, the base
warehouse is available for batch processing and the mirror warehouse is available for
online corrections. Usually before output processing is performed, a TRAMS function,
Online Recovery, is performed, which updates the base warehouse and empties the mirror
warehouse.
August 2009
38
Looking at TRAMS
Transaction warehousing
After processing, TRAMS normally stores all transactions in its own database for later
release to one or more destinations. These are called warehoused transactions.
The warehoused transactions form a database that is separate from any application
programs. You can warehouse input from multiple runs during the day and release it at
night during the production run of your applications. The system tracks and reports
activity in the transaction warehouse, providing a clear picture of transactions added and
released during the course of processing. Warehoused transactions are available
immediately for online inquiry.
The system can release warehoused transactions to the appropriate destination at any time,
enabling you to meet varying processing windows.
TRAMS warehousing facilities are also capable of handling ACH items. The system can
both generate and accept ACH-formatted transactions. This eliminates the need for a
separate system to handle clearinghouse transactions, thereby reducing costs and
maintenance requirements.
Output processing
After processing transactions, TRAMS creates output files for transmission to the
appropriate destinations. These files are formatted according to the destination
requirements. The file and record layouts, formatting standards, designations, and other
controls reside within the Application Generator, making it simple to develop and
maintain formats at a central location.
Transactions are selected from the transaction warehouse for output processing according
to selection criteria identified by the Process Input FilePath, stored in the PC-based
Application Generator.
Output filepaths can be processed at any time during the day, enabling users to take
advantage of multiple transmission windows or establish earlier processing schedules.
These filepaths can include more than one destination, or be restricted to a single
destination. This capability enables the user to generate schedules that accommodate
varying processing requirements.
TRAMS provides a complete audit trail of its activity through printed reports that reflect
the contents of the various files produced during processing. Through control options,
users determine the schedule for each report and the output method. Users can choose to
print several versions of a report that is totaled at different levels; for example, one
organization may choose to print daily detailed settlement reports on paper and produce a
weekly summary on microfiche.
August 2009
39
Looking at TRAMS
Reconciliation
TRAMS includes comprehensive internal and external reconciliation and balancing
capabilities. The system maintains totals reflecting all transactions that it has processed.
The system performs accumulations for accepted, rejected, and suspended transactions for
each transaction code within the file. The system produces a reconciliation report
immediately after processing the file so that users can validate the totals against any
supplied control totals. In output processing, the report can serve as control totals when
passing the file to its destination. These totals are also available for online review, and are
accessed through the File Management Menu.
Settlement
After TRAMS has processed transactions, the system performs its settlement procedures.
TRAMS performs settlement on both source and destination transaction files,
accumulating transaction totals and fees by transaction code for each file. Settlement
records are generated from this information. All transactions are processed through
common settlement; additional Visa and MasterCard settlement procedures are performed
for applicable transactions.
TRAMS provides an automated settlement function that generates settlement information
that can be used to disburse funds to the appropriate destination. TRAMS maintains the
routing and transit number of the financial institution and can generate an electronic funds
transfer as necessary. In addition to automated settlement, TRAMS provides settlement
reports that contain all data required for any manual settlement procedures.
Settlement reporting
TRAMS produces settlement reports that reflect all settlement methods and the
transactions handled by each method. Optionally, your organization can choose to
combine settlement reporting and produce a net settlement report if needed.
In addition to printed reports, the Settlement selection on the TRAMS Main Menu enables
you to access online reporting of settled transactions. Both detailed and summary
information is available.
Summary reporting
Summary reports, produced after settlement, reflect summary records for processed
transactions. As many as ten levels of totals are available.
Users are able to establish control groups, consisting of categories of transactions.
TRAMS can summarize transactions according to control group, enabling the
organization to develop more meaningful settlement reporting and totaling.
August 2009
310
Looking at TRAMS
TRAMS Application Generator (TRAMS/AG)

TRAMS unique Application Generator represents the source of all programs that move
transactions into and out of the TRAMS transaction database. The Application Generator
is also the creation and maintenance location for all transaction routing information,
controls, options, data definitions, editing requirements, tables, and other data that the
system requires for processing.
The Application Generator environment
Within the context of TRAMS, the Application Generator includes tables and
functionality that reside not only on the host system, but also on personal computer (PC)
based applications development workstations. The following illustration depicts the
Application Generator environment.
Application Generator Environment
The following illustration depicts the basic elements of the Application Generator
environment
August 2009
311
Looking at TRAMS
The host aspect includes common TRAMS system tables and control parameters. The
system tables contain information used by TRAMS processes, while the control
parameters contain information specific to a given application. Also included at the host
level are common programs that provide a standardized interface to the TRAMS
transaction processing programs.
The overall objective of the PC-level Application Generator is to provide an environment
that simplifies the development and maintenance of the TRAMS transaction processing
programs. The Application Generator follows a manufacturing approach to the
production of such programs, using the PC-based tables to identify and guide their
construction.
An advantage of the Application Generator concept is that information commonly used by
all applications (such as editing routines, help messages, and system error messages) can
be stored in Application Generator tables where they are accessible to every program.
This capability eliminates the need for duplicate tables in multiple applications. Users can
build and change applications in a central location rather than in several places, thereby
reducing the expense and time needed to set up processing requirements. Updates are
implemented in one location also and are propagated to all programs and areas that require
their information. This ability ensures the accuracy and timeliness of application updates.
Manufacturing an application
The transaction processing programs required for TRAMS processing basically perform
the following functions:
Add transactions to the database (Process Input)

Remove transactions from the database (Process Output).
These processes involve many specialized procedures required to accept, transform, edit,
and summarize transactions, as well as procedures needed to reformat transactions
according to destination requirements. Certain procedures are common across processing
lines; others require customization to match a specific need. All of these procedures are
subject to changes mandated by external agents such as networks or regulators.
To address this need, the Application Generator incorporates a technology known as
template programming, which provides an assembly-line type of procedure for the
development of Process Input and Process Output programs. Analysis of the input and
output processes has identified the various components required to build such programs.
Further analysis has separated those components which are common to all Process Input
applications from those that are specific to a given application or group of applications.
The application-specific components are housed in the Application Source Code tables
within the Application Generator.
This analysis has led to class solutions that are provided for TRAMS Process Input and
Process Output programs. Using template programming, the class solution permits
August 2009
312
Looking at TRAMS
substitution of application-specific components, depending on the application for which

the program is generated.
The Application Generator is delivered with a series of model tables that serve as
templates for future development and customization. These templates lend themselves to
our manufacturing concept, whereby users assemble application controls using a set of
individual components. This approach provides a simple, system-directed method of
building procedures needed to process transactions for a specific application.
When a user accesses the Application Generator to add a new application or to change an
existing one, he or she actually accesses procedures that are stored as portions of existing
applications. One or more components may require modification, depending on the
process that the user is performing. To aid the user in ensuring that every necessary task is
successfully performed, the system provides a ToDo List functionality that is unique to the
TRAMS Application Generator.
The ToDo List keeps track of the requirements that have been fulfilled and those still
pending. Additional tables then generate COBOL code, producing highly standardized
code sections. Once all tasks are complete, the template tables act as a paste-up facility
to bring all the modified portions together, building a cohesive, operable whole which can
be uploaded to the host system for further testing and execution. These programs process
input files from the organizations various sources and produce output files for the various
destinations.
This manufacturing concept makes it possible to rapidly update applications as file
structures or edit requirements change. Changes are made in a central location,
simplifying monitoring and recordkeeping requirements.
The Application Generator further streamlines the building and changing of applications
through an import facility that accepts existing copybooks. Any application information
that is already in use can be seamlessly incorporated into Application Generator tables
without excessive manipulation of information.
The Application Generators import capabilities enable the system to generate file-to-file
conversion programs in a fraction of the time normally required. This ability makes the
Application Generator a significant and effective conversion tool.
In addition, the Application Generator stores multiple versions of the same components.
Such built-in versioning greatly simplifies implementation of change.
An added advantage of the Application Generator is its ability to generate COBOL
programs using a simple-to-understand, CUA-compliant interface. This capability
increases the speed of development for both the user and for First Data, in turn increasing
the speed with which enhancements are implemented. At the same time, the COBOL
language programs execute quickly at the host end, reducing processing time and user
costs.
August 2009
313
Looking at TRAMS
Combined with the IBM COBOL/2 (or other PC COBOL) compiler, the Application
Generator provides a complete development and test environment on a PC, removing that
burden from the mainframe and significantly improving programmer productivity. Juniorlevel programmers become more productive using the extensive help facilities. Seniorlevel programmers, not being required to learn a new syntax, increase their efficiency.
Application Generator elements
The following illustration depicts the basic elements that comprise the Application
Generator.
As mentioned, the major function of the Application Generator is to generate programs

that move transactions into and out of the TRAMS database. Template programs are
provided for Process Input and Process Output. The template programs reference system
common code and data sections stored in the system copybooks and combine them with
August 2009
314
Looking at TRAMS
user-supplied code and generated code to produce a complete program.

This integration process is directed by information stored in particular Application
Generator tables, primarily from the filepath definition. Other tables such as the File and
Record Definition tables are used to generate the COBOL code to perform input edits and
record sequence checking. The output of these code generators is stored in Generated
Code tables, available for use by the template program.
Application Generator access
Users access the Application Generator through an intelligent, PC-based workstation. The
result is a visual, point and click interface with the system that is easy for both technical
and non-technical personnel to use.
The workstation provides fast access to the various tables and other records required to
build and maintain the controls used to process transactions for different applications. In
addition, workstation functions permit communication with the host system for efficient
file transfer.
Elements that users access through the PC-based Application Generator include:
Element
Description
FILEPATH NAMES
Defines the files and procedures to be used during

processing
FILE STRUCTURES
Specifies the records that make up the files
RECORD DEFINITIONS
Defines specifications for each of the records that can be

used in a file (such as field name, picture statement,
position, length, etc.)
DATA TYPES
Specifies the classifications that can be assigned to fields

(such as numeric, alphanumeric, date, etc.)
PROCEDURES
Defines COBOL procedures used to build programs

(such as edit procedures, settlement and summary
procedures, select/extract procedures, etc.)
Each of these elements is used to build controls for the various applications processed by
TRAMS.
Bank Card compliance module (TRAMS/BC)

With the optional Bank Card compliance module, TRAMS permits input of special
interchange transactions for Visa, MasterCard, and other bankcards. These transactions
include on-us and foreign draft copy requests, confirmations, chargebacks, and fees/funds
August 2009
315
Looking at TRAMS
disbursements. This capability streamlines support of third-party storage facilities or inhouse microfilm systems. The system automatically assigns Issuer/Control/Chargeback
reference numbers to all special interchange transactions for subsequent tracing or
identification.
American Express processing requires only the beginning- and endof-day jobs for the Cardholder Transaction History file from TRAMS/
BC. American Express does not require TRAMS/BC to run.
Visa settlement and MasterCard settlement, available through the Bank Card compliance
module, use routines that are provided by the respective bankcard companies. TRAMS
calculates interchange and intrachange fees for bankcard transactions during settlement as
well.
Data Entry module (TRAMS/DE)

TRAMS interfaces with an optional data entry module that speeds input of transactions
directly into the system. The module supports entry of multiple cash letters and batches by
a TRAMS user, with either system-defined or user-defined batch and cash letter number
assignment. Repeat key support streamlines input of duplicate transactions. Online
functions facilitate batch and cash letter balancing, with a holdover capability for those
that are out of balance. The system maintains complete supervisor approval functions for
transactions, batches, and cash letters entered; supervisors can review transactions by
operator or by status (balanced, out of balance, or in progress).
As with all TRAMS modules, detailed transaction entry screens are supported by the
Application Generator. Editing facilities allow implementation of new records or updates
with minimal technical support.
Questions commonly asked about TRAMS

After reviewing the previous pages, you undoubtedly have many questions about
TRAMS. Following are some of the questions that our specialists are most commonly
asked as we talk to both current and potential TRAMS users.
We have most of these functions in our system today. Why do I need TRAMS?
TRAMS standardizes input rather than requiring imbedded input routines in each
application. Maintenance is concentrated in a single area instead of many. CUA and SAA
standards used in developing TRAMS ensure a current, state-of-the-art product, while
simplifying maintenance and training. First Data maintains and enhances TRAMS,
assuring that you remain current with the latest technology and industry requirements.
My current system is highly modified. Would I need to modify TRAMS as well?
TRAMS is designed to handle transactions coming from and going to your applications,
moving the areas most susceptible to change out of those applications and into TRAMS.
The Application Generator provides a central location in which to define files, records,
August 2009
316
Looking at TRAMS
edits, procedures, reject reasons, suspense criteria, settlement requirements, and summary
reporting. This information is stored in a database and is used to generate structured
COBOL programs, which are easily modified.
Can the Application Generator be used in areas outside credit cards? Can we
generate other programs?
Yes. TRAMS and the Application Generator work with any high-volume transaction
applications. Many organizations will use the Application Generator to generate
conversion programs for acquisitions or to generate programs for new product offerings.
Where does TRAMS fit in my processing scheme?
In most instances, TRAMS serves as a front-end system, processing between data capture
systems and your in-house applications. As part of the evaluation and installation
procedures, First Data will determine where TRAMS interfaces with your applications.
How can TRAMS reduce my maintenance overhead?
By moving the input/output functions to TRAMS, changes do not ripple through
applications. In most cases, the changes are confined to TRAMS, involving redefining
record or file layouts within the Application Generator and recompiling the generated
COBOL programs. TRAMS also eliminates much of the overhead of Visa/MasterCard/
American Express compliance changes.
Can TRAMS/DE replace our data entry system?
The TRAMS/DE design enables the replacement of data entry systems with a more
functional and powerful entry system. By centralizing these functions for all applications,
TRAMS/DE will simplify the processing of new data formats. TRAMS/DE adheres to
CUA screen handling standards, thereby standardizing input for your applications. This
means that training of data entry personnel will be easier and faster.
Our system allows only one merchant format. How can TRAMS handle merchant
transactions in any format?
The Application Generator controls the data formats. Its data dictionary simplifies the
process of mapping user file formats into TRAMS common data formats. In addition, the
Application Generator generates programs to accommodate new formats as needed.
Will TRAMS/BC be updated for future network and Visa/MasterCard/American
Express compliance requirements?
Yes, First Data will update Visa, MasterCard, and American Express compliance. First
Data works closely with the major bankcard companies to remain knowledgeable about
current and anticipated requirements.
August 2009
317
Looking at TRAMS
American Express processing requires only the beginning- and endof-day jobs for the Cardholder Transaction History file from TRAMS/
BC. American Express does not require TRAMS/BC to run.
What about user enhancements?

TRAMS was designed based on input from industry representatives, including our
potential customers. First Data will continue to solicit input from our customers and
potential customers and incorporate the most requested and needed features into the
system.
August 2009
318
Screens
Chapter 4
SECRMENU
The Transaction Management System includes controls that protect the system against
unauthorized access. Your System Administrator or Security Administrator establishes
and maintains these controls.
Assigning the user identifier

User identification
Each individual who uses TRAMS is assigned a user identifier, an eight-character code
that uniquely identifies the user to the system. The user identifier is linked to the users
password, and indicates additional options that apply to that operator (for example, the
users language and the time and date format preferred by the user).
In addition, the user identifier is linked to controls that specify the institutions,
applications, files, and programs that the user can access. These controls restrict the user
to only those actions that he or she is authorized to perform. This capability effectively
protects the system against access by users who may not be allowed to perform certain
actions due to job function or level of training. As a user progresses or changes positions
within the organization, the Security Administrator can change his or her authorization
level at any time.
Passwords
The user identifier is also linked to a password that further identifies the user to the
system. The Security Administrator can assign a password to an individual user, or to a
group of users. For example, a group that is responsible for processing and settling Visa
transactions can use a single password.
Passwords are encrypted within TRAMS programs for control and protection. The
password is not displayed as the user enters it on the Sign-On screen to prevent viewing by
unauthorized individuals.
August 2009
41
SECRMENU
As an option, your organization can require users to change their passwords at regular
intervals. The Security Administrator establishes the frequency for these password
changes. Passwords can change on a schedule that is unique for each user, or all passwords
can change on the same date.
Setting security controls

Security groups
TRAMS security enables your organization to define security groups for approvals,
programs, files, and institution/application combinations. Through security groups, you
can limit an individual users access to these elements of the system.
Security groups are identified by four-digit codes. These codes reside within system tables
that are themselves identified by one-character codes. As the Security Administrator
establishes user records, he or she assigns a security group and table code to that user for
both files and programs. As TRAMS processes the users entries, it continually checks to
ensure that the appropriate security code is set up in the table for the program or file that
the user is attempting to access. If not, the system does not permit the user to access the
program or file. In such cases, the system detects, logs, and reports a security violation.
The Security Administrator also has the option of setting up approval limits and group
codes for the user. The approval limit is a maximum monetary value permitted for user
entries. When the user makes a monetary entry, the system determines whether the user is
identified within an approval group. If so, the system edits the monetary entry to ensure
that it is less than or equal to the approval limit. If the entry exceeds the limit, the system
displays an error message.
Institution and application combinations can also be set up within an institution/
application security group. The Security Administrator assigns a group code to the user as
part of the user security record. The system checks this information to ensure that the user
does not access any institution and/or application without proper authorization.
Security violations
If a user attempts to access information without proper security (whether inadvertently or
deliberately), the screen on the following page is displayed on his or her terminal.
August 2009
42
SECRMENU
SECRERRORSecurity Violations
(
) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------SECRERROR
(T) 09/19/01 15:20:51
SECURITY VIOLATION
A security violation has been detected.
notified. The violation detected was:
The Security Administrator is being
The screen you tried to access is not available to you at this time.
Press ENTER to continue
At the same time this screen is displayed, TRAMS records the security violation within
the Log file. The violation will be reflected on the Security Violations Log, and is also
available for review online through the View Log file function.
When the user presses Enter from the Security Violation screen, the system returns to the
TRAMS Main Menu.
Security Administration menu
The Security Administrator accesses security functions through the Security
Administration menu. To display this menu:
Select the Security option from the TRAMS Main Menu, or type the fastpath
command SECRMENU in the command line. Press Enter and a menu screen similar
to the one following displays.
August 2009
43
SECRMENU
SECRMENUSecurity Administration
(H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------SECRMENU
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
09/19/01 15:35:48
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
User Profiles
Program Table
File Table
Message Table
Help Facility
Fastpaths
View Log File
View Record Definition File
Reload Program & File Tables
Refresh Filepath Batch Run
Delete Mirror File Records
Inst/Appl Security Groups
Approval Limit Groups
COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
14. Switch File Table ID
F6=END
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
Use this menu to access the following Security Administration functions:
User ProfilesContains user identifier, password, preferences and security group

information.
Program TableIdentifies the specific programs that a user can access, as defined
through the User Profile.
File TableIdentifies the specific files that a user can access, as defined through the
User Profile.
Message TableContains the text for the various messages displayed or printed
using TRAMS functions; this table (NCVMSGT) is created within the Application
Generator and uploaded to your mainframe for processing.
Help FacilityProvides access to TRAMS help message.
FastpathsProvides access to the fastpath commands used to quickly move to a
TRAMS function.
View Log FileProvides access to the online Log File (NSVLOGR) containing
before and after images of data that has been changed, added, or deleted as well as
security violations.
View Record Definition FileProvides online viewing of the Record Definition File
(NCVRDEF) that was created in and loaded from the Application Generator.
Reload Program & File TablesEnables you to reload the tables controlling
programs and files that each user can access.
August 2009
44
SECRMENU
Refresh Filepath Batch RunUpdates the Reject/Suspense (NCVRJSP) and mirror

files (NCVCFIL, NCVCCSH, NCVCBTH, NCBCTRN, NCVCRJS) based on
corrected reject and suspense transactions.
Delete Mirror File RecordsErases records in the mirror files.
Inst/Appl Security GroupsEnables you to assign ranges of institution/application
security groups.
Approval Limit GroupsEnables you to establish maximum limits for key entered
transactions.
Switch File Table IDEnables the switching to multiple warehouses based on the
table ID selected.
The remainder of this section contains instructions to assist you in performing these
Security Administration functions.
User profiles
Purpose
This function lists the TRAMS users within your organization. It also enables you to
access the User Profile screens and copy, delete, add, or display user records. Remember,
if you are copying a user profile, press Enter to page through all screens in order to save
the new profile.
Accessing user profiles
To access this function:
Select User Profiles from the Security Administration menu or enter the fastpath
command USERLIST in the command line. Press Enter and the system displays a
screen similar to the following.
August 2009
45
SECRMENU
USERLISTUser Action List

USERLIST

USER ACTION LIST
(T)
05/17/06 09:46:09
More:

Action
User
Lvl
Manager
(
) (
) (
) (
)
Action
User Lvl Manager Sts User Name
(
)
ANDY
S
A JONES, ANDREW
(
)
ANDYA
A ANDY
A ADMINISTRATOR
(
)
ANDYM
M ANDYA
A MANAGER
(
)
BARRYK
S
A QUALITY ASSURANCE, FIXES
(
)
BTHAMEX S
A SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR, SYSTEM ADMIN
(
)
CARLS
S
(
)
CCNAD
S
(
)
CMPDEV
S
A DEVELOPMENT, COMPLIANCE
(
)
CMPQA
S
A QUALITY ASSURANCE, COMPLIANCE
(
)
ENHDEV
S
A EURO DEVELOPMENT, ENHANCEMENT
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen contains an action list identifying up to 13 individuals who are established as
TRAMS users.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the Working in TRAMS chapter for
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
Code that identifies the action you want to take concerning the
associated user. Available actions are displayed on your screen.
USER
8C KEY
Eight-character user-defined code used to identify the user to

the system.
LVL
1C
Security authorization level assigned to the user. The values are:

S
= System Administrator
A
= Administrator
M
= Manager
U
= User.
August 2009
46
SECRMENU
MANAGER
8C
Manager who is responsible for the user. The managers

security authorization level must be higher than that of the user.
STS
1C
Current status of the user record. The values are:

A
= Active
E
= Expired
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
USER NAME
Full name of the TRAMS user.
When you finish viewing the screen, paging forward and backward as necessary, continue
the function by performing one of the following actions:
Enter a value in the key field at the top of the action list. Enter a code in the ACTION
field beside the key and press Enter. Refer to the User Profile topic that follows for
help with resulting screens.
Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the User Profile topic in this subsection for help with resulting screens. If
you need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the Working in
TRAMS chapter of this guide.
Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the Working in
TRAMS chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.
User profile details
If you selected an action for a user listed on the User Display screen, the system displays a
screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
47
SECRMENU
USERLIST1User Profile Details (Screen 1)

(
) (V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (C) Copy (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(Q)
01/31/02 11:55:08
USER PROFILE
User ID . . . . . : CMPQA
Level . . . . . . : S
SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR
Last Name . . . . : QUALITY ASSURANCE
First Name . . . . : COMPLIANCE
Middle Initial . . :
Title . . . . . . : Q.A. OF COMPLIANCE
USER INFORMATION
Department . . . . : MIS
Effective Date . . . . : 040398
Current Password . :
Expiration Date . . . : 123139
Verify . . . . . . :
Status . . . . . . . . : A
PASSWORD EXPIRATION
Manager ID . . . . . . :
Frequency . . . : Y
D,W,M,Q,Y
Period . . . . . : 999
Date Added . . . . . . : 10/22/97
Date . . . . . . : 123139
Added By . . . . . . . : CCNAD
NEW PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT
Last Maintenance By . : CMPQA
New Password . . :
Date Last Maintained . : 01/31/02
New Date . . . . : 123149
Time Last Maintained . : 10:55:09
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This is the first of four screens containing information established for the selected user. If
you are setting up new user information, most of these fields are blank. If you are updating
user information, you can change unprotected fields by entering new values over those
displayed. If you are viewing user information, you cannot change the information on this
screen.
All user and date formats shown on this screen are those established for the user by the
System Administrator.
Fields
USER ID
8C
Unique code that identifies this user to the system.
LEVEL
1C
Security authorization level assigned to this user. The values

are:
S
A
= Administrator
M
= Manager
U
= User.
August 2009
48
SECRMENU
LAST NAME
30C
Last name of the user.
FIRST NAME
20C
First name of the user.
MIDDLE INITIAL
1C
Middle initial of the user.
TITLE
20C
Job title of the user.
DEPARTMENT
20C
Department within the organization to which the user is

assigned.
CURRENT
PASSWORD
8C
Unique password currently valid for this user. This value does
not display on the screen or while being keyed, and it is
protected in update mode.
VERIFY
8C
If you are adding a new password, re-key the password in this

field to verify that it was entered correctly. This value does not
display on the screen or while being keyed, and is protected in
update mode.
PASSWORD EXPIRATION
The fields beneath this heading determine how often this users password will expire and
require change.
FREQUENCY
1C
Unit of time used to schedule password expiration. The values

are:
D
= Days
W
= Weeks
M
= Months
Q
= Quarters
Y
= Years.
PERIOD
3N
Number of days, weeks, months, quarters, or years to elapse

between password expirations. The values are 0 through 999.
DATE
6N
Date on which the password will expire.
August 2009
49
SECRMENU
NEW PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT
Fields beneath this heading identify the new password that will replace the current
password upon its expiration.
NEW PASSWORD
8C
Password that will become valid when the current password

expires. This value does not display on the screen or while
being keyed.
NEW DATE
6N
Date on which the new password will take effect. If you enter a
new password for this individual, the new date is required.
USER INFORMATION
Fields beneath this heading contain current information for the user.
EFFECTIVE DATE
6N
Date this user record becomes valid.
EXPIRATION DATE
6N
Date on which this user record is no longer valid.
STATUS
1C
Current status of the user record. The values are:

A
= Active
E
= Expired
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
MANAGER ID
8C REQ
Identification of the manager responsible for this user. The

managers level must be superior to that of the user. If the users
level is U, the managers level must be M. If the users level is
M, the managers level must be A. If the users level is A, the
managers level must be S. If the users level is S, the Manager
ID is not required.
DATE ADDED
6N
Date on which this user record was added to the system.
ADDED BY
3C
User ID of the individual who established this user record

within TRAMS.
LAST MAINTENANCE
BY
5C
User ID of the individual who last updated this user record.
August 2009
410
SECRMENU
DATE LAST
MAINTAINED
6N
Date on which this user record was last updated.
TIME LAST
MAINTAINED
6N
Time of day at which this user record was last updated.
When you finish working with this screen, press Enter. The system displays a screen
similar to the one following.
August 2009
411
SECRMENU

(
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(Q)
01/31/02 11:56:16
USER PROFILE
User ID . . . . . . : CMPQA
Level . . . . . . . : S
Date Last Signed On
Time Last Signed On
Terminal Last Used
: 01/31/02
: 11:27:45
: 0891
Language . . . . . . : E
Time Offset
Time Format
Date Format
Memo
. . . . : +00
. . . . : 2
. . . . : 1
EXAMPLES: +3 -5 (1ST POSITION IS THE SIGN)

1=12 HOURS
2=24 HOURS
1=MDY 2=DMY 3=YMD
. . :
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen contains a record of the users last system access, as well as preferences that
control certain aspects of TRAMS display. The user ID and level are redisplayed at the top
of the screen in protected mode.
Fields
USER ID
5C
LEVEL
1C

are:
S
A
= Administrator
M
= Manager
U
= User.
DATE LAST SIGNED

ON
6N
Date this user was last signed on to the system.
August 2009
412
SECRMENU
TIME LAST SIGNED

ON
6N
Time of day this user was last signed on to the system.
TERMINAL LAST
USED
4N
Identification of the terminal that the user last used to access the
system.
LANGUAGE
1C
Users preferred language for the system. The values are:

C
= French Canadian
E
= English
F
= French
G
= German
I
= Italian
S
= Spanish.
TIME OFFSET
3C
Number of hours by which the users time differs from the time
at the associated data center. The system uses this value to
calculate the correct time for display on the users screen. A
plus or a minus sign in the first position indicates whether the
system will add or subtract hours within this calculation,
followed by two digits. The numeric value must be less than or
equal to 24.
For example, if the user is in New York and the data center is in
Colorado, the time offset value would be +02, indicating that
the system will add two hours to calculate the time to be shown
on the users screen. The value would be -02 if the user is in
Colorado and the data center is in New York, indicating that the
system will subtract two hours to calculate the correct time for
the user.
TIME FORMAT
1N
Format in which the time is presented on TRAMS screens. The

values are:
1
= 12-hour clock (for example, 1:00 p.m. is
presented as 01:00)
2
presented as 13:00).
August 2009
413
SECRMENU
DATE FORMAT
1N
Format in which the date is presented on TRAMS screens. The

values are:
1
= MDY, month-day-year (for example, October
15, 2005, is presented as 10/15/05 and entered
as 101505)
2
= DMY, day-month-year (for example, October
as 151005)
3
= YMD, year-month-day (for example, October
as 051015).
MEMO
65C
User-defined field containing additional information pertinent

to this user.
When you finish working with this screen, press Enter and the system will display a screen
August 2009
414
SECRMENU

(
---------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(Q)
01/31/02 11:58:11
USER PROFILE
More:
+
User ID
Level
CMPQA
S
Application . . . . . ( TRAMS
)
Approval Limit . . . : 9999999999999
Approval Group Code . .
Program Table ID . . : Q
Program Group Code . .
File Table ID . . . . : Q
File Group Code . . . .
User Code . . . . . . :
Inst/Appl Group Code .
Function Keys 1 Thru 24 and PA1, PA2 and Assignments:
F1 : HELP
F9 : CMD
F17 :
PA1
F2 : SET
F10 : ACT
F18 :
PA2
F3 : EXIT
F11 : COPY
F19 : PREV
F4 : NEXT
F12 : CAN
F20 : PROM
F5 : REFR
F13 : TOP
F21 :
F6 : END
F14 : BOT
F22 :
F7 : BKWD
F15 :
F23 :
F8 : FWRD
F16 :
F24 :
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
:
:
:
:
0000
0001
0001
0000
: BKWD
: FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen contains security group assignments governing the users access to TRAMS.
It also contains 24 function keys that your organization can define for this user, as well as
two program action (PA) keys. The User ID and Level code are redisplayed at the top of
the screen.
This screen is displayed once for each TRAMS application available within the
organization.
Fields
USER ID
5C
LEVEL
1C

are:
S
A
= Administrator
M
= Manager
U
= User.
August 2009
415
SECRMENU
APPLICATION
8C
Application to which these controls apply. Screens for each

available application are displayed as you press Enter.
APPROVAL LIMIT
11N
Maximum monetary transaction value that this user can enter.

Enter this value as a whole currency amount; for example,
$500.00 is entered as 500. If you make an entry in this field,
an entry in the APPROVAL GROUP CODE field is required.
APPROVAL GROUP
CODE
4N
Table of approval controls to which this user is assigned. If you

make an entry in this field, an entry in the APPROVAL LIMIT field
is required. The system edits monetary entries against the
approval limit to ensure that the entries remain within the limit.
PROGRAM TABLE ID
1C
Program table suffix that governs this users access to TRAMS

programs, screens, and functions.
PROGRAM GROUP
CODE
4N
Code corresponding to those TRAMS programs that this user is

permitted to access. The system checks the associated program
table to determine those programs that include this code, and
allows the user to access only those programs.
FILE TABLE ID
1C
File table suffix that governs this users access to TRAMS files.
FILE GROUP CODE

4N
Code corresponding to those TRAMS files that this user is

permitted to access. The system checks the associated file table
to determine those files that include this code, and allows the
user to access only those files.
USER CODE
1C
User-defined code available for your organizations use.
INST/APPL GROUP
CODE
4N
Code that corresponds to those security groups that are

accessible to this user.
Group ranges must be defined in option 12 of the Master Menu

section before values can be entered.
FUNCTION KEYS
August 2009
Using this screen, you can customize the keys associated

functions to match the requirements of the individual user. To
do so, type the function abbreviation in the field associated with
the key number. Function abbreviations are:
HELP = Help
416
SECRMENU
SET
=
EXIT =
PROM =
REFR =
BKWD =
FWRD =
CMD =
ACT =
COPY =
CAN =
END =
TOP =
BOT =
PREV =
NEXT =
Set 1/2
Exit
Prompt
Refresh
Backward
Forward
Commands
Action
Copy
Cancel
End
Top
Bottom
Previous
Next.
While the following functions are required and cannot be

removed from the system, they can be reassigned to another
key:
Exit
Backward
Forward
Cancel.
Changes that you make to function and PA keys take effect as soon
as you sign off and sign back on to TRAMS. Once you make a
change, the function previously associated with that key is
unavailable until it is assigned to another key.
For the assigned functions to take effect on a particular screen, the
functions must be turned on for that screens programs in the
Program table.
Exiting the function

When you finish viewing the screen, complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
results.
Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any entries you have made on the User Profile screens.
August 2009
417
SECRMENU
Program tables
Purpose
Use this function to define the various program tables that control users access to the
Transaction Management System online. These program tables determine:
The specific functions or screens that a user can access

The actions that users can perform within a function.
Accessing program tables

To access this function, select Program Tables from the Security Administration menu and
press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
418
SECRMENU
PRGMTBLISTProgram Table Action List

PRGMTBLIST
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
PROGRAM TABLE ACTION LIST
(T)
09/19/01 14:23:22
More:
+

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View R=Replicate
Action Table ID
(
)
(
) (
Action Table ID
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
Number
Number
00001
00003
00004
00005
00006
00010
00020
00022
00024
00026
00028
00030
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
Status
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
F5=REFRSH
Program
NCPO001
NCPO003
NCPO004
NCPO005
NCPO006
NCPO010
NCPO020
NCPO022
NCPO024
NCPO026
NCPO028
NCPO030
F6=END
Description
COMMON ERROR
SIGNOFF
SECURITY VIOLATIONS
DISPATCH
SEND LOGO SCREEN
NCM SIGNON
TRAMS MAIN MENU
FAST PATH LIST
OPEN/CLOSE CORR
DELETE MIRRORS
SWITCH FILE TBL ID
NCM SYSTEM OPTIONS
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen consists of an action list displaying all of the program table entries that are
available for your review.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
Action you want to take concerning the associated program

table.
TABLE ID
1C KEY
Code that identifies a specific program table. The values are A

through Z, or 0 through 9.
NUMBER
5N KEY
Number that identifies the program within the program table.
August 2009
419
SECRMENU
STATUS
1C
Status of the program table. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
PROGRAM
7C
Alphanumeric identifier of the program controlled by the

associated program table.
DESCRIPTION
20C
Alphanumeric description of the program controlled by the

program table.
When you finish viewing the screen (paging forward and backward as necessary),
continue by performing one of the following actions:
Enter values in the key fields located at the beginning of the action list. Enter a code
in the ACTION field beside the key and press Enter. Refer to the Working in TRAMS
chapter of the guide if you need help in searching the action list based on a key.
Refer to the Program table entries details subtopic for help with resulting screens. If
The Program Table Action List contains an additional action code

option, R (Replicate). This action enables you to quickly duplicate
an entire set of programs into another program table. For help in
performing this action, see the Replicating program tables topic
within this chapter.
results.
Program table entries details
If you specified a program table and action on the Program Table Action List screen, the
system displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
420
SECRMENU
PRGMTBLIS1Program Table Entries

(V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
09/19/01 17:09:50
PROGRAM TABLE ENTRIES
Program
Number.
Program
Map ID.
Status.
Table
. . .
ID. .
. . .
. . .
ID.
. .
. .
. .
. .
.
.
.
.
.
Security Data
:
:
:
:
:
D
00030
NCPO030
NCMO030
A
Code
0001
0003
0000
0000
0000
Action
15
03
00
00
00
Date
Last
Date
Time
Level
0
0
0
0
0
Screen Type . . . . : M
Description . . . . : NCM SYSTEM OPTIONS
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
Code
0002
0004
0000
0000
0000
Added. . .
Mntd By. .
Last Mntd.
Last Mntd.
Action
01
04
00
00
00
: 08/21/01
:
:
: 00:00:00
Level
0
0
0
0
0
Next Program. . : 00032

Prev Program. . : 00020
Exit Program. . : 00020
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This screen displays detailed information for the program table you selected.
Fields
PROGRAM TABLE ID
1C
Code that identifies this program table within the system.
NUMBER
5N
Number that identifies the program within the program table.
PROGRAM ID
8C
Name of the program that is controlled by this program table.
MAP ID
7C
TRAMS screen map that is controlled by this program table.
STATUS
1C
Current status of this program table. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
August 2009
421
SECRMENU
DATE ADDED
6N
Date on which this program table entry was created, displayed

in user-defined format.
LAST MNTD BY
5C
User who last updated this program table entry.
DATE LAST MNTD

6N
Date on which this program table entry was last updated,

displayed in user-defined format.
TIME LAST MNTD

6N
Time of day at which this program table entry was last updated.
SECURITY DATA
This section of the screen contains ten sets of fields. Use these fields to define the
functionality that is available within the associated program and its map.
CODE
4N
(appears 10 times)
Security group code used to verify against a TRAMS user

record to determine accessibility.
ACTION
2N
(appears 10 times)
Type of action that a user with this security group code can
perform within this program. The values are:
1
= Read only
2
= Update
4
= Create
8
= Delete
15
= Read, Update, Create, and Delete.
You can combine these values to customize a users access to
the system. For example, if you want to permit the user to read
and update only, enter 3
(1 + 2) as the ACTION code.
LEVEL
1N
(appears 10 times)
August 2009
(Reserved for future use.) Level of field security provided to

users accessing this program. Depending on this level, the
system may prevent the user from accessing or viewing certain
fields on the screen associated with this program. The values
are:
0
= No field level security checking applies
19
= Field level security checking applies.
422
SECRMENU
SCREEN TYPE
1C
Type of screen identified by the MAP ID field. The values are:

A
= Action list
C
= Control screen
D
= Detail
M
= Menu
NEXT PROGRAM
5C
Number of the program that follows this program in a function,

if applicable.
DESCRIPTION
20C
Alphanumeric description of the program.
PREV PROGRAM
5C
Number of the program that precedes this program in a

function, if applicable.
EXIT PROGRAM
5C
Number of the program to which this program passes control

when the user selects the Exit function.
Replicating program tables

As you work with TRAMS, you will sometimes find it necessary to copy a set of programs
from one table to another. For example, once TRAMS is installed within your
organization, you may process in testing mode for a period of time. The programs you use
during this period might carry a program table identification of T to identify them as
testing programs. When the testing period is complete, you might replicate all of the
programs into a table with an identification of P to identify them as processing programs.
To replicate a program table, enter R in the ACTION field associated with the key near the
top of the Program Table Action List. This entry is not valid for any other programs listed
on the screen. Leave the rest of the key fields blank. Press Enter. The system displays a
August 2009
423
SECRMENU
PRGMTBLIS2Program Table Replicate

(
) (H) Help
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
09/20/01 14:53:12
PROGRAM TABLE REPLICATE
Copy All Program IDs . . . . . (

Change All Program Prefixes . . (
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
From
)
F6=END
(
(
To
F7=BKWD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
Use this screen to identify the programs you want to replicate.
Fields
COPY ALL PROGRAM
IDS
1C REQ
Program identifications you want to duplicate, and the program

identification you want to assign to the new programs. For
example, to copy testing programs into live processing
programs, you would enter T in the FROM field and P in the TO
field.
CHANGE ALL
PROGRAM PREFIXES
3C
Prefixes of the programs you want to change, and the prefix you
want to assign to the new programs. For example, many
TRAMS programs are prefixed by the letters NCP. You may
want to change these prefixes to TRP. To do so, you would enter
NCP in the FROM field and TRP in the TO field.
When entries are complete, press Enter in order for the system to replicate the program
table.
August 2009
424
SECRMENU
Program functions
If you pressed Enter to proceed from the Program Table Entries screen, the system
displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
425
SECRMENU
PRGMTBLIS2Program Functions
(
) (V) View (U) Update (N) New (H) Help
(T) 09/20/01 15:13:22
PROGRAM FUNCTIONS
Program Table ID. . : T
Program Number. . . : 00020
Functions Available To Display On The Screen (Y/N) For: NCMO020
Help . .
Prompt .
Backward
Actions.
Top . .
Reserved
Previous
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(
(
(
(
(
:
(
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
N
)
)
)
)
)
)
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
Set. . .
Refresh.
Forward.
Copy . .
Bottom .
Reserved
Next . .
F5=REFRSH
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(
(
(
(
(
:
(
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
F6=END
)
)
)
)
)
Exit . .
End. . .
Commands
Cancel .
Reserved
Reserved
F7=BKWD
.
.
.
.
.
.
F9=CMDS
:
:
(
:
:
:
Y
N
Y )
Y
N
N
F10=ACTNS
This screen lists the functions that are available (through function keys) for the associated
program. A Y value means that the function is available; N means that the function is not
available. The system will automatically display available function keys in the function
key area (bottom line) of each screen when the user accesses the program.
The Exit and Cancel functions are set to Y and are not modifiable.
Exiting program table functions

When you finish viewing the screen (making any changes or additions as necessary),
complete the function by performing one of the following actions:
results.
any changes you may have made on this screen.
August 2009
426
SECRMENU
File tables
Purpose
This function defines the various file table entries that control users access to Transaction
Management System files. These file table entries determine:
The specific TRAMS files that a user can access

The actions that users can perform within a file.
Each users security profile is linked to a file table entry through the FILE TABLE ID and FILE
GROUP CODE fields (accessed through the User Profile menu selection). As the user works
with TRAMS, the system references the corresponding file table and group. The controls
set up within the file table determine any limitations to the users access to a file and the
data stored in the file.
Accessing file table entries
To access this function, select File Table from the Security Administration menu and press
Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
427
SECRMENU
FILETABLEFile Table Action List

FILETABLE
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
FILE TABLE ACTION LIST
(T)
09/20/01 15:21:12
More:
+

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View R=Replicate
Action Table Id
(
)
(
)
Action Table Id
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
(
)
D
Number
(
)
Number
001
002
003
004
007
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
Status
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
File
NSVSECR
NSVPRGM
NSVFILE
NCVSYSP
NCVLOGA
NCVAPPL
NCVINST
NCVMRCH
NCDBTCH
NCDCASH
NCDFILE
NCDTRAN
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
Description
OPERATOR PROFILES
PROGRAM TABLE
FILE TABLE
SYS CONTROL OPTIONS
CCN LOG FILE A
APPLICATION CNTRLS
INSTITUTION CNTRLS
MERCHANT FILE
BATCH HEADER FILE
CASH HEADER FILE
FILE CONTROLS INFO
TRANSACTION DATABASE
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen consists of an action list displaying all of the file table entries that are
available for your review.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
associated file.
TABLE ID
1C KEY
Code that identifies a specific file table. The values are alpha
characters A through Z, or numbers 0 through 9.
NUMBER
3N KEY
Number identifying the file within the file table.
August 2009
428
SECRMENU
STATUS
1C
Status of the file table. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
FILE
7C
Alphanumeric identifier of the file controlled by the associated

program table.
DESCRIPTION
20C
Alphanumeric description of the file controlled by the file table.
Enter values in the key fields near the top of the action list. Enter a code in the ACTION
field associated with the key, and press Enter. Refer to the Working in TRAMS
chapter of this guide if you need help in searching the action list using a key.
Refer to the File table entries topic for help with resulting screens. If you need help
in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the Working in TRAMS
chapter of this guide.
The File Table Action List contains an additional action code option,
R (replicate). This action enables you to quickly duplicate an entire
set of files into another file table. For help in performing this action,
see the Replicating file tables topic.
results.
Replicating file tables
As you work with TRAMS, you will sometimes find it necessary to copy a set of files
from one table to another. For example, once TRAMS is installed within your
organization, you may process in testing mode for a period of time. The files you use
during this period might carry a file table ID of T to identify them as testing files. When
the testing period is complete, you might replicate all of the files into a table with an ID of
P to identify them as processing files.
To replicate a file table, enter R in the ACTION field associated with the key near the top of
the File Table Action List. This entry is not valid for any other files listed on the screen.
Press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
429
SECRMENU
FILETABLE2File Table Replicate

(
) (H) Help
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
09/20/01 14:53:12
FILE TABLE REPLICATE
Copy All File IDs . . . . . . . (

Change All File Prefixes . . . (
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
From
)
F6=END
(
(
To
F7=BKWD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
Use this screen to identify the files you want to replicate.
Fields
COPY ALL FILE IDS
1C REQ
Code that identifies the file identifications you want to

duplicate, and the file identification you want to assign to the
new files. For example, to copy testing files into live processing
files, you would enter T in the FROM field and P in the TO field.
CHANGE ALL FILE

PREFIXES
3C
Code that identifies the prefixes of the files you want to change,
and the prefix you want to assign to the new files. For example,
many TRAMS files are prefixed by the letters NCV. You may
want to change these prefixes to TRV. To do so, you would
enter NCV in the FROM field and TRV in the TO field.
When entries are complete, press Enter in order for the system to replicate the files.
File table entries
If you selected a specific file table and action on the File Table Display screen, the system
August 2009
430
SECRMENU
FILETABLE3File Table Entries

(
) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
(T) 09/20/01 15:28:56
FILE TABLE ENTRIES
File Table ID
File Number .
Description .
File ID . . .
Log Indicator
Security Data
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
:
:
(
(
(
T
004
SYS CONTROL OPTIONS
NCVSYSP )
S )
(
(
(
(
(
Code
0001
0000
0000
0000
0000
)
)
)
)
)
Action
( 02 )
( 15 )
( 15 )
( 15 )
( 15 )
Record Length . . .( 0182 )

Min Record Len. . .( 0182 )
COMMAND ===>
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
Level
( 0 )
( 0 )
( 0 )
( 0 )
( 0 )
Status. . . . .
Date Added. . .
Last Mntd By. .
Date Last Mntd.
Time Last Mntd.
(
(
(
(
(
Code
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
)
)
)
)
)
.
.
.
.
.
Action
( 15 )
( 15 )
( 15 )
( 15 )
( 15 )
(
:
:
:
:
A )
MARY
10/25/1999
15:19:00
Level
( 0 )
( 0 )
( 0 )
( 0 )
( 0 )
Key Length. . . .( 08 )
Common Format. . ( Y )
Inst/Appl Disp. .( 0000 ) Inst/Appl Ind . .(
)
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
F12=CANCEL
This screen displays detailed information for the file table you selected.
Fields
FILE TABLE ID
1C
Code that identifies this file table within the system.
FILE NUMBER
7C
Number identifying the file within the file table.
DESCRIPTION
20C
Alphanumeric description of the file.
FILE ID
8C
Code that identifies the file that is controlled by this file table.
LOG INDICATOR
1C
Flag that indicates whether dual logging applies to the file. This
capability enables your organization to write file data to a
August 2009
431
SECRMENU
secondary file that serves as a backup for the primary log file.
The values are:
N
= No file logging; write to the primary file only
S
= Single file logging; write to log file A only
D
= Dual file logging; write to log file A and B.
STATUS
1C
Current status of this file table entry. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
DATE ADDED
6C
Date on which this file table entry was created, displayed in

user-defined format.
LAST MNTD BY
5C
User who last updated this file table entry.
DATE LAST MNTD

6N
Date on which this file table entry was last updated, displayed
SECURITY DATA
functionality that is available within the associated file and its data.
CODE
4N
Security group code to be assigned to a TRAMS user record to

link that record with this file table.
ACTION
2N
Type of action that a user with this security group code can
perform within this file. The values are:
1
= Read only
2
= Update
4
= Create
8
= Delete
15
= Read, Update, Create, and Delete.
You can combine these values to customize a users access to
the system. For example, if you want to permit the user to read
and update only, enter 3(1 + 2) as the ACTION code.
LEVEL
1N
August 2009
(Reserved for future use.) Level of field security provided to

users accessing this file. Depending on this level, the system
432
SECRMENU
may prevent the user from accessing or viewing certain fields

on the screen associated with this file. The values are:
0
= No field level security checking applies
19
= Field level security checking applies.
RECORD LENGTH
4N
Maximum length in bytes of a single record within the file.
KEY LENGTH
2N
Length in bytes of the file key.
COMMON FORMAT
1C
Flag that indicates whether the file is in the standard TRAMS

format, with maintenance fields following the key. This format
enables the common input/output program to update the fields
automatically. The values are:
Y
= TRAMS standard format
N
= Non-standard format.
MIN RECORD LENGTH

4N
Minimum length in bytes of a single record within the file.
INST/APPL DISP
4N
Actual starting position where the institution field resides in this

particular file.
INST/APPL IND
1C
Flag that indicates if a security check is to be instituted, and if

so, identifies whether this check will be for Inst/Appl level or
Inst only level. The values are:
B
= Institution/application number
I
= Institution number only
Space = No security check.
See the TRAMS and TRAMS/DE files containing Institution and/or

Application topic in theCommands and Codes appendix for more
information on the values.
Exiting file tables

When you finish viewing the screen (making any changes or additions as necessary),
results.
action negates any changes you have made to the file table entry.
August 2009
433
SECRMENU
Message tables
Purpose
This function is used to access text for the various messages that are displayed or printed
as part of TRAMS functions. These include online informational or error messages, reject
reason codes, and text for fields displayed on screens or printed on reports.
The Message Table is created within the TRAMS Application Generator, using a RunTime Support menu selection. The Application Generator enables your organization to
customize the messages based on your own preferences and processing methods. Once the
table is created, it is uploaded to your mainframe computer and made available to the
TRAMS functions.
Accessing the function
To access the function, select Message Table from the Security Administration menu and
press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
434
SECRMENU
MSGTMENUMessage Table Menu

(
) (H) Help
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------MSGTMENU
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T) 12/13/01 08:47:16
MESSAGE TABLE MENU
(
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Include any search options below
Help Message Text

Online Error Message
Process Input Errors
Reject Reason Code Messages
Report Literal Text
Screen Literal Text
Search . . . . . (
Code
Language
) (
)
Status
(
)
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET1
F12=CANCEL
This screen consists of a submenu offering access to the following message types:
Help Message TextMessages displayed when a user requests Help for a specific
field
Online Error MessageMessages displayed when an online entry error occurs
Process Input ErrorsMessages displayed as a result of errors encountered during
Process Input
Reject Reason Code MessagesMessages explaining the reason that an item was
rejected or suspended
Report Literal TextMessages that are printed on reports to describe fields or other
entities
Screen Literal TextMessages displayed on screens as field prompts.
To select any of these options, enter the number identifying the option in the field
provided.
Search options
Note that the Message Table Menu permits you to make entries that target and search for a
specific message code, language, or status. By using these search options, you can limit
the action list to the objects in which you are specifically interested.
August 2009
435
SECRMENU
To search for a specific message, enter the code for that message in the CODE field
located beside the Search prompt.
To search for messages in a specific language, enter the language code in the
LANGUAGE field beside the Search prompt.
To search for messages with a particular status code, enter the code in the STATUS
field beside the Search prompt.
Enter Search options in any combination. Remember, the more Search options you use,
the more you limit the resulting action list.
When these steps are complete, press Enter.
Message table action list
The system displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
436
SECRMENU
MSGTLISTMessage Table Action List

MSGTLIST
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
MESSAGE TABLE ACTION LIST
(T) 12/13/01 08:50:26

More:

Action Msg Code Language
(
) (
) (
)
Action Tbl Type Msg Code
(
)
HP
FORMATCD
(
)
HP
ORIGSTAN
(
)
HP
ORTRANDA
(
)
HP
ORTRANTI
(
)
HP
PROCLASS
(
)
HP
RECONAMT
(
)
HP
TRAN537
(
)
HP
TRAN538
(
)
HP
TRAN539
(
)
HP
TRAN540
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
Status
(
)
Language
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F5=REFRSH
Status
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen consists of an action list containing messages of the type specified on the
preceding submenu. If you targeted message criteria using the SEARCH fields on the
preceding screen, the list begins with the message you targeted.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C KEY
associated message. Valid action codes are displayed on your
screen.
MSG CODE
8C KEY
User-defined code uniquely identifying the message within the

table.
LANGUAGE
1C
Language in which the message is written. The values are:

C
= French Canadian
E
= English
F
= French
August 2009
437
SECRMENU
G
I
S
=
=
=
German
Italian
Spanish.
STATUS
1C
Maintenance status of the message. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
TBL TYPE
2C
Code that specifies the table you have accessed. The table type
is dependent on the selection made through the submenu, as
follows:
HP
= Help message text (not available at this time)
OL
= Online error message
PI
= Process input errors
RC
= Reject reason code messages
RP
= Report literal text
SC
= Screen literal text.
Enter values in the key fields at the top of the action list. Enter a code in the ACTION
field beside the key and press Enter. Turn to the Message table detail topic that
follows for help with the resulting screen.
Refer to the Message table detail topic for help with the resulting screen. If you
need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the Working in
Choose a completion option using a function key. Refer to the Working in TRAMS
chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their results.
Message table details
If you selected an action for a message listed on the Message Table Action List, the system
August 2009
438
SECRMENU
MSGTLIST1Message Table Details

(
) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T) 12/13/01 09:06:06
MESSAGE TABLE DETAILS
Table Type . . . . .
Message Code . . . .
Language . . . . . .
Number of Characters
Message Literal . . .
COMMAND ===>
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
.
.
.
.
.
:
:
:
:
(
(
HP
FORMATCD
E
78
FORMAT CODE
F6=END
F9=CMDS
Status
. . . . . . . ( A )
F10=ACTNS
F12=CANCEL
Fields
TABLE TYPE
2C
Specifies the message table type. The values are:

HP
= Help message text
OI
= Online error message
PI
= Process input errors
RC
= Reject reason code messages
RP
= Report literal text
SC
= Screen literal text.
STATUS
1C

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
MESSAGE CODE
5C
User-defined code that identifies the message within the table.
August 2009
439
SECRMENU
LANGUAGE
1C
Language in which the message is written. The values are:

C
= French Canadian
E
= English
F
= French
G
= German
I
= Italian
S
= Spanish.
NUMBER OF
CHARACTERS
2N
Number of available characters for the message, as defined

through the Record Definition table. Some help messages have
a maximum of 78 characters, others have a maximum of 30
characters.
MESSAGE LITERAL
30C OR 78C
Actual text of the message to be displayed or printed. The

length is defined through the NUMBER OF CHARACTERS field.

following actions:
results.
Help facility
This selection is not active at this time.
Fastpath commands
Purpose
This option displays a listing of commands that are available for use as a shortcut to
specific Transaction Management System functions. By using fastpath commands, you
bypass menus and speed access to TRAMS functions. Usually, a fastpath command brings
you to a menu or an action list.
Accessing fastpath commands
To access the function, select Fastpaths from the Security Administration menu, or type
the command fastpath in the command line. Press Enter.
August 2009
440
SECRMENU
FASTPATHFastpath Key Word List

(
) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FASTPATH
(T)
11/19/08 14:07:55
FASTPATH KEY WORD LIST
Available FASTPATH commands are:
WRCTLIST
AESPITLIST
APPLLIST
APRVLGROUP
BATCHLIST
CASHLIST
CHECKMENU
CLIENTMENU
CRILIST
DEADMNMENU
DEBTCHLIST
DECASHLIST
DECHCKMENU
DECLNTMENU
DEFILEMENU
DEMAINMENU
DEOPTSMENU
DESBALLIST
DETOTSLIST
DETRANLIST
EXCEPTMENU
FASTPATH
FILELIST
FILEMENU
FILETBLIST
HASHTOTALS
COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP
F3=EXIT
ICALIST
IFETLIST
IINLIST
INSTAPPLGP
INSTLIST
IPSTLIST
JFETLIST
JISTLIST
JOBMENU
JOBSCHDLST
JOBSTSLIST
LOGLIST
LOGOFF
F5=REFRSH
MAINMENU
MSGTMENU
OFF
OPTIONMENU
PRGMTBLIST
RDEFLIST
REJLIST
RPTLIST
SECRMENU
SETTLIST
SETTMENU
SIGNOFF
SIGNON
F9=CMDS
SUSPLIST
SYSTBLMENU
TRANLIST
TRANMENU
TRNACTLIST
TRNREFLIST
USERLIST
VISTLIST
WRCTLIST
WRHSELIST
F10=ACTNS
F12=CANCEL
The screen lists the available fastpath commands for TRAMS, TRAMS/BC, and
TRAMS/DE. Refer to the Commands and Codes appendix in this guide for a list of the
full command names for the fastpaths.
When you have finished reviewing the fastpath key word list, complete the function by
performing one of the following actions:
results.
Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter.
View Log File

Purpose
This function displays the TRAMS Log File online. This file contains a before and after
view of data in the system that has been changed through online functions, providing an
on-screen audit trail.
August 2009
441
SECRMENU
This function displays only data that has been maintained through
online entry. It is not its purpose to display all of the transactions
entered into the system in a days processing.
Accessing the log file

To access the function, select View Log File from the Security Administration menu, or
type the fastpath command LOGFILE in the command line. Press Enter.
August 2009
442
SECRMENU
LOGLISTTRAMS Log File (Character Display)

LOGLIST
TRAMS/BSE 8.07 COMPLIANCE 2.1

TRAMS LOG FILE
(Q)
01/25/02 14:48:13
More:
+

S=Search H=Hex Display C=Character Display
Action
(
)
Action
(
)
(
Proc Date
)
Proc Date
082201
Char Key=
082201
Char Key=
082201
Char Key=
082201
Char Key=
082201
Char Key=
082201
Char Key=
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
Appl
File Func Type
Term
User
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
Time
Appl
File Func Type
Term
User
094728
N
001
S
8
T159
FIXQA
FIXQA
110537
N
001
S
8
T177
FIXQA
FIXQA
134557
N
001
S
8
T186
CCNAD
CCNAD
143434
N
001
S
8
T138
CMPQA
CMPQA
162552
N
001
S
8
T105
CCNAD
CCNAD
163224
N
001
S
8
T149
FIXQA
FIXQA
(
Time
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
)
Seq
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
F9=CMDS
This screen consists of an action list displaying activity within the system so far today.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated object(s). Valid action codes are displayed on your
screen.
PROC DATE
6N KEY
Date on which the particular activity occurred.
TIME
6N KEY
Time of day at which the particular activity occurred.
APPL
1C KEY
Application affected by the activity. Currently, the valid entry

for this field is N, identifying TRAMS.
August 2009
443
SECRMENU
FILE
3N KEY
TRAMS file affected by the activity. A list of files and their

identifying numbers is included in the Appendix to this guide.
FUNC
1C KEY
Type of function performed in this activity. The values are:

C
= Copy
U
= Update
D
= Delete
V
= View
N
= New record added
S
= Security.
TYPE
1C KEY
Type of activity performed within the function. The values are:

1
= New record added
2
= Before image update
3
= After image update
4
= Deleted record image
8
= Sign-on
9
= Sign-off
F
= Field-level update
V
= Security violation.
TERM
4C KEY
User-defined identification of the terminal used to perform the

activity.
USER
8C KEY
User who performed the activity.
SEQ
4N
Sequence number identifying the specific activity within the

file.
Enter values in the key fields located near the top of the action list. Enter a code in the
ACTION field associated with the key and press Enter. The resulting action list will
begin with the object matching the key values you entered. (There is not a detail
screen associated with this action list.)
Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter. If
your action code was H (hex display) or C (character display), refer to the Changing
views topic that follows for more information. If you need help in understanding
action codes and their use, refer to the Working in TRAMS chapter of this guide.
August 2009
444
SECRMENU
results.
Changing views
The TRAMS Log File screen differs from the standard TRAMS screens in that it permits
you to display either a hexadecimal-based view or a character-based view of the file
objects.
When you first access the TRAMS Log File screen, values are displayed in standard
character format. To display hexadecimal values, type H in the ACTION field associated
with the key. Leave the rest of the key fields blank and press Enter.
The screen changes to a view similar to the one following.
August 2009
445
SECRMENU
LOGLISTTRAMS Log File (Hex Display)

LOGLIST
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
TRAMS LOG FILE
(T)
12/13/01 09:20:14
More:
+

S=Search H=Hex Display C=Character Display
Action Proc Date
Time
Appl
File Func Type
Term
User
(
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
Action Proc Date
Time
Appl
File Func Type
Term
User
(
)
040693
212325
N
01
S
8
N071
CCNAD
Hex Key = C3C3D5C1C4404040
(
)
040693
212453
N
00
S
9
N071
CCNAD
Hex Key =
(
)
040693
212514
N
01
S
8
N070
MARY
Hex Key = D4C1D9E840404040
(
)
040693
212939
N
01
S
8
N071
CCNAD
(
)
040693
212948
N
01
S
8
N070
MARY
Hex Key = D4C1D9E840404040
(
)
040693
213023
N
01
S
8
N071
CCNAD
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
)
Seq
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
F9=CMDS
Note that the CHAR KEY field has changed to a HEX KEY field, displaying the key in
hexadecimal format.
To change back to the character-based format, type C in the ACTION field associated with
the key fields. Again, leave the rest of the key fields blank and press Enter. The system
redisplays the action list in character-based format.
View Record Definition file

Purpose
This function displays your organizations Record Definition file online.
The Record Definition file specifies the fields that compose a transaction record. The file
is originated through the Application Generator, which operates on a PC-based
workstation. Your organization transfers the file from the PC to the mainframe, where
TRAMS refers to it as it processes transactions. The View Record Definition File function
enables you to look at the file at your terminal without requiring you to access the
For more detailed information about the Record Definition file and the way it is created,
refer to the TRAMS/AG Reference Guide.
August 2009
446
SECRMENU

To access the function, select View Record Definition File from the Security
Administration menu. Press Enter.
August 2009
447
SECRMENU
RDEFLISTRecord Definition Action List

RDEFLIST
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
RECORD DEFINITION ACTION LIST
(T)
12/13/01 09:29:33
More:
+

S=Search V=View E=Set Data Entry Format
Action
(
) (
Action
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
Rec Name
Rec Name
ACHDATA
AMLDATA
AML1LSSH
AML1LSSM
AML1PS01
AML1PS02
AMT1DT
AMT1DX
AMT1D1
ATGTDT
ATGTDTX
BCBTCH
) (
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
Project Nbr
Project Nbr
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
F5=REFRSH
Fld Nbr
) (
)
Nbr of Fields
0007
0013
0022
0022
0018
0047
0024
0001
0054
0066
0001
0003
F6=END
Status
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen contains an action list identifying Record Definition File records.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated record. Available actions are displayed on your
screen. Note that this action list includes an action of E (Set
Data Entry Format) in addition to standard actions. Use this
action to identify a record format to be used for subsequent data
entry. This action moves the data entry format designation into
your communications area, from which it can be used by the
TRAMS Data Entry module (TRAMS/DE) during data entry.
REC NAME
8C KEY
Name that identifies the record, as assigned through the

PROJECT NBR
15N KEY
Project to which the record is assigned through the Application

Generator.
August 2009
448
SECRMENU
FLD NBR
4N
Number that identifies a specific field within the record.
NBR OF FIELDS
4N
Total number of fields within the record.
STATUS
1C
Current status of the record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
field beside the key and press Enter. Refer to the Record definition detail topic that
follows for help with resulting screens.
Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object. Press Enter. Refer
to the Record definition detail topic that follows for help with resulting screens. If
results.
Record definition detail
If you selected an action for a record listed on the Record Definition Action List, the
August 2009
449
SECRMENU
RDEFLIST1Record Definition Details (Screen 1)

(
) (H) Help
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 09:31:33
RECORD DEFINITION DETAILS
More:
+
Number of Fields
Rec Name
Project Nbr
0007
ACHDATA
000000000000000
Field Description . . : REPORT NUMBER
Occurrence . : 0001
Field Number . . . . : 0003
Storage Format . . . : ZD
Status . . . . . . . : A
Number of Decimals . : 00
Date Added . . . . . : 12/05/0
Field Length . . . . : 0009
Last Maintenance By . :
Field Position . . . : 0001
Date Last Maintenance : 12/05/0
Occur Depending On . : 0000
Time Last Maintenance : 00:00:0
Occur Group 1 Number : 0000
Occur Group 1 Length : 0000
Occur Group 2 Number : 0000
Occur Group 2 Length : 0000
Screen Sequence . . . : 0000
Description Key . . . : RPTNBR
Edit List Name. . . . :
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This screen contains data for the first field within the selected record as defined through
the Application Generator. All of the fields on this screen are protected and cannot be
changed.
Fields
NUMBER OF FIELDS
4N
Total number of fields within the record.
REC NAME
8C
Name of the displayed record.
PROJECT NBR
15N
Number of the project to which the record is assigned.
FIELD DESCRIPTION
20C
Complete description of the field.
OCCURRENCE
4N
Number of occurrences of this field within this record.
August 2009
450
SECRMENU
FIELD NUMBER
4N
Number that identifies the fields position in the record.
STORAGE FORMAT
2C
Format in which the field is stored. The values are:

AN
= Alphanumeric
BI
= Binary (Comp)
FL
= Floating Point (Comp-4)
PS
= Packed Signed (Comp-3)
PU
= Packed Unsigned (Comp-3)
ZD
= Signed Zoned Decimal
ZU
= Unsigned Zoned Decimal.
NUMBER OF
DECIMALS
2N
For decimal fields, number of characters to the right of the

decimal.
FIELD LENGTH
4N
Length of the field in bytes.
FIELD POSITION
4N
Fields starting position relative to 01.
OCCUR DEPENDING
ON
4N
Name of the field used to index an occurring (repeating) item.
OCCUR GROUP 1
NUMBER
4N
Number of times this field or group of fields occurs.
OCCUR GROUP 1
LENGTH
4N
Total length in bytes of a group of occurring fields.
OCCUR GROUP 2
NUMBER
4N
Number of times this field or group of fields occurs.
OCCUR GROUP 2
LENGTH
4N
Total length in bytes of a group of occurring fields.
SCREEN SEQUENCE
4N
Order in which this record appears on the Reject screens.
August 2009
451
SECRMENU
DESCRIPTION KEY
8C
Name used to refer to this record on the Messages Table.
EDIT LIST NAME

8C
Edit list name defined in the Application Generator that

contains the list of macros used to perform field-type editing.
OCCURRENCE
4N
Number of the occurrence of this field or group of fields.
STATUS
1C
Current status of this record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
DATE ADDED
6N
Date on which this record was established, shown in userdefined format.
LAST MAINTENANCE
BY
5C
Application Generator user who last updated this record.
DATE LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Date this record was last updated.
TIME LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Time of day that this record was last updated.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to continue viewing the fields associated
with the record. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
452
SECRMENU
RDEFLIST2Record Definition Details (Screen 2)

(
) (H) Help
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 09:51:12
RECORD DEFINITION DETAILS
More: +
Number of Fields
Rec Name
Project Nbr
0007
ACHDATA
000000000000000
Field Description . : ACCOUNT NUMBER
Field Nbr . . : 0004
Storage Fmt .
Field Len . . : 0017
Field Pos . .
Occ Grp1 Nbr : 0000
Occ Grp1 Len
Occ Grp2 Len : 0000
Screen Seq .
Edit List Name:
:
:
:
:
AN
0010
0000
0000
Occurrence .
Nbr of Dec .
Occ Dep On .
Occ Grp2 Nbr
Desc Key . .
:
:
:
:
:
0002
00
0000
0000
ACCTNBR
Field Description . : NAME

Field Nbr . . : 0005
Field Len . . : 0022
Occ Grp1 Nbr : 0000
Occ Grp2 Len : 0000
Edit List Name:
:
:
:
:
AN
0027
0000
0000
Occurrence .
Nbr of Dec .
Occ Dep On .
Occ Grp2 Nbr
Desc Key . .
:
:
:
:
:
0003
00
0000
0000
NAME
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
Storage Fmt .
Field Pos . .
Occ Grp1 Len
Screen Seq .
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen displays details for the next two fields contained in the record. Fields are
identical to those shown on the previous page (some are abbreviated differently). All
fields are protected and cannot be changed.
Continue to page through the record as necessary using the Enter key or the Forward and
Backward function keys. When you finish viewing the record, complete the function by
results.
Reload program and file tables

Purpose
This function reloads the program tables and file tables after they have been maintained.
Normally, this function is selected after performing the Program Table and/or File Table
selections from the Security Administration Menu.
August 2009
453
SECRMENU

To access the Reload function, select Reload Program & File Tables from the Security
Administration Menu and press Enter.
The system redisplays the Security Administration menu similar to that shown on the
following page. Notice the message displayed in the message line.
August 2009
454
SECRMENU
SECRMENUSecurity Administration
(
) (H) Help
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------SECRMENU
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 09:52:55
(
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
User Profiles
Program Table
File Table
Message Table
Help Facility
Fastpaths
View Log File
COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This message indicates that the system successfully loaded the program and file tables.
You may now begin to use any new controls entered within the tables.
When you finish with the function, continue by performing one of the following options:
results.
Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter.
Refresh filepath batch run

Purpose
This function updates the transaction-related files after running an input or output filepath.
This action ensures that the online view of the files is accurate.
August 2009
455
SECRMENU
For your reference, following is a listing of the master and mirror files affected by this
action:
Master File
File Name
NCVFILE
File Header File
NCVCASH
Cash Letter Header File
NCVBTCH
Batch Header File
NCVTRAN
Transaction File
NCVTAUX
Transaction Auxiliary File
NCVRJSP
Reject/Suspense File
NCVSETT
Common Settlement File
NCVSETR
Common Settlement Tran Code File
NCVTRWH
Trans Warehouse Totals File
NCVTXRF
Transaction Cross Reference File
NCVJSTA
Job Status File
NCVDUPH
Duplicate Header Control File

To access the function, select Refresh Filepath Batch Run from the Security
Administration Menu. Press Enter.
Your screen will not change for a short period of time while the system accesses the files.
When the function is complete, the system redisplays the Security Administration menu.
Note the message that appears in the message line.
August 2009
456
SECRMENU
This function can also be invoked by typing REFRESHALL in the

command line. Your screen will not change while the system
accesses the files. When the function is complete, enter the PF
command to refresh the screen and view current information.
Whether you enter this function from the command line or through
the menu option, it will affect only the warehouse you are currently
signed into.
(
) (H) Help
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------SECRMENU
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 09:52:56
( 10 )
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
User Profiles
Program Table
File Table
Message Table
Help Facility
Fastpaths
View Log File
02400109 FILES ARE NOW REFRESHED

COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This message indicates that the function has successfully completed. You can now view
the updated files through the File Management menu selections or by entering a fastpath
command.
When you have successfully refreshed the files, complete the function by performing one
of the following actions:
results.
August 2009
457
SECRMENU
Delete mirror file records

Purpose
As the system processes, it maintains two sets of files that are mirrors of one another.
The difference between the two files is that one contains data as it was originally
processed by TRAMS; the mirrored file contains the corrections made through exception
item handling. A Reject Reentry procedure, performed offline, restores the corrections to
the appropriate master file.
Use this function to erase records from the mirror files once the Reject Reentry job has
been run. For your reference, see the following list of the files affected by this action.
Mirror File
File Name
NCVCFIL
Mirror File Header File
NCVCCSH
Mirror Cash Letter Header File
NCVCBTH
Mirror Batch Header File
NCVCTRN
Mirror Transaction File
NCVCRJS
Mirror Reject/Suspense File
NCVCAUX
Mirror Auxiliary File

To access the function, select Delete Mirror File Records from the Security
Administration menu. Press Enter.
Your screen will not change for a short period of time while the system accesses the mirror
files. When the function is complete, the system redisplays the Security Administration
menu. Note the message that appears in the message line.
August 2009
458
SECRMENU
This function can also be invoked by typing DELMIRRORS in the

command line. Your screen will not change while the system
accesses the files. When the function is complete, enter the PF
command to refresh the screen and view current information.
Whether you enter this function from the command line or through
the menu option, it will affect only the warehouse you are currently
signed into.
(
) (H) Help
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------SECRMENU
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 09:52:58
( 11 )
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
User Profiles
Program Table
File Table
Message Table
Help Facility
Fastpaths
View Log File
45000110 MIRROR FILE RECORDS NOW DELETED

COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This message indicates that the function has successfully completed.

When you have successfully deleted the mirror records, complete the function by
results.
August 2009
459
SECRMENU
Institution/application security
Purpose
This function is used to restrict which institutions and applications an operator may
access.
Accessing institution/application security groups
To access this function:
Select Inst/Appl Security Groups from the Security Administration menu or type the
fastpath command INSTAPPLGP in the command line. Press Enter. The system displays
a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
460
SECRMENU
INSTAPPLGPInst/Appl Group Action List

INSTAPPLGP
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
INST/APPL GROUP ACTION LIST
(T)
12/13/01 09:59:12
More:

Action Group
(
) (
)
-- From -Action Group Inst Appl
(
)
0001 0001 0001
(
)
0005 9300 0001
Command ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
--- To --Inst Appl Sts

Description
9999 9999 N DEFAULT GROUP 1 - ALL INST/APPL GROUPS
9300 0001 A DEFAULT GROUP 1 - ALL INST/APPL GROUPS
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen contains an action list identifying security groups. Each Inst/Appl group
number can equate up to ten from and to ranges of institutions and applications.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated group. Valid action codes are displayed on your
screen.
GROUP
4N KEY
Group of institution/application combinations.
INST
4N
Number that uniquely identifies the institution within TRAMS.
APPL
4N
Number which identifies the application.
August 2009
461
SECRMENU
STS
1C

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
DESCRIPTION
40C
User-defined description of the group.
When you finish viewing the action list (paging forward and backward as necessary),
field beside the key and press Enter. Refer to the Operator Inst/Appl group security
details topic that follows for help with resulting screens.
Choose a completion option by pressing Enter or a function key. Refer to the
Working in TRAMS chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options
and their results.
Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember that this
action negates any entries that you have entered on this screen.
Operator Inst/Appl group security details
If you specified a Inst/Appl group action on the Inst/Appl Group Action List screen, the
system displays a screen similar to the one on the following page.
August 2009
462
SECRMENU
INSTAPPLG1Operator Inst/Appl Group Security

(
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 10:02:52
OPERATOR INST/APPL GROUP SECURITY
GROUP
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
0001
( DEFAULT GROUP 1 - ALL INST/APPL GROUP )
---- From ---Inst
Appl
( 0001 ) ( 0001 )
(
) (
)
(
) (
)
(
) (
)
(
) (
)
(
) (
)
(
) (
)
(
) (
)
(
) (
)
(
) (
)
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
----- To ----Inst
Appl
9999 ) ( 9999
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
Status . . . .
Date Added. . .
Last Maint By .
Date Last Maint
Time Last Maint
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(
:
:
:
:
N )
05/22/00
00000000
00:00:00
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This screen displays detailed information for the group you selected.
Fields
GROUP
4N
Institution/application group number and description.
GROUP DATA
institution and application ranges to be assigned to this group.
STATUS
1C
Current status of this program table. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
DATE ADDED
6N

August 2009
463
SECRMENU
LAST MAINT BY
5C
DATE LAST MAINT

6N

TIME LAST MAINT

6N
Time of day that this program table entry was last updated.
Approval limit groups

Purpose
This function monitors the amount of a transaction that a specific operator, or group of
operators may enter. The amount can be specific to a given type of transaction and can be
only for debits, credits, or both. In addition, monetary amounts that exceed an operators
limits will automatically be queued for approval to that operators supervisor or
administrator.
Accessing approval limit groups
Select Approval Limit Groups from the Security Administration menu or type the fastpath
command APRVLGROUP in the command line. Press Enter.
August 2009
464
SECRMENU
APRVLGROUPApproval Limits Group Action List

APRVLGROUP
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
APPROVAL LIMITS GROUP ACTION LIST
12/13/01 10:08:08
More:
+

Action ApId
Group
Inst
Appl
Rec Name
(
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
)
Action ApId Group Inst Appl Recname Sts DB Limit
CR Limit
Que Ind
(
)
00 0001 0000 0000 NDBTRAN
N 9999999999999 9999999999999
N
DEFAULT GROUP 1 - ALL APPROVAL GROUPS
(
)
00 0002 0000 0000 NDBTRAN
N 9999999999999 9999999999999
N
DEFAULT GROUP 1 - ALL APPROVAL GROUPS
(
)
02 0007 9800 0001 DEMERDEP N 0000000000500 0000000000500
Y
JASONS TEST
(
)
02 0010 9800 0001 DEMERDEP A 0010000000000 0010000000000
Y
TEST FOR FICI
(
)
02 0010 9800 0001 DETRAN
A 0000000010000 0000000010000
Y
TEST FOR FICI
(
)
02 0011 9800 0001 DEMERDEP N 0012345678901 0010000000000
Y
TEST FOR FICI
Command ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated file. Valid action codes are displayed on your screen.
APID
2C KEY
Application to which these options apply.

01
= Transaction Management System application
(TRAMS)
02
= TRAMS/Data Entry.
GROUP
4N KEY
INST
4N KEY
APPL
4N KEY
Number identifying the application.
August 2009
465
SECRMENU
RECNAME
8C
Name of the record definition to be applied for security

approval.
STS
1C
Status of the file table. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
DB LIMIT
20N
Maximum debit transaction monetary amount.
CR LIMIT
20N
Maximum credit transaction monetary amount.
QUE IND
1C
Flag that indicates whether the transaction has been queued to a

supervisor. The values are:
Y
= Yes
N
= No.
When you finish working with this screen, press Enter. The system displays a screen
August 2009
466
SECRMENU
APRVLGROU1Operator Approval Limit Group Security

(
----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 10:09:04
OPERATOR APPROVAL LIMIT GROUP SECURITY
Application Id. .
Approval Group. .
Institution . . .
Application . . .
RDEF Record Name.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
:
:
:
:
:
00
0001
0000
0000
NDBTRAN
Status . . . . . . .
Date Added . . . . .
Last Maintenance By .
Date Last Maintenance
Time Last Maintenance
Description . . . . . ( DEFAULT GROUP 1 - ALL APPROVAL GROUPS

QUEUE LIMITS:
Debit . . . . . . . . ( 9,999,999,999,999
Credit. . . . . . . . ( 9,999,999,999,999
Memos . . . . . . . . ( N )
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
:
:
:
:
( N )
11/12/98
CCNAD
10/19/99
13:34:53
)
)
Y or N
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
Fields
APPLICATION ID
2C
Application to which these options apply. A value of 02 is the

only valid value.
APPROVAL GROUP
4N
INSTITUTION
4N
APPLICATION
4N
Number identifying the application.
RDEF RECORD NAME

8C
Name of the record definition to be applied for security

approval.
DESCRIPTION
40C
User-defined description of the group.
August 2009
467
SECRMENU
QUEUE LIMITS
DEBIT
11N
Maximum debit transaction monetary amount.
CREDIT
11N
Maximum credit transaction monetary amount.
MEMOS
1C
Flag that indicates if the transaction has been queued to a

supervisor. The values are:
Y
= Yes
N
= No.
STATUS
1C
Status of the program table. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
DATE ADDED
6N

LAST MAINTENANCE
BY
5C
DATE LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N

TIME LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Time of day at which this program table entry was last updated.
Switch file table ID

Purpose
This function lets you switch from the current warehouse you are viewing to a different
one.
Accessing this function
Select Switch File Table ID from the Security Administration menu. Press Enter and the
August 2009
468
August 2009
SECRMENU
This function can also be activated by typing FILE? (the ? indicates

the warehouse you want to switch to) in the command line. Whether
you type this function in the command line or through the menu
option, it will only affect the warehouse you are currently signed into.
Type the command, then type the PF command to refresh the
screen and view current information.
469
SECRMENU
FILETBLIDSwitch File Table ID (Screen 1)

(
) (H) Help
12/13/01 10:10:12
SWITCH FILE TABLE ID
Your current File Table ID is . . . . : T
Switch the current File Table Id to . (
COMMAND ===>
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
F12=CANCEL
Fields
YOUR CURRENT FILE
TABLE ID
1C
Current File Table being accessed.
SWITCH THE
CURRENT TABLE ID
TO
1C
Identification that uniquely identifies the File Table within

TRAMS that you want to switch to.
Your screen will not change for a short period of time while the system switches from one
table to the other. When the function is complete, the system redisplays the screen with a
message indicating the files have been switched.
August 2009
470
SECRMENU
FILETBLIDSwitch File Table ID (Screen 2)

(
) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FILETBLID
12/13/01 14:34:08
SWITCH FILE TABLE ID
Your current File Table ID is . . . . : T
Switch the current File Table ID to . . U
49900340
FILE TABLE REQUESTED IS NOW SWITCHED
COMMAND ===>
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH F6=END
F9=CMDS
F10-ACTNS
F12-CANCEL
This message indicates that the function has been successfully completed. The Warehouse
indication at the top of the screen also reflects this change as does the current File Table
ID indicator.
Exiting the Function
When you have successfully switched, complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
TRAMS chapter for an explanation of completion options and their results.
August 2009
471
Chapter 5
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
TRAMS enables your organization to establish, change, or view a number of controls that
determine the way your system operates. By applying these controls, you ensure that
TRAMS functions according to your organization's unique requirements.
Because control options are significant to the way your system operates, TRAMS includes
stringent security to protect these options. Only personnel who are designated as System
Administrators or Managers (through their User Profile) are permitted to change active
control options. Others may establish or change new control options; however, once the
options status is changed to Active, it is protected from change by unauthorized users.
Accessing control options
From the TRAMS Menu, select Control Options and press Enter. The system displays a
menu similar to the one following:
August 2009
51
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
OPTIONMENUControl Options Menu

(
) (H) Help
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------OPTIONMENU
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 12:11:32
CONTROL OPTIONS MENU
(
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
System Options
Calendar
Report Options
Reject Options
Purge and Archive Option
COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
Using this menu, you can establish, change, or view the following control options for your
organization:
System OptionsDetermines system-level controls, including base currency code,

language, date and time formats, and basic purge/archive controls.
CalendarDetermines the schedule for TRAMS processing, including holidays as
well as production days.
Report OptionsDetermines your report naming conventions, production schedule,
and printing controls.
Reject OptionsDetermines the way your organization handles reject processing and
reentry.
Purge and Archive OptionsDetermines the schedule for the purging and archiving
of outdated control options and system tables.
provided and press Enter. Now, turn to the appropriate subsection and continue with the
instructions for the Control Option you selected.
August 2009
52
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
System control options

Purpose
This function updates or displays basic control information about the Transaction
Management System (TRAMS). You may be asked to provide this information if you need
to contact your VisionPLUS client services representative. This function also enables you
to set specific user-defined controls for TRAMS, TRAMS/DE, or other TRAMS systems
your organization may have.
Accessing system options
To access this function, select System Options from the Control Options Menu or enter the
fastpath command. Press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
53
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
SYSPLISTSystem Control Options Action List

SYSPLIST
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
SYSTEM CONTROL OPTIONS ACTION LIST

S=Search U=Update V=View
Action
(
)
Action
(
)
(
)
Appl ID
(
)
Appl ID
01
02
Trans ID
(
)
Trans ID
TRAM
TRDE
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
12/13/01 12:16:12
More:
Then press Enter.
System Name
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
TRAMS/TDE 8.0
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen consists of an action list containing TRAMS applications that your
organization is currently running.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated institution/applications calendar. Valid actions are
displayed on the screen.
APPL ID
2N KEY
Application to which these options apply. A value of 01 is the

TRAMS application identification.
TRANS ID
4C
CICS transaction identification that defines this TRAMS

application to the CICS system.
August 2009
54
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
Type values in the key fields near the top of the action list and press Enter. Refer to
the Working in TRAMS chapter of this guide for help in searching the action list
based on a key.
Type an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s) in the action list.
Press Enter. Refer to the System options topic for help with resulting screens. If you
results.
Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any entries you may have made on this screen.
System options
If you selected a specific Application ID and action on the System Control Options Action
List, the system displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
55
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
SYSPLIST1System Options (Screen 1)

(
) (V) View (U) Update (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMSOPTS
(T)
04/16/09 10:45:59
SYSTEM OPTIONS
Application Product ID . : 01
Record Status . . . . . . ( A )
CICS Transaction ID . . . ( TRAM )
Date Added . . . . . . . : 04/11/06
Release Number . . . . . : 8000
Last Maintenance By . . . : CCNAD
Serial Number . . . . . . : 00000000
Date Last Maintenance . . : 01/04/08
Security Method . . . . . ( N )
Time Last Maintenance . . : 19:32:34
BANKCARD INDICATORS . . . : M/C ( Y )
VISA ( Y )
AMEX Active 1
JCB Active 1
Multi Sign On . . . . . . ( Y )
Beginning of Day . . . . ( Y )
Field Delimiters . . Lt ( ( ) Rt ( ) )
Settlement . . . . . . . ( N )
Base Currency Code . . . ( 840 )
System Tables Backup . . ( N )
Language Code . . . . . . ( E )
Commercial Data Reporting (
)
Date Format . . . . . . . ( 1 )
1=MDY 2=DMY 3=YMD
Time Format . . . . . . . ( 2 )
1=12 Hours
2=24 Hours
Maximum I/O Allowed . . . ( 0010000 )
User Defined System Name ( TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
)
Copyright Notice . . . . : COPYRIGHT 1995 TRANSACTION SOLUTIONS, INC.
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This screen displays both system- and user-defined information about your installed
version of TRAMS.
Fields
APPLICATION
PRODUCT ID
2N
Two-digit number identifying the TRAMS application to which

these options apply. The values are:
01
= TRAMS
02
= TRAMS/DE.
RECORD STATUS
1C
Code identifying the current status of this control record. The

values are:
A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
CICS TRANSACTION
ID
4C
Transaction name for the application you want to move to. This
name has to be defined to your CICS system.
August 2009
56
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
DATE ADDED
6N
Date that this system control record was established.
RELEASE NUMBER
4N
Code that identifies this release of TRAMS.
LAST MAINTENANCE
BY
5C
TRAMS user who last updated this control record.
SERIAL NUMBER
8N
Number that uniquely identifies your organizations model of

TRAMS.
DATE LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Date on which the control record was last updated.
SECURITY METHOD
1C
Method used to protect TRAMS against unauthorized access.

The values are:
E
= External security
T
= TRAMS security.
TIME LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Time at which this control record was last updated.
BANKCARD
INDICATORS
1C/1C
Two-part field that indicates whether TRAMS processes

MasterCard and Visa transactions.
The first part, M/C, is a code that indicates whether processing
for MasterCard transactions is active. The values are:
Y
= MasterCard processing is active
N
= MasterCard processing is not active.
The second part, VISA, is a code that indicates whether
processing for Visa transactions is active. The values are:
Y
= Visa processing is active
N
= Visa processing is not active.
AMEX ACTIVE
1N
August 2009
Code that indicates whether processing for American Express

transactions is installed and active. The values are:
0
= AMEX processing is not active (Default)
1
= AMEX processing is active.
57
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
This value is system-generated and cannot be modified. The

value is automatically set to 1 when the AMEX product for
VisionPLUS is installed.
JCB ACTIVE
1N
Code that indicates whether processing for JCB transactions is

installed and active. The values are:
0
= JCB processing is not active (Default)
1
= JCB processing is active.
This value is system-generated and cannot be modified. The
value is automatically set to 1 when the JCB product for
VisionPLUS is installed.
MULTI SIGN ON
1C
Flag that determines whether one user can sign on to the system
at more than one terminal simultaneously. The values are:
Y
= Yes, multiple sign-on is allowed
N
= No, multiple sign-on is not allowed.
BEGINNING OF DAY
1C
Current status of the Beginning of Day procedure. The values

are:
Y
= Procedure successfully completed
N
= Procedure has not begun
I
= Procedure interrupted in progress.
FIELD DELIMITERS
1C/1C
Two-part field containing the characters that your organization

wants to employ to mark beginning and ending limits around
fields. If you choose not to define field delimiters, the system
assigns left and right parentheses ( ) for these values.
SETTLEMENT
1C
Current status of the Settlement procedure. The values are:

Y
N
I
BASE CURRENCY
CODE
3N
Code identifying the currency in which TRAMS transactions

are stored. The term base currency used in this documentation
refers to this currency.
SYSTEM TABLES
BACKUP
1C
Current status of the System Tables Backup procedure. The

values are:
Y
N
I
August 2009
58
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
This information is helpful in case of processing interruptions,

enabling you to determine exactly which procedures have
completed and which must be rerun.
LANGUAGE CODE
1C
Code that identifies the organizations preferred language for

the system. The values are:
C
= French Canadian
D
= Dutch
E
= English
F
= French
G
= German
I
= Italian
S
= Spanish.
COMMERCIAL DATA
REPORTING
1C
Code that indicates if a Commercial Card reporting system is

being used by this organization. The values are:
Y
= A Commercial Card reporting system (such as
InfoSpan) is being used. Bankcard EOD
Cardholder History file purge processing
should identify and bypass Visa Commercial
Card transactions less than 45 days old,
regardless of the purge period specified on
screen 2 of the System Options.
N
= No Commercial Card reporting system is being
used. Bankcard EOD Cardholder History file
purge processing should purge all transactions
based on the purge period specified on
screen 2 of the System Options.
DATE FORMAT
1N
Format in which the date is presented on TRAMS screens. The

values are:
1
15, 1999, is presented as 10/15/1999 and
entered as 10151999)
2
15, 1999, is presented as 15/10/1999 and
entered as 15101999)
3
15, 1999, is presented 1999/10/15 and entered
as 19991015).
TIME FORMAT
1N
Format in which the time is presented on system screens. The

values are:
August 2009
59
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
12-hour clock (for example, 1:00 p.m. is

presented as 01:00:00)
24-hour clock (for example, 1:00 p.m. is
presented as 13:00:00).
MAXIMUM I/O
ALLOWED
7N
Maximum number of input/output attempts permitted against a

single file during a search transaction initiated on-line.
USER DEFINED
SYSTEM NAME
40C
Name you want to appear as a main title on reports and screens.

If you do not define a name, TRAMS uses TRANSACTION
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM.
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
25C
Text of the copyright notice displayed on the system sign-on

screen and reproduced on reports.
When you finish reviewing this screen and making any necessary changes, press Enter to
proceed with the function.
August 2009
510
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
SYSPLIST2System Options (Screen 2)

(
) (V) View (U) Update (H) Help
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRANSACTIOM MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
12/13/01 12:31:24
SYSTEM OPTIONS
Cntrl Opts Purge/Archive ( P )
Cntrl Opts Purge Period . ( 000 )
Cntrl Opts Purge Freq . . ( D )
Merchant Xref Purge/Archive ( P )

Merchant Xref Purge Period ( 000 )
Merchant Xref Purge Freq. . ( D )
Sys Table Purge/Archive . ( P )

Sys Table Purge Period . ( 000 )
Sys Table Purge Freq . . ( D )
Cardhldr Tran Purge/Archive ( P )

Cardhldr Tran Purge Period ( 000 )
Cardhldr Tran Purge Freq. . ( D )
Comm Data Purge/Archive . . ( P )
Comm Data Purge Period . . ( 000 )
Comm Data Purge Freq . . . ( D )
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This screen displays the various procedures that the system performs in the course of
processing and the status of each procedure.
Fields
CNTRL OPTS PURGE/
ARCHIVE
1C
Flag that indicates how the control options are purged and
stored for backup on disk or tape. The values are:
A
= Purge and archive
P
= Purge only.
MERCHANT XREF
PURGE/ARCHIVE
1C
Code that indicates how the Merchant Xref file is purged and
stored for backup on disk or tape. The values are:
A
= Purge and archive
P
= Purge only.
CNTRL OPTS PURGE

PERIOD
3N
Number of days, weeks, or months occurring between purges

and archival of the control options. The values are 0 through
999; a value of 0 indicates purge immediately.
August 2009
511
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
MERCHANT XREF
PURGE PERIOD
3N

and archival of the Merchant Xref file. The values are 0 through
CNTRL OPTS PURGE

FREQ
1C
Code that indicates whether the purge/archival period

determined by the CNTRL OPTS PURGE PERIOD field is defined in
days, weeks, or months. The values are:
D
= Days
M
= Months
W
= Weeks.
MERCHANT XREF
PURGE FREQ
1C
Code that indicates whether the purge/archival period

determined by the MERCHANT XREF PURGE PERIOD field is
defined in days, weeks, or months. The values are:
D
= Days
M
= Months
W
= Weeks.
SYS TABLE PURGE/

ARCHIVE
1C
Code that indicates how the system tables are purged and stored
for backup. The values are:
A
= Purge and archive
P
= Purge only.
CARDHLDR TRAN
PURGE/ARCHIVE
1C
Code that indicates how the Cardholder Tran file is purged and
stored for backup. The values are:
A
= Purge and archive
P
= Purge only.
SYS TABLE PURGE

PERIOD
3N

and archival of the system tables. The values are 0 through 999;
a value of 0 indicates purge immediately.
CARDHLDR TRAN
PURGE PERIOD
3N

and archival of the Cardholder Tran file. The values are 0
through 999; a value of 0 indicates purge immediately.
SYS TABLE PURGE

FREQ
1C
Code that indicates whether the purge period determined by the

SYS TABLE PURGE PERIOD field is defined in days, weeks, or
months. The values are:
D
= Days
M
= Months
W
= Weeks.
August 2009
512
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
CARDHLDR TRAN
PURGE FREQ
1C
Code that indicates whether the purge period determined by the

CARDHLDR TRAN PURGE PERIOD field is defined in days, weeks,
or months. The values are:
D
= Days
M
= Months
W
= Weeks.
COMM DATA PURGE/

ARCHIVE
1C
Code that indicates how the Comm Data file is purged and
stored for backup. The values are:
A
= Purge and archive
P
= Purge only.
COMM DATA PURGE

PERIOD
3N

and archival of the Comm Data file. The values are 0 through
COMM DATA PURGE

FREQ
1C
Code that indicates if the purge period determined by the COMM

DATA PURGE PERIOD field is defined in days, weeks, or months.
The values are:
D
= Days
M
= Months
W
= Weeks.

To exit System Options, complete the function by performing one of the following
actions:
results.
Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on the screen.
Calendar
Purpose
Use the Calendar function to review your organizations TRAMS processing and holiday
schedule.
Accessing the calendar
To access this function, select Calendar from the Control Options Menu and press Enter.
August 2009
513
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
CALOPTLISTCalendar Action List

CALOPTLIST

CALENDAR ACTION LIST
(T)
06/05/03 08:57:09
More:

Action
Inst
Appl
(
) (
) (
)
Action
Inst
Appl
0000
0000
9000
0001
9000
0002
9100
0000
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
Eff/Date Sts Institution/Application Name

00/00/00 A
00/00/00 A CALENDAR EXCLUDES SUNDAY ONLY
00/00/00 A VISA CPS/PASSENGER TRANSPORT
00/00/00 A AMERICAN EXPRESS
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen consists of an action list containing institution/application combinations for

which calendar information is available.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
Indicates the action you want to take concerning the associated

institution/applications calendar. Valid actions are displayed on
the screen.
INST
4N KEY
Code that identifies the institution associated with the calendar.
APPL
4N KEY
Code that identifies the application associated with the calendar.

An application value of 0000 indicates an institution-level
calendar. If both the INST and APPL values are 0000, this is a
system-level calendar.
August 2009
514
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
EFF/DATE
6N KEY
Date that the calendar went into effect for the institution/
application, in user-defined format. Note that dates in the action
list are all zeros and protected. Unlike other control options, the
calendar does not permit future effective dating of calendar
records.
STS
1C
Current status of the calendar. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
INSTITUTION/
APPLICATION NAME
30C
Name of the institution or application from the associated

institution/application file.
Enter values in the key fields near the top of the action list and press Enter. Refer to
the Working in TRAMS chapter of this guide for help in searching the action list
based on a key.
Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s) in the action list.
Press Enter. Refer to the Calendar options details subtopic for help with resulting
screens. If you need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the
Working in TRAMS chapter of this guide.
results.
Calendar options details
If you selected a specific institution/application and action on the Calendar Options
Action List, the system displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
515
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
CALOPTLIS1Calendar Options
(
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 12:44:48
CALENDAR OPTIONS
Inst
Appl
0000
0000
Next Processing Date . ( 102001 )
Current Processing Date ( 101601 )
Last Processing Date . : 10/16/01
********
Monday .
Tuesday .
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday .
Saturday
Sunday .
Work
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
Week ********
. . . . ( O )
. . . . ( O )
. . . . ( O )
. . . . ( O )
. . . . ( O )
. . . . ( O )
. . . . ( C )
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
Record Status . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(
:
:
:
:
A )
09/21/99
FIXQA
12/05/01
09:02:11
O=Open C=Closed
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This screen displays the TRAMS processing schedule established for the specified
institution/application.
Fields
INST
4N
Number that uniquely identifies the institution to which the

calendar applies.
APPL
4N
Number that uniquely identifies the application to which the

calendar applies.
NEXT PROCESSING
DATE
6N
Date that TRAMS is next scheduled to process for this

institution/application, shown in user-defined format. The
system edits this entry to ensure that it is an open date in the
WORK WEEK.
CURRENT
PROCESSING DATE
6N
Date that TRAMS is currently scheduled to process for this

institution/application, shown in user-defined format. If this is a
lower-level calendar (institution or application level), you can
August 2009
516
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
change this date to one greater than the system-level calendars

current processing date.
LAST PROCESSING
DATE
6N
Date that TRAMS last processed for this institution/application,

shown in user-defined format.
WORK WEEK
1C
Set of codes indicating which days of the week are processing

days for TRAMS. The days are listed at the left side of the
screen. The values are:
C
= The institution is closed and TRAMS is not
processing on the corresponding day
O
= The institution is open and TRAMS is
processing on the corresponding day.
RECORD STATUS
1C
Current status of this calendar record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
DATE ADDED
6N
Date on which this calendar record was established within

TRAMS, shown in user-defined format.
LAST MAINTENANCE
BY
5C
TRAMS user who last updated this calendar record.
DATE LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Date on which this calendar record was last updated, shown in

TIME LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Time of day that this calendar record was last updated.
August 2009
If you are entering calendar information for a lower-level calendar

(for instance, institution or application), the system edits the WORK
WEEK entries against the higher-level calendar. As you determine
work days and holidays, institutions 9000, 9001, and 9100 are
reserved for bankcard processing; the values in the processing date
fields for these institutions do not display.
517
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
When you finish viewing the screen, continue by performing one of the following actions:
Press Enter to continue to the Holidays screen. A description of this screen follows.
Enter another institution and/or application in the fields provided near the top of the
screen and press Enter. The system redisplays the Calendar Options screen with
values for the institution and application you selected.
results.
Holidays
If you continued with the Calendar function, the system displays a screen similar to the
one following.
August 2009
518
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
CALOPTLIS1Holidays
(
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.07 COMPLIANCE 2.1
(Q)
01/25/02 15:57:02
HOLIDAYS
Inst Appl
0000 0000
Date
1.
3.
5.
7.
9.
11.
13.
15.
17.
19.
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
010102
052802
090302
122402
122502
Name
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
NEW YEAR DAY

MEMORIAL DAY
LABOR DAY
CHRISTMAS EVE DAY
CHRISTMAS DAY
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
Date
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
2.
4.
6.
8.
10.
12.
14.
16.
18.
20.
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
F6=END
011502
070402
112202
122403
122503
F7=BKWD
Name
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
DR. MARTIN KING

INDEPENDENCE DAY
THANKS GIVING DAY
CHRISTMAS EVE DAY
CHRISTMAS DAY
F9=CMDS
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
F10=ACTNS
Use this screen to establish and maintain the various holidays that your organization
observes. Your organization can choose to process jobs before or after each holiday, or to
skip processing of jobs entirely on a holiday. This control is set up through the Job
Schedule functions.
Twenty holidays are available through this screen.
Fields
INST
4N
Number that uniquely identifies the institution to which the

calendar applies.
APPL
4N
Number that uniquely identifies the application to which the

calendar applies.
DATE
6N
Date on which the holiday is observed, in your user-defined

format.
NAME
20C
Name identifying the holiday.
August 2009
519
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
You can enter holiday dates in any order and for any period of time
that is not before the current processing date. You can update the
holiday calendar as often as necessary. The system recognizes any
holidays that exist within the calendar when it begins to process.
Holidays that have passed remain in the calendar until they are
changed or deleted.

following actions:
results.
Report options
Purpose
This function provides access to the control parameters affecting the way your
organization produces TRAMS reports. These parameters include:
Report scheduling
Report naming
Report production (including media and distribution).
Accessing report options

To access this function, select Report Options from the Control Options Menu. Press
Enter.
August 2009
520
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
RPTLISTReport Action List

RPTLIST
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
REPORT ACTION LIST
(T)
12/13/01 12:48:14
More:
+

Action
(
) (
(
Action
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
Inst
Inst
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
Appl
Appl
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
Command ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
Rpt
0560
0701
0702
0703
0704
0705
0707
0708
0709
0710
0711
Rpt
Eff/Date
06/13/95
06/13/95
06/13/95
06/13/95
06/13/95
06/13/95
06/13/95
06/13/95
06/13/95
06/13/95
06/13/95
F5=REFRSH
Eff/Date
Sts
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
) Report Name
SYSTEM CALENDAR JOURNAL

REPORT PRODUCTION LISTING
SYSTEM WAREHOUSE TOTALS
UNIDENTIFIED TRANSACTIONS
RECONCILIATION REPORT
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE LOG
SCHEDULED JOBS LISTING
JOB STATUS LOG
CONTROL OPTIONS LOG
SECURITY VIOLATIONS LOG
BACKUP/PURGE SUMMARY
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen consists of an action list containing the reports that are available for each
institution/application. TRAMS automatically adds most TRAMS, TRAMS/BC, and
TRAMS/DE reports to the action list during installation processes, depending on the
modules installed. However, some reports require manual addition. Refer to the
Manually adding a Report Options record topic following the RPTLIST2 screen sample.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated report. Available actions are displayed on the screen.
INST
4N KEY
Identifies the institution with which the report is associated.
APPL
4N KEY
Application with which the report is associated.

August 2009
Both the INST and APPL fields must not be zeros when you make an
entry for the 860 report.
521
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
RPT
4N KEY
Number that identifies the specific TRAMS report.
EFF/DATE
6N KEY
Date on which this report became effective for the institution/

application.
STS
1C
Current status of the report. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
REPORT NAME
40C
User-defined title of the report.
Type values in the key fields located near the top of the action list and press Enter.
Refer to the Working in TRAMS chapter of this guide for help in searching the
action list using a key.
Type an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s) in the list. Press
Enter. Refer to the Report options details subtopic for help with resulting screens. If
results.
Report options details
If you selected a report and an action on the Report Action List, the system displays a
August 2009
522
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
RPTLIST1Report Options (Screen 1)

(
12/13/01 12:49:22
REPORT OPTIONS
More:
+
Inst
Appl
Report
Eff/Date
0000
0000
0560
061395
Report Name
Institution
Application
Detail . .
Status . .
( SYSTEM CALENDAR JOURNAL

(
)
(
)
( N )
( A )
*** Frequency ***
Freq
Period
Date Next Run
( D )
( 001 )
( 101701 )
Media
Dist
( 01 ) ( 0000 )
( 00 ) ( 0000 )
( 00 ) ( 0000 )
Copies LPPg
( 01 ) ( 60 ) (
( 00 ) ( 00 ) (
( 00 ) ( 00 ) (
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
Date
Last
Date
Time
Date Last Run

10/16/01
Printer Set Up
F6=END
)
Added . . . . . : 06/13/9
Maintenance By :
Last Maintenance: 00/00/0
Last Maintenance: 00:00:0
F8=FWRD
Fiche
( N )
User Parameters
) (
) (
) (
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This screen displays the current controls that are established for your selected report.
Fields
INST
4N
Institution associated with the report.
APPL
4N
Application associated with the report.
REPORT
4N
Number identifying the report.
EFF/DATE
6N
Date on which this option becomes active. This date must be

greater than or equal to the current processing date. If this field
is equal to the current processing date, the system automatically
sets the record status to A (active) if no other active record
exists for the same key except for this field. If it is greater than
the current processing date, the system sets the record status to
N (new).
August 2009
523
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
REPORT NAME
40C
Report title as it appears on the report heading.
INSTITUTION
20C
Name of the institution as it appears on the report heading.
APPLICATION
20C
Name of the application as it appears on the report heading.
The APPLICATION and INSTITUTION fields are used as headings in

the upper left of each report and are 20 bytes long. The actual
institution and application names that appear on screens are 40
bytes long.
Flag that indicates whether the report contains detailed

information or summary information only. The values are:
Y
= Detail
N
= Summary only.
DETAIL
1C
For MasterCard reports, this value must be defined in the

preprocessing and postprocessing JCL control cards. Any value
defined in the DETAIL field will be overridden by the control card
setting.
STATUS
1C
Current status of the report. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
DATE ADDED
6N
Date that this report was added to the system, shown in userdefined format.
LAST MAINTENANCE
BY
5C
TRAMS user who last updated the report record.
DATE LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Date on which this report record was last updated.
TIME LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Time of day at which this report record was last updated.
August 2009
524
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
The remainder of this screen contains scheduling information for the report. Within the
scheduling information are from one to five sets of production controls. You can establish
from one through five separate schedules for each report, each with three separate sets of
production and distribution controls. The additional scheduling options, if established, are
displayed on the following two screens when you press Enter.
The scheduling information includes the following fields:
Frequency
The two fields beneath this heading determine how often the report is produced.
When making an entry in the FREQ field, the PERIOD field is also
required.
FREQ
1C
Code that indicates whether the following PERIOD value

identifies a number of days, months, weeks, quarters, or years.
The values are:
D
= Days
W
= Weekly
M
= Months
Q
= Quarter
Y
= Years.
PERIOD
3N
Days, weeks, months, etc. (as defined by the FREQ value) that
elapse between production runs of this report on this schedule.
Currently all TRAMS reports are daily; requesting them at any

frequency other than D (daily) will only produce the regular daily
report (with daily accumulations only) on the specified Date Next
Run. All 700799 reports will be produced daily regardless of the
frequency set in the report option for that report.
DATE NEXT RUN

6N
Date on which the report is next scheduled for production.
DATE LAST RUN

6N
Date on which the report was last produced, shown in userdefined format.
FICHE
1C
Flag that indicates whether the report is produced on

microfiche. The values are:
Y
= Yes
N
= No.
The remaining fields identify three separate sets of production controls for the report.
Each set of production controls includes the following fields:
August 2009
525
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
MEDIA
2N REQ
Medium on which the report is produced. This value is userdefined. For example, you might assign 1 for one-part paper, 2
for two-part paper, 8 for 8 1/2 by 11 inch paper, 4 for A4 paper,
etc.
DIST
4N
Distribution method used by these production controls. This

value is user-defined. For example, you might enter a number to
identify a department or a cost center which receives this report.
COPIES
2N REQ
Number of report copies produced.
LPPG
2N REQ
Number of printed lines per report page. The values are 48

through 66.
PRINTER SET UP
20C
Printer to which the report is routed for production. The value is

user-defined.
USER PARAMETERS
20C
Any user-defined controls that apply to report production.
To activate a report, the MEDIA, COPIES, and LPPG fields are

required.
The following screen fragment illustrates the usage of these fields.

*** Frequency ***
Media
Dist
( 01 ) ( 0001 )
( 03 ) ( 0002 )
(
) (
)
Freq
( M )
Period
( 001 )
Copies LPPg
( 02 ) ( 66 ) (
( 01 ) ( 66 ) (
(
) (
) (
Date Next Run

( 021599 )
Printer Set Up
Date Last Run

( 011599 )
) (
) (
) (
Fiche
( N )
User Parameters
)
)
)
In this case, the report is produced on the 15th of each month. It is scheduled to next be
produced on February 15, 1999, and was last produced on January15, 1999. It is not
produced on microfiche. On this schedule, two copies of the report are produced on
medium number 01 and distributed to department 0001. An additional copy is produced
on medium 03 and distributed to department 0002. Both sets of reports have 66 lines per
report page.
August 2009
526
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
When you finish with this screen, press Enter to proceed to the next Report Options
screen. This screen displays two more sets of scheduling and production options for the
same report and is similar to the following screen:
August 2009
527
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
RPTLIST2Report Options (Screen 2)

(
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 12:55:04
REPORT OPTIONS
More: +
Inst
Appl
Report
Eff/Date
0000
0000
0560
061395
SYSTEM CALENDAR JOURNAL
*** Frequency ***
Freq
Period
Date Next Run
Date Last Run
Fiche
(
)
( 000 )
( 000000 )
00/00/00
( N )
Media
Dist
Copies LPPg
Printer Set Up
User Parameters
( 00 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 00 ) (
) (
( 00 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 00 ) (
) (
( 00 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 00 ) (
) (
*** Frequency ***
Freq
Period
Date Next Run
Date Last Run
Fiche
(
)
( 000 )
( 000000 )
00/00/00
( N )
Media
Dist
Copies LPPg
Printer Set Up
User Parameters
( 00 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 00 ) (
) (
( 00 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 00 ) (
) (
( 00 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 00 ) (
) (
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Press Enter again to access the final two sets of scheduling and production options for the
report. When all of your entries are complete, continue with one of the remaining actions.
Type another institution, application, report, or effective date, in the fields provided
near the top of the screen and press Enter. The system displays a Report Options
screen based on your selections.
results.

August 2009
Requesting Run reports (those created by an input or output

filepath run) at a level other than the system level (Inst/Appl 0000)
will customize the institution and application names in the report
heading.
Report 860 (Common Settlement Report) must be active at the
specific institution/application level that settlement parameters have
been set for.
528
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
Manually adding a Report Options record

If a report does not display in the action list, it may need to be manually added to TRAMS.
Follow these steps to add a Report Options record for a TRAMS, TRAMS/BC, or
TRAMS/DE report:
1. On the Report Action List screen, type N in the first ACTION field and press Enter.
TRAMS displays a copy of the model record.
2. Type the report identifier (for example, 1791) in the REPORT field near the top of the
screen.
3. Type the report name (for example, VMAS INCOMING DAILY ACTIVITY
REPORT) in the REPORT NAME field.
4. Enter the remaining report parameters, pressing Enter to save your changes. The report
is now active in TRAMS.
Reject options
Purpose
As TRAMS processes, it edits each transaction according to a set of user-defined criteria.
Transactions that do not meet these criteria are rejected from further processing and
flagged by the system. Reject functions (accessed through the Exception Transactions
option on the TRAMS Main Menu) enable users to review these transactions and either
make corrections that permit them to be processed, or return the transactions to the source
or another location for correction. Use the Reject Options function to determine the way
TRAMS further processes files, cash letters, and batches containing rejects.
Accessing reject options
To access the function, select Reject Options from the Control Options Menu and press
Enter.
August 2009
529
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
REJOPTLISTReject Options Action List

REJOPTLIST
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
REJECT OPTIONS ACTION LIST
(T)
12/13/01 12:57:04
More:

Action
Inst
Appl
Eff/Date
(
) (
) (
) (
)
Action
Inst
Appl
(
)
0000
0000
09/21/99 A
(
)
9450
0000
05/18/20 N CREDIT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OUTPUTS
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS

which reject options are available.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated institution/applications reject options. Valid actions
are displayed on the screen.
INST
4N KEY
Institution associated with the reject options.
APPL
4N KEY
Application associated with the reject options.
EFF/DATE
6N KEY
Date that the reject options went into effect for the institution/
application, in user-defined format. Note that the dates in the
action list are protected. This date must be greater than or equal
August 2009
530
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
to the current processing date. If it is equal to the current

processing date, the system automatically sets the record status
to Active. If it is greater than the current processing date, the
system automatically sets the record status to New.
STS
1C
Current status of the reject option record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
INSTITUTION/
APPLICATION NAME
30C
Name of the institution/application combination associated with

the reject options.
Enter values in the key fields near the top of the screen. Enter a code in the ACTION
field beside the key and press Enter. Refer to the Reject option details topic for help
with resulting screens.
Enter a code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s) in the action list. Press
Enter. Refer to the Reject option details topic for help with resulting screens. If you
results.
Reject option details
If you selected a specific institution/application and action on the Reject Options List
screen, the system displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
531
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
REJOPTLIS1Reject Options
(
-------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 13:03:44
REJECT OPTIONS
Inst
Appl
Date
0000
0000
092199
Reject File . . . . . . . .
Reject File Limit . . . . .
Release File . . . . . . . .
Rel Cash Letter . . . . . .
Release Batch . . . . . . .
Release Tran . . . . . . . .
Release Out of Balance File
Rel Out of Balance Cash Ltr
Release Out of Balance Batch
COMMAND ===>
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
N )
999999,999 )
Y )
Y )
Y )
N )
Y )
Y )
Y )
F9=CMDS
Status . . . . . . .
F10=ACTNS
(
:
:
:
:
A )
09/21/9
FIXQA
04/17/0
08:49:0
F12=CANCEL
This screen displays the reject options that are currently in effect for the institution. (If this
is the first time you are accessing the function, the fields display defaults that are provided
by TRAMS.) Note that the key fields are redisplayed near the top of the screen for
reference purposes. These fields are accessible only if you are performing a Copy or New
action; otherwise, they are protected from input. (If you entered a key on the action list,
the fields are protected during a New action also.)
Fields
INST
4N
Number that identifies the selected institution.
APPL
4N
Number that identifies the selected application.
DATE
6N

August 2009
532
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
N (new).
If your ACTION entry was one other than N (new) or C (copy), the
preceding three fields are protected and cannot be changed.
REJECT FILE
1C
Flag that indicates whether an entire file is rejected if it exceeds

the specified transaction limit, based on the value in the REJECT
FILE LIMIT field. The values are:
A
= Abort when the number of rejects exceeds the
REJECT FILE LIMIT value
Y
= Yes
N
= No
%
= Percentage of transactions.
REJECT FILE LIMIT

9N
Maximum number of rejected transactions that a file can

contain before being completely rejected. Values are 0 through
999999999. If the REJECT FILE is yes, this is a count of
transactions. If the REJECT FILE is%, this is the percentage of
transactions within the file.
RELEASE FILE
1C
Code that indicates whether a file containing any rejected

transactions or a rejected header can be released to its
destination. The values are:
Y
= Release transactions within this header if the
header record status is A
N
= Release transactions within this header only if
the balance status is B and the record status is
A
R
= Release transactions if the header record status
is anything but D, N, or P.
REL CASH LETTER

1C
Code that indicates whether a cash letter containing any

rejected transactions or a rejected header can be released to its
Y
N
the balance status is B and the record status
is A
R
August 2009
533
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
RELEASE BATCH
1C
Code that indicates whether valid transactions containing any

rejected transactions or a rejected header can be released to its
Y
N
the balance status is B and the record status
is A
R
RELEASE TRAN
1C
Code that indicates whether transactions with a reject status can

be released to their destination. The values are:
Y
= Release all transactions within this header with
a record status of A
N
a balance status of A and a record status of A
D
= Release and purge all transactions within this
header with a record status of A.
The system edits the preceding four fields against one another to
ensure that a valid combination of values exists. Following are the
valid combinations for these fields:
Field Name
Valid Combinations
RELEASE FILE
Y or R
Y or R
Y or R
REL CASH LETTER
Y or R
Y or R
RELEASE BATCH
Y or R
RELEASE TRAN
Y or N
RELEASE OUT OF
BALANCE FILE
1C
August 2009
Flag that indicates whether valid transactions contained within

a file that is out of balance can be released to its destination.
The values are:
Y
a balance status of O, P, Q, or T and a record
status of A
N
= Do not release transactions with a balance
status of O, P, Q, or T.
534
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
REL OUT OF
BALANCE CASH LTR
1C

a cash letter that is out of balance can be released to its
Y
status of A
N
RELEASE OUT OF
BALANCE BATCH
1C

a batch that is out of balance can be released to its destination.
The values are:
Y
status of A
N
The system edits the preceding three fields against one another to
ensure that a valid combination of values exist. Following are the
valid combinations for these fields:
Field Name
Valid Combinations
RELEASE OUT OF BALANCE FILE
REL OUT OF BALANCE CASH

LTR
RELEASE OUT OF BALANCE

BATCH
STATUS
1C
Current status of this record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
DATE ADDED
6N
Date this record was added to the system, displayed in userdefined format.
LAST MAINTENANCE
BY
5C
User who last updated this record.
August 2009
535
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
DATE LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Date on which this record was last updated, displayed in userdefined format.
TIME LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Time of day at which this record was last updated.
If a reject option has not been established for an institution/

application combination, the processing system defaults to the next
level using a hierarchy working up to the System Level (Inst/Appl
0000).
Exiting reject options

When you have finished viewing the screen and making any necessary changes, complete
results.
Purge and archive options

Purpose
Use this function to establish controls governing periodic maintenance of the TRAMS
transaction, settlement, and header files. Based on these controls, the system schedules
procedures that clear the files of any records flagged for purging. This process happens
through a backup-reload that is part of the end-of-day processing. If your organization
wishes to store purged transactions in case they are needed for future reference, you can
set the system to archive purged records to either tape or disk.
Accessing purge and archive options
To access this function, select Purge and Archive Options from the Control Options Menu
and press Enter.
August 2009
536
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
PRGOPTLISTPurge/Archive Options Action List

PRGOPTLIST
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
PURGE/ARCHIVE OPTIONS ACTION LIST
12/13/01 13:11:04
More:

Action
Inst
Appl
Eff/Date
(
) (
) (
) (
)
Action
Inst
Appl
(
)
0000
0000
09/21/99 A
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS

which purge and archive options are available.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated institution/applications purge and archive options.
Valid actions are displayed on the screen.
INST
4N KEY
Institution associated with the purge and archive options.
APPL
4N KEY
Application associated with the purge and archive options.
EFF/DATE
6N KEY

August 2009
537
OPTIONMENU
Control Options

N (new).
STS
1C
Current status of the purge and archive options. The values are:
A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
INSTITUTION/
APPLICATION NAME
Identifies the institution/application combination associated

with the purge and archive options.
Enter values in one or more of the key fields near the beginning of the action list.
Enter an action code in the ACTION field associated with the key fields and press Enter.
The system redisplays an action list that begins with the record matching the key
fields that you completed.
Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s) in the action list.
Press Enter. Refer to the Purge and archive options details topic for help with
resulting screens. If you need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer
to the Working in TRAMS chapter of this guide.
results.
Purge and archive options details
If you selected a specific institution/application and action through the preceding action
list, the system displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
538
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
PRGOPTLIS1Purge and Archive Options

(
) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 13:12:26
PURGE AND ARCHIVE OPTIONS
Inst
Appl
Eff/Date
0000
0000
092199
Transaction Purge/Archive (
)
Transaction Period . . . . ( 000 )
Transaction Frequency . . ( D )
Status . . . . . . . .
Date Added . . . . . .
Settlement Purge/Archive . ( P )
Settlement Period . . . . ( 000 )
Settlement Frequency . . . ( D )
Reject Trans Purge/Archive ( P )

Reject Trans Period . . . ( 000 )
Reject Trans Frequency . . ( D )
Header Purge/Archive . . . ( P )
Header Period. . . . . . . ( 000 )
Header Frequency . . . . . ( D )
Hash Totals Purge/Archive. ( P )

Hash Totals Period . . . . ( 000 )
Hash Totals Frequency. . . ( D )
COMMAND ===>
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
(
:
:
:
:
\ )
09/21/99
FIXQA
06/04/01
14:08:05
F12=CANCEL
This screen displays the purge and archive options established for the specified institution/
application. Note that the key fields are displayed near the top of the screen for reference
purposes. These values are accessible only if your selected action was N (new) or C
(copy); otherwise, they are protected fields.
Fields
INST
4N
Number that identifies the selected institution.
APPL
4N
Number that identifies the selected application.
EFF/DATE
6N

N (new).
August 2009
539
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
If your ACTION entry was one other than N (new) or C (copy), the
preceding three fields are protected and cannot be changed.
TRANSACTION
PURGE/ARCHIVE
1C
Flag that indicates whether transactions are purged or archived.

The values are:
P
= Purged
A
= Archived.
TRANSACTION
PERIOD
3N
Number of days, weeks, or months that elapse between

transaction purge/archive procedures. The values are 0 through
999, with 0 indicating purge immediately (next purge/archive
run). If you enter a value in this field, ensure that a valid entry
also appears in the TRANSACTION FREQUENCY field.
TRANSACTION
FREQUENCY
1C
Time unit used to further define the transaction purge/archive

period. The values are:
D
= Daily
W
= Weekly
M
= Monthly.
If you enter a value in this field, ensure that a valid entry also
appears in the TRANSACTION PERIOD field.
SETTLEMENT PURGE/
ARCHIVE
1C
Flag that indicates whether settlement records are purged or

archived. The values are:
P
= Purged
A
= Archive.
SETTLEMENT PERIOD
3N
Indicates the number of days, weeks, or months that elapse

between settlement purge/archive procedures. The values are 0
through 999, with 0 indicating purge immediately (next
purge/archive run). If you enter a value in this field, ensure that
a valid entry also appears in the SETTLEMENT FREQUENCY field.
SETTLEMENT
FREQUENCY
1C
Time unit used to further define the settlement purge/archive

D
= Daily
W
= Weekly
M
= Monthly.
appears in the SETTLEMENT PERIOD field.
August 2009
540
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
HEADER PURGE/
ARCHIVE
1C
Flag that indicates whether header records are purged or

archived to disk or tape. The values are:
P
= Purge
A
= Archive.
HEADER PERIOD
3N

summary purge/archive procedures. The values are 0 through
run). If you enter a value in this field, ensure that a valid entry
also appears in the HEADER FREQUENCY field.
HEADER FREQUENCY
1C
Time unit used to further define the Header purge/archive

D
= Daily
W
= Weekly
M
= Monthly.
appears in the HEADER PERIOD field.
The only reporting available at this time is summary; requesting D

will not supply a detailed listing.
STATUS
1C
Status of this purge/archive record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
DATE ADDED
6N
Date on which this record was added to the system, displayed in

LAST MAINTENANCE
BY
5C
System user who last updated this record.
DATE LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
TIME LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
August 2009
541
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
REJECT TRANS
PURGE/ARCHIVE
1C
Flag that indicates whether transaction records archives are

purged or archived to disk or tape. The values are:
P
= Purge
A
= Archive.
REJECT TRANS
PERIOD
3N

run).
appears in the REJECT TRANS FREQUENCY field.
Time unit used to further define the header summary purge/

archive period. The values are:
D
= Daily
W
= Weekly
M
= Monthly.
REJECT TRANS
FREQUENCY
1C
appears in the REJECT TRANS PERIOD field.
HASH TOTALS
PURGE/ARCHIVE
1C
Flag that indicates whether hash totals are purged or archived to

disk or tape. The values are:
P
= Purge
A
= Archive.
HASH TOTALS
PERIOD
3N

run).

HASH TOTALS
FREQUENCY
1C

August 2009
appears in the HASH TOTALS FREQUENCY field.
Time unit used to further define the header summary purge/

archive period. The values are:
D
= Daily
W
= Weekly
M
= Monthly.
appears in the HASH TOTALS PERIOD field.
542
OPTIONMENU
Control Options
If a Purge/Archive option has not been established for an institution/

application combination, the processing system will default to the
next level using a hierarchy working up to the System Level (INST/
APPL 0000).
Exiting purge and archive options

When you have finished viewing the screen and making any entries or necessary changes,
results.
August 2009
543
Chapter 6
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
TRAMS provides online functions which enable you to add, change, review, and delete
client information according to your organizations requirements.
Accessing client information
To access these client functions, select Client Information from the Main Menu or type the
fastpath command CLIENTMENU in the Command area. Press Enter. The system
displays a menu similar to the one following:
August 2009
61
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
CLIENTMENUClient Information Menu

(
) (H) Help
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------CLIENTMENU
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/03 13:44:34
CLIENT INFORMATION MENU
(
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Include any search options below
Institutions
Applications
Control Groups
Contacts
Merchant Records
Search . . . . . (
COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP
F2=SET2
Inst
) (
Appl
F3=EXIT
) (
Group
) (
F5=REFRSH
Contact
F6=END
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This menu provides access to the following client information:
InstitutionsLists the various institutions that make up your organizations client

base. Using this option, you can also access detailed information about a specific
client, including telephone, address, and contact information.
ApplicationsLists the various applications used by client institutions, for which you
use TRAMS to process transactions. Using this option, you can also access detailed
application information including representative address and telephone.
Control GroupsLists the various control groups used to group transactions for
summarization. This option is not available in this release.
ContactsLists the individuals who represent your organizations contacts within the
client institutions. Using this option, you can also access detailed contact information
including business, address, and telephone. This option is not available in this release.
Merchant RecordsLists the various client merchants. Using this option, you can
also access detailed merchant information including city, state, and qualification
codes.
provided and press Enter.
August 2009
62
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
Search options
Note that the Client Information Menu permits you to make entries that target and search
for a specific institution, application, control group, and/or contact to access. By using
these search options, you can limit the action list to the objects in which you are
specifically interested.
To search for a specific institution, enter the institution number in the INST field
located beside the Search prompt and press Enter.
To search for a specific application, enter the application ID in the APPL field located
beside the Search prompt and press Enter.
To search for a specific control group, enter the control group ID in the GROUP field
located beside the Search prompt and press Enter.
To search for a specific contact name, enter the name in the CONTACT field located
beside the Search prompt and press Enter.
These search options are subject to the following rules based on your menu selection:
If your menu selection was 1 (Institutions), INST is the only valid search option.
If your menu selection is 2 (Applications), valid search options are INST and APPL.
If your menu selection is 3 (Control Groups), valid search options are INST, APPL, and
GROUP.
If your menu selection is 4 (Contacts), valid search options are INST, APPL, and
CONTACT.
When these steps are complete, press Enter. Then, turn to the appropriate subsection and
continue with your selected function.
Institutions
Purpose
Use the Institutions option to access both summary and detailed information about the
clients for whom your organization processes. This information includes:
Institution Action ListLists your organizations client institutions

Institution DetailsProvides more detailed information about a specific client.
Accessing institutions
To access this function, select Institutions from the Client Information Menu. If you want
to target a specific institution, make the appropriate entry in the INST field located beside
the Search prompt. Press Enter.
August 2009
63
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
INSTLISTInstitution Action List

INSTLIST

INSTITUTION ACTION LIST
(T)
11/19/08 13:35:25
More:
-

Action
Inst
(
) (
)
Action
Inst Status Institution Name
(
)
9460
A
CREDIT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM NON-MON OUT
(
)
9470
A
CREDIT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM M1740FEE
(
)
9500
A
MERCHANT BANKCARD SYSTEM INPUTS
(
)
9550
A
MERCHANT BANKCARD SYSTEM OUTPUTS
(
)
9600
A
FINANCIAL AUTHORIZAN SYSTEM INPUTS
(
)
9650
A
RPCOUT
(
)
9700
A
INTERCHANGE TRACKING SYSTEM INPUTS
(
)
9750
A
INTERCHANGE TRACKING SYSTEM OUTPUTS
(
)
9760
A
AUTO CHARGEBACK MC/VI/AE
(
)
9800
A
DATA ENTRY BASE
(
)
9900
A
JCB
(
)
9950
A
JCB MERCHANT
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen lists institutions for which your organization performs TRAMS processing,
with basic information to identify each institution. If you targeted an institution through
the Client Information Menu, the listing begins with the institution you specified.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated institution. Valid action codes display on the screen.
INST
4N KEY
Code that uniquely identifies the institution within TRAMS.
August 2009
Institution numbers 9000, 9001, and 9100 are reserved for Visa,
MasterCard, and American Express usage. Refer to the TRAMS/
VisionPLUS Base Information appendix in this guide for a complete
list of reserved institutions.
64
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
STATUS
1C
Current status of the institution. Status codes are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
INSTITUTION NAME
Name of the institution.
When you finish viewing this screen (paging forward and backward as necessary),
continue by completing one of the following actions:
Type a value in the key field located near the top of the action list and press Enter.
action list based on a key.
Type an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the Institution details subtopic for help with resulting screens. If you need
help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the Working in TRAMS
results.
Institution details
If you selected an institution for further action using the Institution Display action list, the
August 2009
65
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
INSTLIST1Institution Details
(
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 13:47:11
INSTITUTION DETAILS
Institution Id . . . . . : 0001
Institution Name . . . . ( TEST FOR CR-USERS
Institution Type . . . . (
)
Language Code . . . . . . ( E )
Report Date Format
. . . ( 1 )
Report Time Format
. . . ( 2
Processing Description
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
( A )
: 06/17/00
:
:
: 00:00:00
1=MDY, 2=DMY, 3=YMD

)
1=12 Hour Clock, 2=24 Hour Clock
. (
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This screen displays more detailed information for the selected institution.
Fields
INSTITUTION ID
4N

If your action is one other than new or copy, this value is
protected.
INSTITUTION NAME
40C
INSTITUTION TYPE
1C
User-defined code available for your organizations use.
LANGUAGE CODE
1C
Preferred language for information on this institutions screens

and reports. The values are:
C
= French Canadian
D
= Dutch
E
= English
F
= French
August 2009
66
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
G
I
S
=
=
=
German
Italian
Spanish.
REPORT DATE
FORMAT
1N
Format used for date displays on reports and screens for this
institution. The values are:
1
15, 2000 is presented as 10/15/00 and entered
as 10152000
2
15, 2000 is presented as 15/10/00 and entered
as 15102000
3
15, 2000 is presented as 200010/15 and entered
as 20001015).
REPORT TIME
FORMAT
1N
Format used for time displays on reports and screens for this
institution. The values are:
1
displayed as 01:00:00)
2
displayed as 13:00:00).
PROCESSING
DESCRIPTION
40C
User-defined description of the type of processing performed

for this institutions transactions.
RECORD STATUS
1C
Current status of this institution record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
DATE ADDED
6N
Date on which this institution record was added to the system,

LAST MAINTENANCE
BY
5C
TRAMS user who last updated this institution record.
DATE LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Date on which this institution record was last updated,

August 2009
67
TIME LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
Time of day at which this institution record was last updated,

When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to proceed and review address and
telephone information for the institution.
Institution addresses and phones
When you press Enter while viewing the Institution Details screen, the system displays a
August 2009
68
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
INSTLIST2Institution Addresses and Phones

(
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 13:48:56
Inst
INSTITUTION ADDRESSES AND PHONES
0001
Institution Name : TEST FOR CR-USERS
Type ( Y ) Address Line 1 . ( WIDERLAY 900
)
Address Line 2 . ( GREEN ROOM
)
Address Line 3 . ( ;LK;LK;'
)
City . . . . . . ( MAITLAND
) St/Prov ( FL )
Country . . . . ( US )
Postal Code
( 32822
)
Type
Type
(
(
) Address Line
Address Line
Address Line
City . . . .
Country . .
)
)
1
2
3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(
(
(
(
(
Telephone
( 0000-000000-0000000
( 0000-000000-0000000
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
Postal Code
)
)
)
)
)
) St/Prov (
(
Extension
Location
(
) (
(
) (
F7=BKWD
F9=CMDS
)
)
F10=ACTNS
This screen displays the address(es) and telephone(s) for the institution. Your organization
can define up to two addresses and telephone numbers for the client institution. These
values are user-defined. For example, you may want to define a mailing and a shipping
address and a primary and secondary telephone number used to reach the institution.
Fields
INST
4N
Number that identifies the institution.
INSTITUTION NAME
40C
TYPE
1C
User-defined code that identifies the address type. For example,

you might use M to identify a mailing address and S to identify
a shipping address.
ADDRESS LINE 1
40C
First line of the institutions address.
August 2009
69
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
ADDRESS LINE 2
40C
Second line of the institutions address.
ADDRESS LINE 3
40C
Third line of the institutions address.
CITY
30C
City in which the address is located.
ST/PROV
3C
Abbreviation of the state or province in which the address is

located as defined in the abbreviations tables found in the
Commands and Codes appendix.
COUNTRY
3C
Abbreviation of the country in which the address is located as

defined in the abbreviations tables found in the Commands
and Codes appendix.
POSTAL CODE
10C
Code defined by the post office to further classify the address.
For each telephone number, the screen includes the following fields:
TYPE
1C
Telephone type or usage. This value is user-defined. For

example, you might use F to identify a fax line, V to identify a
voice line, or D to identify a data line.
TELEPHONE
20C
Actual telephone number used to contact the institution.
EXTENSION
5N
Office extension used to reach a specific individual or

department in the institution.
LOCATION
10C
Physical location of the telephone within the institution.

following actions:
results.
August 2009
610
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
Applications
Purpose
The transactions that you process for an individual client may encompass a number of
applications. Applications are individual software systems that specialize in a particular
type of account. For example, a client may run demand deposit, credit card, automated
clearinghouse, and automated teller machine applications and send their transactions to
your organization for TRAMS processing.
Use the Applications menu option to access both summary and detailed information about
the applications used by your clients. This information includes:
Application Action ListLists the applications used by client institutions

Application DetailsProvides more detailed information about a specific
application.
Accessing applications
To access this function, select Applications from the Client Information Menu or type
APPLLIST in the command line. Enter any appropriate search values if you are using the
menu. Press Enter.
The system displays an action list similar to the one following.
August 2009
611
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
APPLLISTApplication Action List

APPLLIST

APPLICATION ACTION LIST
(F)
10/18/07 10:50:50
More:
- +

Action
Inst
Appl
(
) (
) (
)
Action
Inst
Appl
Sts
(
)
9001
2001
A
(
9001
3001
9001
4001
9001
5001
9100
0001
9100
0050
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
Institution Name / Application Name

MASTERCARD
MASTERCARD - CANADA
MASTERCARD
MASTERCARD - ASIA PACIFIC
MASTERCARD
MASTERCARD - CEMEA
MASTERCARD
MASTERCARD - LATIN AMERICA
AMEX
AMEX INCOMING CLEARING
AMEX
AMEX OUTGOING CLEARING
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen consists of an action list displaying the applications for which your
organization processes transactions using TRAMS. If you targeted an institution and/or
application through the SEARCH fields on the Client Information Menu, this list begins
with the institution and/or application you targeted.
help with paging.
The CURRENCY CODE field on the NCVAPPL model record must be

updated when an international client installs a new region. Not doing
so could result in an abend. For instructions on how to update the
model record, refer to the Updating the NCVAPPL model record
topic in this chapter. Consult with your system administrator before
performing this function.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated application. Valid action codes display on the screen.
INST
4N KEY
Number identifying the institution for which your organization

processes this application. Institution numbers 9000, 9001, and
August 2009
612
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
9100 represent Visa, MasterCard, and American Express

institutions.
Number identifying the application. Application numbers
within institutions 9000 and 9001 represent Visa and
MasterCard applications. Application numbers within
institution 9100 represent American Express.
APPL
4N KEY
Refer to the TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information appendix in

this guide for a complete list of reserved institutions and
applications.
STS
1C
Current status of the application. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
INSTITUTION NAME
40C
APPLICATION NAME
40C
Name of the application.
Type values in the key fields located near the top of the action list. Enter a code in the
ACTION field associated with the key and press Enter. Refer to the Working in
TRAMS chapter of this guide for help in searching the action list based on a key.
The Application Action List contains an additional action code

option, M (update model record). This action enables you to update
the NCVAPPL model record when a new region is installed for
international clients. For help in performing this action, see the
Updating the NCVAPPL model record topic within this chapter.
Refer to the Application details subtopic for help with resulting screens. If you need
results.
August 2009
613
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
Application details
If you selected an application for further action using the Application Action List screen,
the system displays a screen similar to the one following:
August 2009
614
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
APPLLIST1Application Details
(
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
(T)
09/01/06 13:29:55
APPLICATION DETAILS
Institution . . . . . . .
Application . . . . . . .
Language Code . . . . . .
Currency Code . . . . . .
Currency Conversion Date
Warehouse Days . . . . .
Qual/Auto CB Indicators .
File Balancing Method . .
Cash/Ltr Balancing Method
Batch Balancing Method .
XLATE Default Inst/Appl .
Tran Code XLATE Method .
Curr Conversion Tran Code
.
.
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
9000 VISA
1001 VISA E )
978 )
T )
000 )
MV /
)
N )
N )
N )
9000 / 0001
N )
0096 )
AMEX Inst ID/Cntry Code/Processor ID .

Processing Description . (
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
EUROPE
Date Added . . . . . .
Active Systems . . . .
Source ICA Number . .
Source BIN Number . .
) MC Acquirer Id . .
Visa Acquirer Prefix .
Acquirer Business Id .
EMV AC Check/Skip. . .
. 000
.
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(
:
:
:
:
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
A )
10/15/97
CCNAD
08/01/06
10:04:03
YN
)
000000 )
000000 )
000000 )
440728 )
00000000 )
/
)
)
F10=ACTNS
This screen displays more detailed information for the selected application.
Fields
INSTITUTION
4N/40C
Two-part field that identifies the number of the institution

associated with the application and the name of the institution.
APPLICATION
4N/40C
Two-part field that identifies the number and the name of the
application.
LANGUAGE CODE
1C
Preferred language for information on this institutions screens

and reports. The values are:
C
= French Canadian
D
= Dutch
E
= English
F
= French
G
= German
I
= Italian
S
= Spanish.
August 2009
615
CURRENCY CODE
3C

CLIENTMENU
Client Information
Code identifying the currency used in processing transactions

for the application. Refer to the applicable card association
manual for a list of currency codes.
If your organization chooses not to perform settlement and therefore

does not establish a Settlement Parameters File, the application
currency code becomes the default used on screens permitting
change of view between source and destination currency.
Refer to the Dual currency topic following the Applications screens
for information on how to ensure that TRAMS directs cardholder
adjustments generated in ITS to the correct organization in CMS.
CURRENCY
CONVERSION DATE
1C
Code that defines the date used for currency conversion of this
applications transactions. The values are:
P
= Processing date
T
= Transaction date.
WAREHOUSE DAYS
3N
Maximum number of days that this applications transactions

may remain in the TRAMS transaction warehouse before being
reported on the Warehouse Exception Log report (0802). The
values are 000999.
QUAL/AUTO CB
INDICATORS
2C/1C
Two-part field that indicates whether transactions for this

application require card association qualification as part of
processing and whether the automatic chargeback functionality
is active for the application.
The first part (QUAL) is the flag that indicates whether
transactions for this application require Visa or MasterCard
qualification as part of processing. The values are:
M
= MasterCard only
V
= Visa only
N
= None
MV (or VM)
= MasterCard and Visa.

August 2009
If this application requires bankcard processing through the TRAMS

Bank Card module (TRAMS/BC), be sure to set the appropriate
qualification indicator to ensure that the appropriate processes are
applied to the transactions.
American Express does not use qualification.
The second part (AUTO CB INDICATORS) is the flag that

determines whether the automatic chargeback functionality is
active for the application. The values are:
616
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
N
Y
=
=
Do not use automatic chargeback functionality

Use automatic chargeback functionality.
If this field is N, monetary transactions that are rejected by

TRAMS because of an invalid BIN/ICA/IIN prefix or because
of a valid BIN/ICA/IIN prefix with an invalid account number
remain in the Transaction Warehouse file until the transactions
are worked manually or aged off. The transactions are listed on
the Reject Transaction Listing report (0751) and the Reject
Transaction Listing by Reason Code report (0752). If this field
is Y, monetary transactions that are rejected because of an
invalid BIN/ICA/IIN prefix or because of a valid BIN/ICA/IIN
prefix with an invalid account number are automatically
charged back to the originating card association. The
transactions are listed on the TRAMS/BC Auto Chargeback
Transactions report (1701).
You can use the initialization program NCPO500 to set the default
for this parameter to N or Y. If you do not set the default using
NCPO500, the default is N.
FILE BALANCING
METHOD
1C
August 2009
Method used by the Process Input program to balance original

file amounts against the system calculated file amounts for this
application. The values are:
D
= Do not balance.
G
= Gross method. The system adds the calculated
debits and credits together and compares that
figure to the original amount plus debit
adjustments minus credit adjustments.
N
= Net method. The system subtracts the
calculated credits from the calculated debits
and compares that figure to the original amount
plus debit adjustments minus credit
adjustments.
P
= Net positive method. The system subtracts the
calculated debits from the calculated credits. If
the result is a negative value, the system
changes it to a positive value. The system
compares that value to the original amount plus
debit adjustments minus credit adjustments
(this value is also changed to positive if it was
negative).
S
= Split debits/credits method. The system
compares the calculated debits to the original
617
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
debits plus any debit adjustments, then

compares the calculated credits to the original
credits plus any credit adjustments. Results of
the calculations are allowed to remain
negative.
CASH/LTR
BALANCING METHOD
1C

cash letter amounts against the system-calculated cash letter
amounts for this application. The values are the same as for the
FILE BALANCING METHOD field.
BATCH BALANCING
METHOD
1C

batch amounts against the system-calculated batch amounts for
this application. The values are the same as for the FILE
BALANCING METHOD field.
XLATE DEFAULT
INST/APPL
4N/4N
Two-part field that identifies the institution and application to

be used for translating incoming (source) transaction codes to
outgoing (destination) transaction codes. The first part is the
identification number of the institution to be used in performing
transaction code translation through the Transaction Code
Translation table (TRANLIST). The second part is the
identification number of the application to be used in
performing transaction code translation through the Transaction
Code Translation table.
TRAN CODE XLATE

METHOD
1C
Method used to translate transactions for this application for

TRAMS processing. The values are:
N
= Normal translation
D
= Default source institution/application to 0000/
0000
S
= Destination transaction code and debit/credit/
memo indicators are set to the same value as
source
B
= Both default and source options apply.
CURR CONVERSION
TRAN CODE
4N
Transaction code assigned to currency conversion memo

transactions generated in TRAMS for this application and
passed to CMS for posting. This code must also be defined on
the CMS Monetary Transaction Control record (ARMX).
August 2009
618
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
AMEX INST ID/CNTRY

CODE/PROCESSOR
ID
11N/3N/11N
Three-part field that displays the American Express issuer

institution identification number, the country code, and the
processor ID. The first part of the field is the unique institution
identification number assigned to an AMEX issuer. The second
part of the field is the country code for the AMEX issuer. The
third part of the field is the unique processor identification
number assigned to the designated processor of an American
Express issuer.
PROCESSING
DESCRIPTION
40C
User-defined description of the type of processing performed

for this applications transactions.
RECORD STATUS
1C
Current status of this application record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
DATE ADDED
6N
Date on which this application record was added to the system,

LAST MAINTENANCE
BY
5C
TRAMS user who last updated this application record.
DATE LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Date on which this application record was last updated,

TIME LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Time of day at which this application record was last updated.
ACTIVE SYSTEMS
4C
Other TRAMS modules in use for this application. The field

consists of four positions; type either a Y (yes, active) or N (no,
not active) in the appropriate position for TRAMS modules in
use, as follows:
Position 1
= TRAMS
Position 2
= TRAMS/DE
Position 3
= Currently blank
Position 4
= Currently blank.
August 2009
619
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
The following fields are used as default values for transactions

routed to Visa or MasterCard.
SOURCE ICA
NUMBER
6N
Interbank Card Association number that identifies the source

application as a MasterCard member. This number is required
for a MasterCard issuer who does not also acquire for
MasterCard. If the MC ACQUIRER ID is supplied, this field is not
needed. TRAMS uses this input filepath field to determine
which regional rules to apply for qualification processing.
SOURCE BIN
NUMBER
6N
Bank Identification Number that identifies the source

application as a Visa member. This number is required for a
Visa issuer who does not also acquire for Visa. If the VISA
ACQUIRER PREFIX is supplied, this field is not needed. TRAMS
uses this input filepath field to determine which regional rules
to apply for qualification processing.
MC ACQUIRER ID
6N
Number that identifies the application as an acquirer of

MasterCard transactions. This number is required for a
MasterCard acquirer. TRAMS uses this input filepath field to
determine which regional rules to apply for qualification
processing.
For MasterCard processing, it is not necessary to supply the

SOURCE ICA NUMBER if the MC ACQUIRER ID is supplied.
VISA ACQUIRER
PREFIX
6N
Prefix that identifies the application as an acquirer of Visa

transactions. This number is required for a Visa acquirer.
TRAMS uses this input filepath field to determine which
regional rules to apply for qualification processing.
For Visa processing, it is not necessary to supply the SOURCE BIN

NUMBER if the VISA ACQUIRER PREFIX is supplied.
ACQUIRER BUSINESS
ID
8N
Number that identifies the application as an acquirer of

transactions. For JCB, this value is the six-digit licensee ID.
EMV AC CHECK/SKIP
1C/5N
Two-part field that indicates whether EMV authorization

cryptogram checking is performed for the application and the
number of EMV transactions to skip during checking.
August 2009
620
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
The first part of the field is a switch that enables checking of the
EMV Transaction Certificate (TC), also referred to as the
Application Cryptogram. The values are:
Y
= Check EMV Application Cryptogram
N
= Do not check EMV Application Cryptogram.
The second part of the field denotes the number of EMV
transactions to skip before validating the next TC when the EMV
AC CHECK switch is set to Y. For example, if this field were set
to 20, then every 21st EMV transaction would have the
Transaction Certificate (TC) validated. The values are:
00000
= Check all EMV transactions
0000199999
= Number of EMV transactions to skip
before performing the next check.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to view application addresses.
Application addresses
When you press Enter while viewing the Application Detail screen, the system displays a
August 2009
621
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
(
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 14:14:34
APPLICATION DETAILS
Institution: 0001 TEST FOR CR-USERS
Application: 1111 missing inst
Type (
) Address Line 1 . ( WINDERLAY 900
Address Line 2 . ( GREEN ROOM
Address Line 3 . (
City . . . . . . ( MAITLAND
) St/Prov
Country . . . . ( US )
Postal Code. . ( 32822
Type (
) Address Line 1 . (
Address Line 2 . (
Address Line 3 . (
City . . . . . . (
) St/Prov
Country . . . . (
)
Postal Code. . (
DE Future Trans Allowed . . ( Y )
DE User Assigned Batch Nbrs . ( N
DE Queue By Manager . . . . ( N )
DE User Assigned C/Ltr Nbrs . ( N
DE Duplicate Batch Audit . . ( 00 ) DE Batch Balancing Method . . ( N
DE Duplicate C/Ltr Audit . . ( 00 ) DE Cash Ltr Balancing Method . ( N
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
)
)
)
( FL
)
)
)
(
)
)
)
)
F9=CMDS
This screen displays the address(es) established for the application. Your organization can
define up to two addresses for the client application. For example, you may want to define
a mailing and a shipping address used for correspondence regarding the application.
Fields
INSTITUTION
4N/30C
Two-part field that identifies the number of the institution

associated with the application and the name of the institution.
APPLICATION
4N/40C
Two-part field that identifies the number and the name of the
application.
TYPE
1C
Address type. For example, you might use M to identify a

mailing address and S to identify a shipping address.
ADDRESS LINE 1
40C
First line of the applications address.
ADDRESS LINE 2
40C
Second line of the applications address.
August 2009
622
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
ADDRESS LINE 3
40C
Third line of the applications address.
CITY
30C
City in which the address is located.
ST/PROV
3C
Abbreviation of the state or province in which the address is

located as defined in the abbreviations tables in the Commands
and Codes appendix.
COUNTRY
3C
Abbreviation of the country in which the address is located as

defined in the abbreviations tables in the Commands and
Codes appendix.
POSTAL CODE
10C
Code defined by the post office to further classify the address.
The following fields are used as default values for the processing of
this application with the TRAMS/DE module.
DE FUTURE TRANS
ALLOWED
1C
Flag that indicates whether transactions entered can have a

transaction date greater than the current system processing date.
The values are:
Y
= Yes
N
= No.
DE QUEUE BY
MANAGER
1C
Flag that indicates whether batch or cash letters will be held for
review by a manager. The values are:
Y
= Yes
N
= No.
The determination to hold a batch or cash letter would be based
upon edits.
DE DUPLICATE
BATCH AUDIT
2N
Number of previous days used as the basis for duplicate file

checking. The system checks batch headers processed this
many days before the current date, searching for a match on the
transaction count and amount. A match is considered a
duplicate batch and flagged as such on the file header.
DE DUPLICATE C/LTR
AUDIT
2N
Number of previous days used as the basis for duplicate file

checking. The system checks cash letter headers processed this
many days before the current date, searching for a match on the
August 2009
623
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
transaction count and amount. A match is considered a

duplicate cash letter and flagged as such on the file header.
DE USER ASSIGNED
BATCH NBRS
1C
Flag that indicates whether batch numbers should be user

defined or the system should default to the next batch number in
the sequence. The values are:
Y
= Yes (user assigned)
N
= No (system default).
DE USER ASSIGNED
C/LTR NBRS
1C
Flag that indicates whether cash letter numbers should be user

defined or the system should default to the next cash letter
number in the sequence. The values are:
Y
= Yes (user assigned)
N
= No (system default).
DE BATCH
BALANCING METHOD
1C
Method used by the process input program to balance original

batch amounts against the system-calculated batch amounts for
this application. The values are:
D
= Do not balance.
G
= Gross method. The system adds the calculated
debits and credits together and compares that
figure to the original amount plus debit
adjustments minus credit adjustments.
N
calculated debits from the calculated credits
adjustments.
P
changes it to a positive value. The system
compares that value to the original amount plus
debit adjustments minus credit adjustments
(this value is also changed to positive if it was
negative).
S
August 2009
624
CLIENTMENU
Client Information

negative.
DE CASH/LTR
BALANCING METHOD
1C
Method used by the process input program to balance original

cash letter amounts against the system-calculated cash letter
amounts for this application. The values are the same as for the
DE BATCH BALANCING METHOD field.
Paging forward displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
625
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
(
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 14:19:36
APPLICATION DETAILS
Institution: 0001 TEST FOR CR-USERS
Application: 1111 missing inst
DUPLICATE HEADER VERIFICATION
INCLUDE WITH HASH TOTAL (Y/N)
FILE HDR CASH HDR BATCH HDR
MERCHANT NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
( N )
CALCULATED DEBIT COUNT . . . . . . . .
( N )
( N )
( N )
CALCULATED DEBIT SOURCE AMOUNT . . . .
( N )
( N )
( N )
CALCULATED CREDIT COUNT. . . . . . . .
( N )
( N )
( N )
CALCULATED CREDIT SOURCE AMOUNT. . . .
( N )
( N )
( N )
ORIGINAL BALANCE COUNT . . . . . . . .
( N )
( N )
( N )
ORIGINAL BALANCE AMOUNT. . . . . . . .
( N )
( N )
( N )
ORIGINAL DEBIT COUNT . . . . . . . . .
( N )
( N )
( N )
ORIGINAL DEBIT SOURCE AMOUNT . . . . .
( N )
( N )
( N )
ORIGINAL CREDIT COUNT. . . . . . . . .
( N )
( N )
( N )
ORIGINAL CREDIT SOURCE AMOUNT. . . . .
( N )
( N )
( N )
ACCOUNT NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . .
( N )
( N )
( N )
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
Fields
This screen displays the various fields that are used for the calculation of a hash total for
the purpose of duplicate checking. TRAMS performs duplicate checking on incoming
files only.
Each of the fields on this screen is a flag indicating whether this field is included during
the duplicate checking process. These fields are valid for the various header levels
indicated. The values are:
Y
N
=
=
Include this field during the duplicate checking process

Do not include this field during the duplicate checking process.
Including the ACCOUNT NUMBER field is recommended whenever
duplicate checking is activated. This enables the process to more
accurately detect duplicate headers.
Dual currency
If Dual Currency processing is active in the Credit Management System (CMS), you must
establish application controls to ensure that TRAMS directs cardholder adjustments
generated in the Interchange Tracking System (ITS) to the correct organization in CMS,
based on the transaction currency. The ITS Special Interchange Transactions (ITSCRCR)
August 2009
626
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
Assign Destinations procedure will search for the application record that matches the
currency code of the incoming transaction and then route the outbound transaction based
on the currency. You must therefore define one application per currency per ITS client
institution. The currency codes within the applications must be consistent across
institutions. For example:
Application
Institution
Currency
0001
9750Visa
840
0002
9750Visa
214
0001
9751MasterCard
840
0002
9751MasterCard
214
The following screen fragments show control record examples:

( ) (V) VIEW (U) UPDATE (C) COPY (D) DELETE (H) HELP
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T)
09/19/03 13:19:17
APPLICATION DETAILS
INSTITUTION . . . . . . . . 9750
ITS VISA
APPLICATION . . . . . . . . 0001
VISA FOREIGN
LANGUAGE CODE . . . . . . : E
RECORD STATUS . . . . . : A
CURRENCY CODE . . . . . . : 840
DATE ADDED . . . . . . . : 06/27/01
( ) (V) VIEW (U) UPDATE (C) COPY (D) DELETE (H) HELP
09/19/03 13:19:17
APPLICATION DETAILS
INSTITUTION . . . . . . . . 9750
ITS VISA
APPLICATION . . . . . . . . 0002
VISA LOCAL
LANGUAGE CODE . . . . . . : E
RECORD STATUS . . . . . : A
CURRENCY CODE . . . . . . : 214
DATE ADDED . . . . . . . : 06/27/01
Updating the NCVAPPL model record (for international clients)

After installing TRAMS in a new region, follow these steps to update the NCVAPPL
model record:
1. Type M in the ACTION field on the Application Action List screen. Leave the
remaining fields blank, and press Enter. Page 1 of the Application Details screen
displays.
2. If applicable, change the value in the LANGUAGE CODE field.
3. In the CURRENCY CODE field, enter the relevant currency code for your region.
August 2009
627
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
4. If applicable, make any other updates to the record and press Enter. The model record
is updated.
following actions:
results.
action negates any entries you may have made on the current screen.
Control groups
This function is not currently active in the TRAMS system.
Contacts
This function is not currently active in the TRAMS system.
Merchant records
Purpose
This function sets up a TRAMS online merchant file primarily for testing purposes.
Merchant Action ListLists your organizations merchants

Merchant InformationProvides detailed information about a specific merchant.
Accessing merchant records

To access this function, select Merchant Records from the Client Information Menu. The
system will display a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
628
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
MERCHLISTMerchant Action List

MERCHLIST

MERCHANT ACTION LIST
(T)
03/23/06 13:17:59
More:

Action
Merchant Number
(
) (
)
Action
Merchant Number
( * )
0000000000000001
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
Merchant Name
Merchant Name
ABC COMPANY
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
Status
A
F9=CMDS
This screen lists the merchants contained and maintained in the TRAMS merchant file.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated merchant. Valid action codes display on the screen.
MERCHANT NUMBER
16N
Unique user-defined number that identifies the merchant.
MERCHANT NAME
25C
Merchants doing-business-as name.
STATUS
1C
Current status of the merchant record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
August 2009
629
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
Type a value in the key field located near the top of the action list and press Enter.
Refer to the Merchant information subtopic for help with resulting screens. If you
results.
Merchant information
If you selected a merchant for further action using the Merchant Action List screen, the
August 2009
630
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
MERCHLIST1Merchant Information
(
) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H)Help
(T)
03/23/06 13:16:21
MERCHANT INFORMATION
Merchant Number
Merchant DBA Name
0000000000000001
( ABC COMPANY
)
EC/MC Merchant Acct Status. ( O )
Status . . . . . . . ( A )
MCard Merchant Acct Status ( O )
Date Added . . . . . : 04/04/05
Merchant City . . . . . . . ( SMITHVILLE
) Last Maintenance By . :
Merchant State/Province . . ( FL )
Date Last Maintenance : 0000000
Merchant Country Code . . . ( USA )
Time Last Maintenance : 00:00:00
Merchant Postal Code . . . ( 30000
)
Merchant MCC MC/Visa . . . ( 5999 / 5999 )
EC/MC Qualification Code . ( MSD )
Visa Qualification Code . . ( VSF )
MCard Assign Code . . . . . (
)
MasterCard QPS Code . . . . (
)
Abbreviated Merchant Name . ( ABC
)
Customer Service Number . . ( 1-800-123-4567 )
Merchant Tax Id . . . . . . ( 999999998
)
Merchant Type . . . . . . . ( 0110 )
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This screen displays more detailed information for the selected merchant.
Fields
MERCHANT NUMBER
16N
Unique user-defined number that identifies the merchant.
EC/MC MERCHANT
ACCT STATUS
1C
Current status of the Eurocard-MasterCard merchant account.

The values are:
O
= Open
C
= Closed.
MCARD MERCHANT
ACCT STATUS
1C
Current status of the MasterCard merchant account. The values

are:
O
= Open
C
= Closed.
MERCHANT CITY
13C
City where the merchant conducts business.
August 2009
631
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
MERCHANT STATE/
PROVINCE
2C
State or province where the merchant conducts business.
MERCHANT
COUNTRY CODE
3C
Code identifying the country where the merchants business is

located.
MERCHANT POSTAL
CODE
12C
Code identifying the merchants postal region.
MERCHANT MCC MC/

VISA
4N/4N
MasterCard or Visa code identifying the type of business.
EC/MC
QUALIFICATION
CODE
3C
TRAMS-defined code that identifies the merchants

MasterCard or Eurocard-MasterCard interchange qualification
level.
VISA QUALIFICATION
CODE
3C
TRAMS-defined code identifying the merchants Visa

interchange qualification level.
MCARD ASSIGN
CODE
3C
Code identifying the merchant as participating in the

MasterCard assign program.
MASTERCARD QPS
CODE
3C
Code identifying the merchant as participating in the

MasterCard Quick Payment Service.
ABBREVIATED
MERCHANT NAME
11C
Abbreviated name of the merchants business.
CUSTOMER SERVICE
NUMBER
14N
Number used for contacting customer service (800 number).
MERCHANT TAX ID
14N
Merchants federal tax ID or value-added tax ID.
MERCHANT TYPE
3C
Type of business.
August 2009
632
CLIENTMENU
Client Information
MERCHANT DBA
NAME
25C
Merchants doing-business-as name.
STATUS
1C
Current status of the merchant record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
DATE ADDED
6N
Date on which this merchant record was added to the system,

LAST MAINTENANCE
BY
5C
TRAMS user who last updated this merchant record.
DATE LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Date on which this merchant record was last updated, displayed

TIME LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Time of day at which this merchant record was last updated.

following actions:
results.
any entries you may have made on the current screen.
August 2009
633
Chapter 7
FILEMENU
File Management
Accessing file management
To access File Management functions, select File Management from the TRAMS Main
Menu or type FILEMENU in the command line. Press Enter. The system displays a menu
August 2009
71
FILEMENU
File Management
FILEMENUFile Management Menu

(
) (H) Help
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------FILEMENU
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 14:59:36
FILE MANAGEMENT MENU
(
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
File Information
Cash Letter Information
Batch Information
Hash Total Information
Warehouse Totals
COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
The File Management Menu enables you to work with the following objects:
File InformationTransactions are submitted to and output by TRAMS within files.

Files can be transmitted electronically or can be handled in the form of tape or disk.
Each source file includes an internally generated file header that summarizes the
information it contains.
Cash Letter InformationOptionally, files can contain one or more cash letters,
which in turn contain groups of batches. Cash letters include internally generated cash
letter headers that summarize the batches that they contain. These headers provide a
checkpoint for verification and balancing of files.
Batch InformationBatches are optional subdivisions of a file, consisting of groups
of individual transactions. Batches include internally generated batch headers that
summarize the transactions they contain.
August 2009
Cash letters are optional elements within a file. For example, your
organization may receive a file that contains a series of transactions
that are not grouped in any way. The system generates an internal
file header and one internal batch header for this file; the totals for
these two headers are the same.
72
FILEMENU
File Management
Hash Total InformationHash totals are calculated records computed during process
input. They are used for duplicate checking by TRAMS.
Warehouse TotalsThe system warehouses all transactions before releasing them to
their destination. File Management enables you to review warehoused transaction
totals and monitor activity within the TRAMS transaction database.
To select an option, type the number identifying the option in the field provided and press
Enter. Turn to the appropriate subsection describing the option you selected (for example,
File Management) and continue.
File information
Purpose
This option displays either summary or detailed information about a transaction file.
Special fastpath handling
File information actions include specialized handling for certain fastpath commands, as
follows:
CASHLIST results in a Cash Letter action list positioned at the first cash letter
contained in the file. If the file header you were on when you issued the command did
not contain any Cash Letters, the action list is positioned at the next cash letter in the
cash letter file.
BATCHLIST results in a Batch Header action list positioned at the first batch in the
file.
TRNREFLIST results in a Transaction action list positioned at the first transaction in
the first batch in the file.
REJLIST results in a Reject Transaction action list positioned at the first rejected
transaction in the file. If the file header you were on when you issued the command
did not contain any rejected transactions, the action list is positioned at the next
rejected transaction in the reject file.
SUSPLIST results in a Suspense Transaction action list positioned at the first
suspended transaction in the file. If the file header you were on when you issued the
command did not contain any suspended transactions, the action list is positioned at
the next suspended transaction in the suspense file.
HASHTOTALS results in a Hash Totals action list positioned at the first Hash Total
record for the file header you were on when you issued the command. If the file
header you were on when you issued the command did not contain any Hash Total
records, the action list is positioned at the nest file header Hash Total record.
August 2009
73
FILEMENU
File Management
Accessing file information

To access the option, select File Information from the File Management Menu or type
FILELIST in the command line. Press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the
one following.
August 2009
74
FILEMENU
File Management
FILELISTFile Action List

FILELIST

FILE ACTION LIST
(T)
11/19/08 11:59:02
More:
- +

D=Delete S=Search Frwd U=Update V=View R=Search Bkwd X=Delete Released
Action
Date
Run
(
) (
) (
Action
Sts
Date
(
)
O A 10/06/08
(
)
O A 10/06/08
(
)
O A 10/06/08
(
)
O A 10/06/08
(
)
O A 10/06/08
(
)
O A 10/06/08
(
)
O A 10/06/08
(
)
P A 10/06/08
(
)
P A 10/06/08
(
)
O A 10/06/08
(
)
O A 10/06/08
(
)
O A 10/06/08
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
File St Rec St Inst

Appl
Job Name
) (
)
(
) (
) (
) (
)
Run
Inst Appl Job Name
Net Amount
0666
9000 0001 VISAIN
777.77
0663
9000 0001 VISAIN
777.77
0662
9000 0001 VISAIN
777.77
0659
9700 0001 ITSCRCR
101.00
0658
9700 0001 ITSCRCR
1.00
0657
9700 0001 ITSCRCR
1.00
0656
9700 0001 ITSCRCR
2.00
0654
9700 0001 ITSCRCR
6.00
0652
9700 0001 ITSCRCR
6.00
0650
9000 0001 VISAIN
777.77
0649
9000 0001 VISAIN
777.77
0648
9000 0001 VISAIN
777.77
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
Rel
R
S
S
S
S
S
F9=CMDS
This screen consists of an action list displaying file headers that are available for your
review. File headers are displayed according to run number, with the most recent run first.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
This screen provides two actions used to search the list. Use S
(search forward) to reverse the order of the list and show the
earliest run first. Then use R (reverse search) to reverse the
direction of the search and again display latest run first.
DATE
8C KEY
Date that TRAMS generated the file header record (shown in

user-defined format).
RUN
4N KEY
Number identifying the processing run of TRAMS that

generated the file header record.
August 2009
75
FILEMENU
File Management
FILE ST
1C KEY
Current balance status of the file. The values are:

B
= Balanced
I
= In progress via process (file is unusable)
M
= Balanced with rejects and suspense
R
= Balanced with rejects
S
= Balanced with suspense
O
= Out of balance
P
= Out of balance with rejects
Q
= Out of balance with suspense
T
= Out of balance with rejects and suspense.
REC ST
1C
Maintenance status of the file header record. The values are:

A
= Active
B
= Both rejected and suspended
C
= Corrupted during reject process
D
= Duplicate
I
E
= Duplicate with rejects and/or suspense
N
= New
P
= Purge
R
= Rejected
S
= Suspended.
Both the FILE ST and REC ST values are reflected in the STS field
within the action list.
INST
4N KEY
Institution with which the file is associated.
APPL
4N KEY
Application with which the file is associated.
JOB NAME
8C KEY
Name of the filepath used to process this file. This name is userdefined through the job schedule.
STS
2C
Two-position field that identifies the balancing and current

maintenance status of the file header record. Refer to the FILE ST
and REC ST field descriptions for values.
An asterisk (*) to the left of this field indicates that a mirror file
record is present, which means that the file header record has
changed since the last batch run. The change may reflect a
change to a lower-level record such as the batch header.
TRAMS displays the latest information from the mirror file on
August 2009
76
FILEMENU
File Management
the following screens. The next batch run applies the changes
on the mirror file to the appropriate master file.
NET AMOUNT
10N
Net monetary value of the transactions contained within the file.
REL
1C
Code that indicates the release status of all the destinations. The
values are:
R
= Released. Entries in the destination status (STS)
field are only Rs or Ps.
S
= Partially released. Entries in the destination
status (STS) field are a combination of As and
any other letter or Ss.
Spaces = Not released. All destination status (STS) field
entries are As.
When you finish viewing the screen, continue or complete the function by performing one
Type values in the key fields located near the top of the action list. Refer to the
Working in TRAMS chapter of this guide for help in searching the action list using
a key.
Refer to the File details subtopic for help with resulting screens. If you need help in
understanding action codes and their use, refer to the Working in TRAMS chapter
of this guide.
results.
any entries you made on this screen.
File details
If you selected a specific file and action on the File Details screen, the system displays a
August 2009
77
FILEMENU
File Management
FILELIST1File Details
(
) (V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (H) Help
12/13/01 15:02:56
FILE DETAILS
Inst Appl
Date
Run Job Name
9700 2001
04/12/01 0082 CTSCRCR
Hash Total . . . . . . . . . :
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
ITSCRCR
P
04/12/01
00001
00000
00001
00001
Y
N
F5=REFRSH
Date Added . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
(
:
:
:
:
F )
11/13/01
00/00/00
00:00:00
F6=END
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This screen displays detailed information for the file you selected. Press Enter to display a
second screen.
Fields
INST
4N
Institution with which the file is associated.
APPL
4N
Application with which the file is associated.
DATE
6N
Date TRAMS generated the file header record (shown in userdefined format).
RUN
4N

generated the file header record.
JOB NAME
8C
August 2009
78
FILEMENU
File Management
FILE PATH NAME

8C
Name of the filepath associated with this file.
BALANCE STATUS
1C
Code that indicates whether the file header information

balances against its cash letter and/or batch header information.
The values are:
B
= Balanced
D
= Duplicate
M
R
S
O
= Out of balance
P
Q
T
BALANCE STATUS
DATE
6N
Date that TRAMS assigned the current balance status to the file
(shown in user-defined format).
NBR OF OUT OF
BALANCE BATCHES
5N
Number of batches in the file that did not balance with their
batch headers.
NBR OF OUT OF
BALANCE CASHES
5N
Number of cashes in the file that did not balance with their cash
headers.
BEGINNING BATCH
NUMBER
5N
Number identifying the first batch contained in the file.
ENDING BATCH
NUMBER
5N
Number identifying the last batch contained in the file.
SUMMARY
INDICATOR
1C
Flag that indicates whether summary reporting was performed

on this file. The values are:
Y
= Yes
N
= No.
August 2009
79
FILEMENU
File Management
SETTLEMENT
INDICATOR
1C
Flag that indicates whether settlement was performed on this

file. The values are:
Y
= Yes
N
= No
Blank = Your organization does not perform settlement.
BALANCING METHOD
1C
Method used by the Process Input program to balance the

original file amounts against the system-calculated file
amounts. The values are:
D
= Do not balance. ORIGINAL COUNT and AMOUNT
fields on subsequent screens are protected in
update mode.
G
= Gross method. Calculated debits and credits
are added together and compared to the
original amount plus debit adjustments minus
credit adjustments.
N
adjustments. This method displays an
additional field D/C on the screen that indicates
whether the original amount is a debit or credit
value.
P
changes it to positive. The system compares
that value to the original amount plus debit
adjustments minus credit adjustments (this
value is also changed to positive if it was
negative).
S
negative.

August 2009
Values are set on the Application record.
710
FILEMENU
File Management
HASH TOTAL
13N
Number calculated during the input process for duplicate

checking.
RECORD STATUS
1C
Current status of the file header record. The values are:

A
= Active
B
C
D
= Duplicate
E
= Duplicate with rejects and/or suspense
I
N
= New
P
= Purge
R
= Rejected
S
= Suspended.
DATE ADDED
6N
Date TRAMS generated the file header record (shown in userdefined format).
LAST MAINTENANCE
BY
5C
System-supplied identification of the user who last updated the

file information.
DATE OF LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
System-supplied date on which the file information was last

updated (shown in user-defined format).
TIME OF LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
System-supplied time of day at which the file information was

last updated.
August 2009
711
FILEMENU
File Management
FILELIST2File Optional Fields Detail

(
) (U)Update (V)View (D)Delete (H)Help
(T)
12/13/08 :02:50
FILE OPTIONAL FIELDS DETAIL
More:
PROC
JOB
RECORD
INST
APPL
DATE
RUN
NAME
NAME
9300
0001
06/12/08
0003
USERIPT
FILEOPT
OPTIONAL FIELD
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
If there are optional fields on the record, this screen displays when you press Enter from
the File Details screen.
Fields
OPTIONAL FIELD
User-defined information not otherwise accommodated by the

file header record. The record definition is created in TRAMS/
AG.
If no optional fields exist on the record, this screen does not display.
When you finish viewing the File Details screen or the File Optional Fields Detail screen,
if applicable, press Enter to proceed to the File Totals screen.
File totals
If you press Enter while displaying the File Details screen, the system displays a screen
August 2009
712
FILEMENU
File Management
FILELIST3File Totals
(
---------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 15:10:43
FILE TOTALS
Balancing
Out of Bal
Inst Appl
Currency
Date
Run Job Name
Method
Batches Cashes
9700 2001
124
04/12/03 0082 CTSCRCR
N
00001
00000
Original Amount
:
Original Debits
:
Original Credits :
Original Memos
:
Debit Adjustments :
Credit Adjustments:
Original Net Amt :
Calculated
Calculated
Calculated
Calculated
Debits :
Credits:
Memos :
Net Amt:
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
(
:
:
(
Items
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
) (
)
.00
.00
.00
D/C
( D )
.00
.00
.00
13
0
0
13
F5=REFRSH
Source Amount
F6=END
6,142.00
.00
Base Amount
5,686.26
.00
6,142.00
5,686.26
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen displays both count and amount totals for the specified file. Key information
redisplays near the top of the screen, along with the balancing method, the number of outof-balance batches, and the number of out-of-balance cashes. The currency code
identifying the source currency for the file displays as well.
Fields
ITEMS
9N
Values in this column represent the actual count of transactions

included in the file.
SOURCE AMOUNT
21N
Values in this column represent the monetary value of

transactions included in the file, expressed in the files source
currency. For example, if the incoming files transactions
represented British pounds, these values are expressed in
British pounds.
D/C
1C
Code that indicates if the associated settlement amount is a

debit or a credit amount. The values are:
C
= Credit
D
= Debit.
August 2009
713

transactions included in the file, expressed in the currency that
your organization uses to process TRAMS. For example, if your
currency processes and balances TRAMS using U.S. dollars,
these values are expressed in U.S. dollars.
BASE AMOUNT
21N
FILEMENU
File Management
Under these column headings, only certain fields are available for
entry if you are updating the record. The remainder of the fields on
the screen are protected. The balancing method (as identified on
FILELIST1) determines which fields are protected.
ORIGINAL AMOUNT
21N
Count and amount of all transactions in the file as identified in

the incoming file header record. If the balancing method is D or
S, this value is protected in update mode.
ORIGINAL DEBITS
21N
Count and amount of debit transactions in the file as identified

in the file header record. If the balancing method is G, N, P, or
D, these fields are protected in update mode.
ORIGINAL CREDITS
21N
Count and amount of credit transactions in the file as identified

in the file header record. If the balancing method is G, N, P, or
D, these fields are protected in update mode.
ORIGINAL MEMOS
21N
Count of memo (nonmonetary) transactions in the file as

identified in the file header record.
DEBIT ADJUSTMENTS
21N
Monetary value of any debit adjustments made to the file during

processing and settlement. If you increase the value for
ORIGINAL AMOUNT, the amount of the increase is placed in this
field.
CREDIT
ADJUSTMENTS
21N
Monetary value of any credit adjustments made to the file

during processing and settlement. If you decrease the value for
ORIGINAL AMOUNT, the amount of the decrease is placed in this
field.
August 2009
714
An exception exists when the balancing method is S (split debits/

credits). In that case, the following rules apply:
FILEMENU
File Management
If you decrease the ORIGINAL DEBITS amount, the system

places the amount of the decrease in the DEBIT ADJUSTMENTS
field as a negative value.
If you increase the ORIGINAL DEBITS amount, the system
places the amount of the increase in the DEBIT ADJUSTMENTS
field as a positive value.
If you decrease the ORIGINAL CREDITS amount, the system
places the amount of the decrease in the CREDIT
ADJUSTMENTS field as a negative value.
If you increase the ORIGINAL CREDITS amount, the system
places the amount of the increase in the CREDIT ADJUSTMENTS
TRAMS offers only one opportunity to adjust the original debit,

credit, and memo count and amount fields. Any adjustments you
make must balance the values with the calculated debit, credit, and
memo values reflected on this screen. If you attempt to make any
subsequent adjustments once balancing is achieved, TRAMS
returns an error message.
ORIGINAL NET AMT

21N
Count and net (debits minus credits) monetary value of the

transactions in the file as identified in the file header record.
CALCULATED DEBITS
21N
System-calculated count and amount of debit transactions in the

file.
CALCULATED
CREDITS
21N
System-calculated count and amount of credit transactions in

the file.
CALCULATED
MEMOS
21N
System-calculated count of memo transactions in the file.
CALCULATED NET
AMT
21N
System-calculated total item count and monetary value of the

transactions in the file.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to proceed and view file destinations.
File destinations
If you press Enter while displaying the File Details screen, the system displays a screen
August 2009
715
FILEMENU
File Management
FILELIST4File Destinations
(
) (D) Delete (H) Help
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/13/01 15:20:04
FILE DESTINATIONS
More:
Nbr
Inst Appl
Dests
Date
Run Job Name
9700 2001
02
04/12/03 0082 CTSCRCR
Destination
9000
0001
9750
0001
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
Primary
P
S
Status
A
A
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
Status Run
0000
0000
F7=BKWD
Status Date
00/00/00
00/00/00
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen displays information about the various destinations targeted for transactions
within the selected file. Key information is redisplayed at the top of the screen. An
additional field, NBR DESTS, also displays in this location. This field indicates the total
number of destinations established for the file, to a maximum of 50. All fields on this
screen are protected and cannot be changed.
Destinations are classified into two categories: primary and secondary. The primary
destination is the institution and application to which the file is always routed for
monetary purposes. Secondary destinations are those to which the file is routed upon
request from the client institution or under some exception condition. For example,
suppose your client is a financial institution for whom you process bankcard transactions
using TRAMS. The primary destination for these transactions is the institution itself;
however, the institution may set up secondary destinations for reporting, tracking, and
other non-monetary purposes. A file can have up to 99 destinations.
Fields
DESTINATION
2N
August 2009
Institution and application combination making up this

destination.
716
FILEMENU
File Management
PRIMARY
1C
Flag that indicates whether the destination is the primary

destination for the file. The values are:
P
= Primary
S
= Secondary.
STATUS
1C
Current status of the file as it relates to each destination. The

values are:
A
= Available
S
= Some items released
R
= Released all items
P
= Purge.
STATUS RUN
4N
Processing run of TRAMS during which the file was assigned

its status in relation to the destination.
STATUS DATE
6N
Date that the file was assigned its status in relation to the
destination, shown in user-defined format.

following actions:
results.
any entries you made on the current screen.
Cash letter information

Purpose
This function displays information about the cash letters that exist within transaction files.
Cash letters contain a number of transaction batches, and they carry a cash letter header
that summarizes the batch information. TRAMS automatically balances the cash letter
header to the file header and batch headers as a balancing and verification control.
Cash Letter Information functions include specialized handling for certain fastpath
commands, as follows:
FILELIST results in a File Header action list positioned at the file containing the cash
letter.
August 2009
717
FILEMENU
File Management
BATCHLIST results in a Batch Header action list positioned at the first batch in the
cash letter.
the first batch of the cash letter.
transaction in the cash letter. If the cash letter you were on when you issued the
command did not contain any rejected transactions, the action list is positioned at the
next rejected transaction in the reject file.
suspended transaction in the cash letter. If the cash letter you were on when you
issued the command did not contain any suspended transactions, the action list is
positioned at the next suspended transaction in the suspense file.
record for the cash letter you were on when you issued the command. If there are no
Hash Total records for the cash letter you are on, the Hash Totals action list is
positioned at the next cash letter Hash Total record.
Accessing cash letter information

To access this function, select Cash Letter Information from the File Management Menu
and press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
718
FILEMENU
File Management
CASHLISTCash Letter Action List

CASHLIST

CASH LETTER ACTION LIST
(T)
11/19/08 12:08:42
More:

D=Delete S=Search U=Update V=View X=Delete Released
Action
Date
Run
C/Ltr CashSt
(
) (
) (
) (
) (
)
Action
Sts
Date
Run
C/Ltr
Inst
(
)
O A 10/06/08 0237 00001
9800
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
RecSt
Inst
Appl
Job Name
(
) (
) (
) (
)
Appl Job Name
Net Amount
0001 DEBASIN
203.00-
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen consists of an action list displaying all the cash letters that are available for
your review.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated cash letter. Valid action selections are shown on your
screen.
DATE
6N KEY
Date TRAMS generated the cash letter header record (shown in

RUN
4N KEY

generated the cash letter header record.
C/LTR
5N KEY
System-assigned number that identifies the cash letter.
CASHST
1C
Balancing status of the cash letter record, indicating whether the

record balances to the cash letter header. The values are:
August 2009
719
FILEMENU
File Management
B
M
R
S
O
P
Q
T
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Balanced
Balanced with rejects and suspense
Balanced with rejects
Balanced with suspense
Out of balance
Out of balance with rejects
Out of balance with suspense
Out of balance with rejects and suspense.
Current maintenance status of the cash letter record. The values

are:
A
= Active
B
= Both reject and suspense
C
D
= Duplicate
E
= Duplicate and also reject/suspense or both
I
N
= New
P
= Purge
R
= Reject
S
= Suspense.
RECST
1C
CASHST and RECST values are both reflected in the STS field within
the action list.
INST
4N KEY
Institution with which the cash letter is associated.
APPL
4N KEY
Application with which the cash letter is associated.
JOB NAME
8C KEY
Name that uniquely identifies the filepath used to process the

cash letter.
STS
2C

maintenance status of the cash letter header record. Refer to the
CASHST and RECSTS field descriptions for values.
record is present, which means that the cash letter header record
has changed since the last batch run. The change may reflect a
change to a lower-level record such as the batch header.
August 2009
720
FILEMENU
File Management
NET AMOUNT
21N
System-calculated net monetary value of the transactions

contained within the cash letter.
When you finish viewing cash letters (paging forward and backward as necessary),
action list using a key.
Refer to the Cash letter details subtopic for help with resulting screens. If you need
results.
any entries you made on the screen.
Cash letter details
If you selected a specific cash letter and action on the Cash Letter Action List screen, the
August 2009
721
FILEMENU
File Management
CASHLIST1Cash Letter Details

(
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS 08.2 COMPLIANCE (8.30)
(T)
11/19/08 12:10:20
CASH LETTER DETAILS
Inst
Appl
Date
Run C/Ltr Job Name
9800
0001
10/06/08 0237 00001 DEBASIN
Original Cash Letter Number :
Hash Total . . . . . . . . . :
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
00000
O
10/06/08
00002
00001
00002
D
DEBASIN
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
Date Added . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
(
:
:
:
:
A )
10/06/08
00/00/00
00:00:00
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
The Cash Letter Details screens display detailed information for the selected cash letter
key fields redisplayed near the top of the screen. These fields remain displayed on all of
the detailed Cash Letter screens for identification and reference purposes.
Fields
ORIGINAL CASH
LETTER NUMBER
5N
Number that identifies the incoming cash letter.
BALANCE STATUS
1C
Code that indicates whether the cash letter is in balance or out

of balance. The values are:
B
= Balanced
M
R
S
O
= Out of balance
P
Q
T
August 2009
722
FILEMENU
File Management
BALANCE STATUS
DATE
6N
Date that TRAMS assigned the balance status to the cash letter
(shown in user-defined format).
NBR OF OUT OF
BALANCE BATCHES
5N
Number of batches in the cash letter that did not balance back to
their batch headers.
BEGINNING BATCH
NUMBER
5N
Number identifying the first batch contained in the cash letter.
ENDING BATCH
NUMBER
5N
Number identifying the last batch contained in the cash letter.
BALANCING METHOD
1C

original cash letter amounts against the system-calculated cash
letter amounts. The values are:
D
= Do not balance. In this case, all original count
and amount fields on subsequent screens are
G
= Gross method. The calculated debits and
credits are added together and compared to the
credit adjustments.
N
plus Debit adjustments minus credit
additional field D/C on the screen which
indicates whether the original amount is a debit
or credit value.
P
negative).
S
August 2009
723
FILEMENU
File Management

negative.
Values are set on the application record. Counts (total number of

items), when supplied, are used for balancing. When the count is
zero, the COUNT field is disregarded.
FILE PATH NAME

8C
Name of the filepath used to control processing of the record.
HASH TOTAL
13N

checking.
RECORD STATUS
1C
Code identifying the current maintenance status of the cash

letter header record. The values are:
A
= Active
B
C
D
= Duplicate
E
I
N
= New
P
= Purge
R
= Reject
S
= Suspense.
DATE ADDED
6N
Date that the cash letter record was added to the system, shown
LAST MAINTENANCE
BY
5C

cash letter information.
DATE OF LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
System-supplied date on which the cash letter information was

last updated, shown in user-defined format.
TIME OF LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Time of day at which the cash letter information was last

updated.
August 2009
724
FILEMENU
File Management
CASHLIST2Cash Optional Fields Detail

(
----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS 08.2 COMPLIANCE (8.30)
(T)
11/19/08 12:14:51
CASH OPTIONAL FIELDS DETAIL
More:
PROC
JOB
RECORD
INST
APPL
DATE
RUN
C/LTR
NAME
NAME
9800
0001
10/06/08
0237
00001
DEBASIN
CASHOPT
LETTER BANK NUMBER
CASH DATE
MONTH AND DAY PORTION OF DATE
YEAR
LETTER SOURCE
ADJUSTMENT AMOUNT
ERROR INDICATOR
ERROR FIELD NUMBER
ORIG CASH HEADER NBR
POSTING FLAG
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
F5=REFRSH
)
000000 )
0000 )
00 )
)
)
0000 )
000 )
00147 )
)
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
the Cash Letter Details screen.
Fields
(CASH OPTIONAL
FIELD)

file header record. The optional field record definition is created
in TRAMS/AG.
If no optional fields exist on the records, this screen does not

display.
When you finish viewing the Cash Letter Details screen or the Cash Optional Fields Detail
screen, if applicable, press Enter to proceed to the second Cash Letter Totals screen.
Cash letter totals
If you press Enter while displaying the Cash Letter Details screen, the system displays a
screen similar to the one following page.
August 2009
725
FILEMENU
File Management
CASHLIST3Cash Letter Totals

(
T)
12/13/01 15:22:44
CASH LETTER TOTALS
Balancing
Out of Bal
Inst Appl
Currency
Date
Run C/Ltr Job Name
Method
Batches
9800 0001
840
10/06/08 0237 00001 DEBASIN
N
00002
Original Amount
:
Original Debits
:
Original Credits :
Original Memos
:
Debit Adjustments :
Credit Adjustments:
Original Net Amt :
Calculated
Calculated
Calculated
Calculated
Debits :
Credits:
Memos :
Net Amt:
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
(
:
:
(
Items
6
4
2
0
0
0
6
) (
)
.00
.00
143.18
2
0
0
2
F5=REFRSH
Source Amount
143.18
286.36
143.18
F6=END
D/C
( D )
143.18
.00
Base Amount
143.18
.00
143.18
143.18
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen contains both count and amount totals for the specified cash letter. Key fields
redisplay near the top of the screen. An additional field, CURRENCY, also displays in this
location. This field identifies the source currency for transactions in the cash letter; that is,
the currency of the transactions on the incoming cash letter.
Fields
ITEMS
9N

included in the cash letter.
SOURCE AMOUNT
21C

transactions included in the cash letter, expressed in the cash
letters source currency. For example, if the incoming cash
letters transactions represented marks, these values are
expressed in marks.
D/C
1C
Code that indicates if the associated settlement amount is a

debit or a credit amount. The values are:
C
= Credit
D
= Debit.
August 2009
726

transactions included in the cash letter, expressed in the
currency that your organization uses to process TRAMS. For
example, if your organization processes and balances TRAMS
using Canadian dollars, these values are expressed in Canadian
dollars.
BASE AMOUNT
21C
FILEMENU
File Management
Under these column headings, only certain fields are open for input.
The remainder of the fields on the screen are protected. The
balancing method (as identified on the CASHLIST1 screen)
determines which fields are protected.
ORIGINAL AMOUNT
21N
Count and amount of all transactions in the cash letter as

identified in the incoming cash letter header record. If the
balancing method is D or S, this value is protected in update
mode.
ORIGINAL DEBITS
21N
Total count and amount of debit transactions in the cash letter

according to its incoming cash letter header. If the balancing
method is G, N, P, or D, these fields are protected in update
mode.
ORIGINAL CREDITS
21N
Total count and amount of credit transactions in the cash letter

according to its incoming cash letter header. If the balancing
method is G, N, P, or D, these fields are protected in update
mode.
ORIGINAL MEMOS
21N
Count of memo items in the cash letter according to its

incoming cash letter header.
DEBIT ADJUSTMENTS
21N
Monetary value of any debit adjustments made to the cash letter

during processing and settlement. If you increase the value for
field.
CREDIT
ADJUSTMENTS
21N
Monetary value of any credit adjustments made to the cash

letter during processing and settlement. If you decrease the
value for ORIGINAL AMOUNT, the amount of the increase is
placed in this field.
August 2009
727

FILEMENU
File Management

field as a negative value
field as a positive value
ADJUSTMENTS field as a negative value
TRAMS offers only one opportunity to adjust the original debit,

credit, and memo count and amount fields. Any adjustments you
make must balance the values with the calculated debit, credit, and
memo values reflected on this screen. If you attempt to make any
subsequent adjustments once balancing is achieved, TRAMS
ORIGINAL NET AMT

21N
Total count and amount of transactions in the cash letter

according to its incoming cash letter header.
CALCULATED DEBITS
21N

cash letter.
CALCULATED
CREDITS
21N

the cash letter.
CALCULATED
MEMOS
21N
System-calculated count of memo transactions in the cash letter.
CALCULATED NET
AMT
21N
System-calculated total item count and monetary value of the

transactions in the cash letter.
When you have finished viewing the screen, press Enter to proceed to the Cash Letter
Destinations screen.
Cash letter destinations
If you selected Destinations from the Cash Letter Details screen, the system displays a
August 2009
728
FILEMENU
File Management
CASHLIST4Cash Letter Destinations

(
11/19/08 12:21:56
Nbr
CASH LETTER DESTINATIONS
More:
Inst Appl
Dests
Date
Run C/Ltr Job Name
9800 0001
02
10/06/08 0237 00001 DEBASIN
Destination
9000
9550
0001
0001
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
Primary
P
S
F5=REFRSH
Status
R
R
F6=END
Status Run
0239
0253
F7=BKWD
Status Date
10/06/08
10/06/08
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen contains information about the institution/application to which the cash letter
is routed. Key fields redisplay near the top of the screen. An additional field, NBR DESTS,
also displays in this location. This field indicates the number of destinations established
for this cash letter. All of the fields on this screen are protected and cannot be changed.
help with paging.
As with files, cash letter destinations are classified into two categories: primary and
secondary. The primary destination is the institution and application to which the cash
letter is routed for monetary purposes. Secondary destinations are those to which the file is
routed for reporting, tracking, and other non-monetary purposes. A cash letter can have up
to 50 destinations.
Fields
DESTINATION
2N
August 2009
Combination of institution and application numbers that

uniquely identifies the destination within TRAMS.
729
FILEMENU
File Management
PRIMARY
1C
Flag that indicates whether the destination is the primary or

secondary destination for the transactions in the cash letter. The
values are:
P
= Primary
S
= Secondary.
STATUS
1C
Current status of the destination. The values are:

A
= Available
S
R
P
= Purge.
STATUS RUN
4N
Run of TRAMS during which the transactions in the cash letter

were assigned the current destination status.
STATUS DATE
6N
Date on which the status run occurred.

following actions:
results.
any entries you may have made on the current screen.
Batch information
Purpose
This function displays the batches processed by TRAMS. Each batch contains one or more
transactions; batches optionally may be contained within cash letters in the file.
Batch Information functions include specialized handling for certain fastpath commands,
as follows:
FILELIST results in a File Header action list positioned at the file containing the
batch.
CASHLIST results in a Cash Letter action list positioned at the cash letter containing
the batch. If the batch you were on when you issued the command did not belong to
August 2009
730
FILEMENU
File Management
any cash letter, the action list displays blank with a message of STARTING POINT
NOT FOUND.

the batch you were on when you issued the fastpath command.
transaction in the batch. If the batch header you were on when you issued the
command did not contain any rejected transactions, the action list is positioned at the
next rejected transaction in the reject file.
suspended transaction in the batch. If the batch header you were on when you issued
the command did not contain any suspended transactions, the action list is positioned
at the next suspended transaction in the suspense file.
record for the batch letter you were on when you issued the command. If there are no
Hash Total records for the batch letter you are on, the Hash Totals action list is
positioned at the next batch letter Hash Total record.
Accessing batch information
To access this function, select Batch Information from the File Management Menu or type
BATCHLIST in the command line. Press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to
the one following.
August 2009
731
FILEMENU
File Management
BATCHLISTBatch Header Action List

BATCHLIST

BATCH HEADER ACTION LIST
(T)
08/23/06 11:52:47
More:
+

D=Delete S=Search U=Update V=View X=Delete Released J=Jobname
Action
Date
Run
Batch
BthSt RecSt
Inst
Appl
(
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
)
C/Ltr (
) Job Name (
) Merchant (
)
Action Sts Date
Run Batch Merchant Nbr
Net Amount
(
) OA 10/16/06 0001 00001 0000000000000000 9001 1001
14,103.23
(
) OA 10/16/06 0002 00001 0000000000000408 9300 1001
621.06
(
) OA 10/16/06 0002 00002 0000000000000424 9300 1001
1,314.72
(
) OA 10/16/06 0002 00003 0000000000000409 9300 1001
693.06
(
) OA 10/16/06 0002 00004 0000000000000411 9300 1001
1,458.72
(
) OA 10/16/06 0002 00005 0000000000000415 9300 1001
1,161.09
(
) OA 10/16/06 0002 00006 0000000000000403 9300 1001
134.01
(
) OA 10/16/06 0002 00007 0000000000000416 9300 1001
2,503.08
(
) OA 10/16/06 0002 00008 0000000000000419 9300 1001
879.06
(
) OA 10/16/06 0002 00009 0000000000000420 9300 1001
915,06
(
) OA 10/16/06 0002 00010 0000000000000417 9300 1001
156.01
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen displays an action list with the information contained within the batch header
for each batch.
Paging options may apply to this function. After the system reads 100 records, it displays
the message RECORD LIMIT REACHED. ENTER TO CONTINUE OR CANCEL. If you
want to continue looking at additional records, press Enter. If you want to page backward
and forward through only those records already read, press Cancel.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated batch. Valid actions are displayed on the screen.
DATE
8N KEY
Date TRAMS generated the batch header record (shown in

RUN
4N KEY

generated the batch header record.
BATCH
5N KEY
System-assigned number that identifies the batch.
August 2009
732
FILEMENU
File Management
BTHST
1C
Current balancing status of the batch header record. The values

are:
B
= Balanced
C
= Corrupted during reject re-entry
M
R
S
O
= Out of balance
P
Q
T
RECST
1C
Current maintenance status of the batch header record. The

values are:
A
= Active
B
C
D
= Duplicate
E
I
N
= New
P
= Purge
R
= Reject
S
= Suspense.
Both the BTHST and RECST values are reflected in the STS field
within the action list.
INST
4N KEY
Institution with which the batch is associated.
APPL
4N KEY
Application with which the batch is associated.
C/LTR
5N KEY
System-assigned number that identifies the cash letter

containing the batch.
JOB NAME
8C KEY
MERCHANT
17C
Name of the merchant with which the batch is associated.
August 2009
733
FILEMENU
File Management
STS
2C

maintenance status of the batch header record. Refer to the
BTHST and RECST field descriptions for values.
record is present, which means that the batch header record has
changed since the last batch run. The change may reflect a
change to a lower-level record such as the transaction record.
MERCHANT NBR
16N
Number identifying the merchant with which the batch is

associated.
NET AMOUNT
22N
Net (debits less credits) monetary value of the transactions

contained within the batch.
Refer to the Batch header details subtopic for help with resulting screens. If you
results.
any entries you made on this screen.
Batch header details
If you selected a specific batch and action on the preceding Batch Header Display screen,
the system displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
734
FILEMENU
File Management
BATCHLIST1Batch Header Details

(

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T)
08/23/06 11:50:34
BATCH HEADER DETAILS
Inst
Appl
Date
Run C/Ltr Batch Job Name
9300
1001
10/16/06 0002 00000 00009 ESERIPT
Original Cash Letter Number:
Original Batch Number . . :
Original Sequence Number . :
Balance Status . . . . . . :
Balance Status Date . . . :
Balancing Method . . . . . :
Reversal Indicator . . . . :
Visa Processing Date . . . :
MC Processing Date . . . . :
File Path Name . . . . . . :
Hash Total . . . . . . . . :
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0000000000
0000000008
00000000
O
10/16/06
N
Date Added . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
(
:
:
:
:
A )
08/18/06
00/00/00
00:00:00
00/00/00
00/00/00
USERIPT
000000000000000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
Detail screens display detailed information for the batch you selected. Key fields redisplay
near the top of the screen. These fields remain displayed on detailed Batch Header screens
for information and reference purposes.
Fields
ORIGINAL CASH
LETTER NUMBER
10N
Number that identified the incoming cash letter containing the

batch.
ORIGINAL BATCH
NUMBER
10N
Number that identified the incoming batch.
ORIGINAL SEQUENCE
NUMBER
8N
Number that identified the batchs position within the incoming

cash letter or file record.
August 2009
735
FILEMENU
File Management
BALANCE STATUS
1C
Code that indicates whether the batch is balanced against its

batch header. The values are:
B
= Balanced
M
R
S
O
= Out of balance
P
Q
T
BALANCE STATUS
DATE
6N
Date that TRAMS assigned the current balance status to the

batch, shown in user-defined format.
BALANCING METHOD
1C

original batch amounts against the system-calculated batch
amounts. The values are:
D
= Do not balance. In this case, all original count
and amount fields on subsequent screens are
G
= Gross method. Calculated debits and credits
are added together and compared to the
credit adjustments.
N
additional field D/C on the screen which
indicates whether the original amount is a debit
or credit value.
P
negative).
S
August 2009
736
FILEMENU
File Management

negative.
REVERSAL
INDICATOR
1C
User-defined code indicating whether this batch was processed

to reverse a previous batch.
VISA PROCESSING
DATE
6N
Date of any Visa processing involving this batch.
MC PROCESSING
DATE
6N
Date of any MasterCard processing involving this batch.
FILE PATH NAME

8C
Name of the filepath associated with this file.
HASH TOTAL
13N

checking.
RECORD STATUS
1C
Current maintenance status of the batch header record. The

values are:
A
= Active
B
C
D
= Duplicate
E
I
N
= New
P
= Purge
R
= Reject
S
= Suspense.
DATE ADDED
6N
Date on which the batch header was added to TRAMS (shown

in user-defined format).
LAST MAINTENANCE
BY
5C

batch information.
August 2009
737
FILEMENU
File Management
DATE OF LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
System-supplied date on which the batch information was last

updated.
TIME OF LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
Time of day at which the batch information was last updated.
August 2009
738
FILEMENU
File Management
BATCHLIST2Batch Optional Field Display

(
(T)
08/23/06 11:50:59
BATCH OPTIONAL FIELD DISPLAY
More:
+
PROC
JOB
RECORD
INST
APPL
DATE
RUN
C/LTR
BATCH
NAME
NAME
9300
1001
10/16/06
0002
00000
00009
ESERIPT
BTCHOPT
ORG
STORE NUMBER
SOURCE BATCH NUMBER
TRANS CODE IND
LOGIC-MODULE
ITEM QUANTITY
STATUS
POSTING FLAG
SETTLEMENT ACCOUNT
BATCH DATE
REF BATCH SOURCE
REF BATCH NBR
OPERATOR CODE
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
500 )
000000420 )
00000 )
)
000 )
00000000 )
)
)
0 )
0000000 )
00000 )
00000 )
SUZ )
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
the Batch Header Details screen.
Fields
BATCH OPTION

file header record. Optional field record definitions are created
in TRAMS/AG.
If no optional fields exist on the record, this screen does not display.
When you finish viewing the Batch Header Details screen or the Batch Optional Field
Display screen, if applicable, press Enter to proceed and view the Batch Totals screens.
Batch totals
If you press Enter while viewing the Batch Details screen, the system displays a screen
August 2009
739
FILEMENU
File Management
BATCHLIST3Batch Totals (Screen 1)

(
---------------------------------------------------------------------------TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T)
08/23/06 11:51:27
BATCH TOTALS
Balancing
Inst Appl
Currency
Date
Method
9300 1001
826
10/16/06 0002 00000 00009 ESERIPT
N
Original Amount :
Original Debits :
Original Credits :
Original Memos . :
Debit Adjustments
Credit Adjustments
Original Net Amt .
(
:
:
(
:
:
:
Calculated
Calculated
Calculated
Calculated
:
:
:
:
Debits
Credits
Memos .
Net Amt
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
Items
1 ) (
0
0
0 )
0
0
1
Source Amount
999,00
,00
,00
,00
,00
999,00
6
0
0
6
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
D/C
( D )
915,06
,00
Base Amount
1,409.22
.00
915,06
1,409.22
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen contains both count and amount totals for the transactions in the batch. The
screen reflects these values as shown on the incoming batch header as well as those
calculated by TRAMS during processing. This allows you to compare the two and identify
any out-of-balance conditions.
Key fields remain displayed near the top of the screen. An additional field, CURRENCY,
also displays in this location. This field identifies the source currency for transactions in
the batch; that is, the currency of the transactions in the incoming batch.
Fields
ITEMS
9N

included in the batch.
SOURCE AMOUNT
16N

transactions included in the batch, expressed in the batchs
source currency. For example, if transactions in the incoming
batch represented francs, these values are expressed in francs.
D/C
1C
Code that indicates whether the total is a debit or credit amount.
August 2009
740

transactions in the batch, expressed in the currency that your
organization uses to process TRAMS. For example, if your
organization processes and balances TRAMS using pounds,
these values are expressed in pounds.
BASE AMOUNT
16N
FILEMENU
File Management
Only the ITEM and SOURCE AMOUNT fields for ORIGINAL DEBITS,
ORIGINAL CREDITS and ORIGINAL MEMOS are open for entry. The
remainder of the fields on the screen are protected. Certain
balancing methods (as identified on the BATCHLIST3 screen)
require protection of some of the fields otherwise open.
ORIGINAL AMOUNT
16N
Count and amount of all transactions in the batch as identified

in the incoming batch header record. If the balancing method is
D or S, this value is protected in update mode.
ORIGINAL DEBITS
16N
Total count and amount of debit transactions in the batch

according to its incoming batch header. If the balancing method
is G, N, P, or D, these fields are protected in update mode.
ORIGINAL CREDITS
16N
Total count and amount of credit transactions in the batch

according to its incoming batch header. If the balancing method
is G, N, P, or D, these fields are protected in update mode.
ORIGINAL MEMOS
16N
Total count of memo (nonmonetary) transactions in the batch

according to its incoming batch header.
DEBIT ADJUSTMENTS
16N
Monetary value of any debit adjustments made to the batch

during processing and settlement. If you increase the values for
field.
CREDIT
ADJUSTMENTS
16N
Monetary value of any credit adjustments made to the batch

during processing and settlement. If you decrease the values for
ORIGINAL AMOUNT, the amount of the decrease is placed in this
field.
August 2009
741

FILEMENU
File Management

field as a negative value.
ADJUSTMENTS field as a negative value.
TRAMS offers only one opportunity to adjust the ORIGINAL DEBIT,

CREDIT, and MEMO COUNT and AMOUNT fields. Any adjustments
you make must balance the values with the calculated debit, credit,
and memo values reflected on this screen. If you attempt to make
any subsequent adjustments once balancing is achieved, TRAMS
ORIGINAL NET AMT

16N
Total count and net (debits minus credits) amount of

transactions in the batch according to its incoming batch header.
CALCULATED DEBITS
16N

batch.
CALCULATED
CREDITS
16N

the batch.
CALCULATED
MEMOS
16N
System-calculated count of memo transactions in the batch.
CALCULATED NET
AMT
16N
System-calculated total item count and net monetary value of

the transactions in the batch.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to continue reviewing batch totals.
August 2009
742
FILEMENU
File Management
BATCHLIST4Batch Totals (Screen 2)

(
08/23/06 11:51:40
BATCH TOTALS
Inst Appl
Date
9300 1001
10/16/06 0002 00000 00009 ESERIPT
Total Transactions
Accepted Transactions
Db :
6
915,06
Db :
6
915,06
Cr :
0
,00
Cr :
0
,00
Net :
6
915,06
Net :
6
915,06
Memo:
0
Memo:
0
Released Transactions
Rejected Transactions
Db :
0
,00
Db :
0
,00
Cr :
0
,00
Cr :
0
,00
Net :
0
,00
Net :
0
,00
Memo:
0
Memo:
0
Unreleased Transactions
Suspended Transactions
Net :
6
915,06
Db :
0
,00
Memo:
0
Cr :
0
,00
Undetermined Transactions
Net :
0
,00
All :
0
,00
Memo:
0
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen contains a batch totals summary organized according to TRAMS transaction
classification. Key information is redisplayed at the top of the screen. All fields on this
screen are protected and cannot be changed.
Fields
TOTAL
TRANSACTIONS
17N
All transactions processed within the batch.
ACCEPTED
TRANSACTIONS
17N
All transactions that TRAMS accepted without requiring

further handling.
RELEASED
TRANSACTIONS
17N
All transactions that TRAMS released to their destinations from

within the batch.
REJECTED
TRANSACTIONS
17N
All transactions from the batch that TRAMS rejected due to

failed edits, unrecognized formats, or other factors.
August 2009
743
FILEMENU
File Management
UNRELEASED
TRANSACTIONS
17N
All transactions from the batch that TRAMS warehoused for

later release.
SUSPENDED
TRANSACTIONS
17N
All transactions from the batch that TRAMS flagged for further
review and verification.
UNDETERMINED
TRANSACTIONS
17N
All transactions from the batch whose identifications and/or

amounts were not recognized.
DB
17N
Count and monetary value of debit transactions.
CR
17N
Count and monetary value of credit transactions.
NET
17N
Count and net (debits minus credits) monetary value of all

transactions.
MEMO
17N
Count of memo (nonmonetary) transactions.
ALL
17N
For undetermined transactions, values represent the count and

monetary value of all undetermined transactions in the batch.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to proceed and review batch merchant
information.
Batch merchant information
If you press Enter while viewing the second Batch Totals screen, the system displays a
August 2009
744
FILEMENU
File Management
BATCHLIST5Batch Merchant Information (Screen 1)

(
) (V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (H)Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/DATA ENTRY
(T)
07/10/07 10:52:04
BATCH MERCHANT INFORMATION
Inst Appl
Date
9300 0001
10/15/07 0001 00000 00001 USERIPT
Merchant Number . . . . .
Merchant Name . . . . . .
Merchant Street Address .
Merchant City . . . . . .
Merchant Postal Code . .
Sole Proprieter Name . .
Legal Corporate Name . .
Dun & Bradstreet Number .
Card Acceptor Url . . . .
MC/Visa/JCB/PL MCC Codes
Program Registration ID .
Merchant Tax Id . . . . .
MC Category Code . . . .
Original Discount Amount
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
F5=REFRSH
0000000000004441 )
FUN ZONE
123 MAIN STREET
MAITLAND
St/Prov: FL Cntry: USA US
32751
Contact
: 4072998807X655
JONES
ANNA
JONES CORPORATION
000000000000000 SDI . . . . . . : 0
WWW.JONESFORFUN.COM
5999
5999
0000
0000
Pos Data Code . :
598145698
Merchant Type . : 1000NNNN
M3
Visa Category Code . : PCA
Currency Code . . . . : 840
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen contains detailed information about the merchant who originated the
transactions in the batch. Key information redisplays near the top of the screen.
Fields
MERCHANT NUMBER
16N
User-defined number that uniquely identifies this merchant.
MERCHANT NAME
25C
Doing-business-as name of the merchant where the transaction

was initiated.
MERCHANT STREET
ADDRESS
25C
Address where the merchant conducts business.
MERCHANT CITY
21C
City where the merchant resides or conducts business.
ST/PROV
3C
State or province where the merchant resides or conducts

business.
August 2009
745
FILEMENU
File Management
CNTRY
3C
MasterCard or Visa code that indicates the country where the

merchant resides or conducts business.
MERCHANT POSTAL
CODE
10C
Post-office defined code defined to further classify the address

of the merchant.
CONTACT
20C
Telephone number or URL/e-mail address where the merchant

conducts business.
When an URL/e-mail address is specified in MBS, TRAMS will

move only the first 13 positions of a properly formatted URL/e-mail
address to this field.
SOLE PROPRIETOR
NAME
40C
Name of the sole proprietor.
LEGAL CORPORATE
NAME
40C
Merchants legal corporate name.
DUN & BRADSTREET

NUMBER
15N
Merchants Dun and Bradstreet number.
SDI
1N
Service development indicator. Code that identifies a specific

type of transaction activity. The values are:
0
= Not used
1
= Electronic commerce
2
= In-flight commerce
5
= Transponder-initiated
6
= Relationship participant
7
= Deferred billing.
CARD ACCEPTOR
URL
40C
Web site address of the card acceptor.
MC/VISA/JCB/PL MCC
CODES
4N
(appears 4 times)
Merchant category codes defined by MasterCard, Visa, JCB,

and issuers of private label cards to identify the merchants type
of business.
August 2009
746
FILEMENU
File Management
PROGRAM
REGISTRATION ID
3C
MasterCard-assigned identifier used to monitor and track a

participants activity in special programs, such as supermarket,
service industries, payment transactions, gaming, and
warehouse club programs.
POS DATA CODE

12C
Code that identifies the point-of-sale data supplied. Each

position is present and filled with the relevant data.
The asterisk ( *) displayed in position 7 represents the only POS

data code value supplied from the merchants terminal and,
therefore, has no related field in MBS.
MERCHANT TAX ID
14N
MERCHANT TYPE
8C
Type of business.
MC CATEGORY CODE
3C
TRAMS/BC category code that determines this merchants

interchange fee level for MasterCard qualification, if
applicable.
VISA CATEGORY
CODE
3C
TRAMS/BC category code that determines this merchants

interchange fee level for Visa qualification, if applicable.
For information about TRAMS/BC category codes, refer to the

category code listing document on the download page for TRAMS/
BC on the client services Web site at http://visionplus.firstdata.com.
ORIGINAL DISCOUNT
AMOUNT
17N
Window discount applied to this merchants total sales.
CURRENCY CODE
3N
The currency code associated with the original discount

amount.
August 2009
747
FILEMENU
File Management
BATCHLIST5Batch Merchant Information (Screen 2)

(
) (D) DELETE (H) HELP
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/DATA ENTRY
(T)
07/10/07 11:03:10
BATCH MERCHANT INFORMATION
Inst Appl
Date
9300 0001
10/15/07 0001 00000 00001 USERIPT
MC Bin/ICA. . . . . . . : 000000 / 000000
MERCHANT VERIFICATION . :
MASTERCARD ASSIGNED ID. : 444100
EMAIL ADDRESS.:
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
MC Region/MBS Data Flg:
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
/ A
F9=CMDS
Fields
MC BIN
6N
MasterCard BIN number found on the MBS or similar

merchant system organization record.
MC ICA
6N
MasterCard ICA number found on the MBS or similar

merchant system organization record.
MC REGION
1C
Code that identifies the MasterCard region found on the MBS

or similar merchant system organization record.
MBS DATA FLG

1C
Code that identifies if the combination of MC BIN, MC ICA, and

MC REGION was obtained from the TRAMS Institution/
Application record or from MBS or a similar merchant system.
The values are:
A
= Non-cross-border transaction (the Institution/
Application region was used)
August 2009
748
FILEMENU
File Management
Acquirer cross-border transaction (the

Merchant region was used)
Issuer cross-border transaction (the Institution/
Application region was used).
MERCHANT
VERIFICATION
10C
Unique value that identifies the merchant as a participant in the

Select Merchant Fee program.
MASTERCARD
ASSIGNED ID
6C
Identification number that indicates that the merchant qualifies

for a high-volume and industry-specific tiered interchange rate
program.Valid values for the field are supplied by MasterCard
and must be entered on the acquirer presentment and provided
throughout the life cycle of the transaction.
EMAIL ADDRESS
60C
Card acceptor contact e-mail address used for electronic

correspondence with the card acceptor.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to proceed and view batch destinations.
Batch destinations
If you press Enter while reviewing the Batch Merchant Information screen, the system
August 2009
749
FILEMENU
File Management
BATCHLIST6Batch Destinations
(
08/23/06 11:52:31
Nbr
BATCH DESTINATIONS
More:
Inst Appl
Dests
Date
9300 1001
04
10/16/06 0002 00000 00009 ESERIPT
Destination
9001
9550
9450
9001
0001
0004
0001
0001
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
Primary
P
S
P
S
F5=REFRSH
Status
A
A
A
A
F6=END
Status Run
0000
0000
0000
0000
F7=BKWD
Status Date
00/00/00
00/00/00
00/00/00
00/00/00
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen contains information about the various destinations targeted for transactions
within the selected batch. Key information redisplays at the top of the screen. An
additional field, NBR DESTS, also displays in this location. This field indicates the number
of destinations established for this batch. All fields on this screen are protected and cannot
be changed.
As with files and cash letters, batch destinations are classified into two categories: primary
and secondary. The primary destination is the one to which the batch is normally routed.
Secondary destinations are those to which the batch is routed on request by the client
institution or under some exception condition. A batch can have up to 25 destinations.
Fields
DESTINATION
4N/4N
Institution and application combination making up this

destination.
PRIMARY
1C
Flag that indicates whether the destination is the primary

destination for the batch. The values are:
P
= Primary
S
= Secondary.
August 2009
750
FILEMENU
File Management
STATUS
1C
Current release status of the batch. The values are:

A
= Available
S
R
P
= Purge.
STATUS RUN
4N
Processing run of TRAMS during which the batch was assigned

its status in relation to the destination.
STATUS DATE
6N
Date that the destination entered its current status, shown in


following actions:
results.
Hash totals
Purpose
During input processing, the Transaction Management System enables your organization
to perform duplicate header checking. Writing of the Hash Total records is optional. You
can control these records by setting the criteria in the Application record. A Hash Total
record is computed for the particular level of checking you set up. It is a comparison of
these calculated Hash Total records that are used for the duplicate checking process.
Hash Totals information functions include specialized handling for certain fastpath
commands as follows:
FILELIST results in a File Header action list positioned at the File Header for the
Hash Total record you were on when you issued the command.
CASHLIST results in a Cash Letter action list positioned at the Cash Letter for the
Hash Total record you were on when you issued the command.
BATCHLIST results in a Batch Header action list positioned at the Batch Header for
the Hash Total record you were on when you issued the command.
Refer to the Working in TRAMS chapter of this guide for help in entering fastpath
commands.
August 2009
751
FILEMENU
File Management
Accessing hash totals

To access this function, select Hash Totals from the File Management menu or type
HASHTOTALS in the command line and press Enter. The system displays a screen
similar to the one on the following page.
August 2009
752
FILEMENU
File Management
HASHTOTALSHash Total Action List

HASHTOTALS
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
HASH TOTAL ACTION LIST
(T)
12/14/01 08:53:09
More:

S=Search V=View
Action Hdr
(
) (
) (
Action Hdr
Hash Total
Hash Total
Command ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
Seq Nbr
ProcDte
Run#
Inst Appl
) (
) (
) (
) (
)
Seq Nbr
ProcDte
Run#
Inst Appl Sts
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated batch. Valid actions are displayed on the screen.
HDR
1C
TRAMS header type that triggered the creation of this Hash

Total record. The values are:
F
= File header
C
= Cash header
B
= Batch header.
HASH TOTAL
18N
Calculated total of all fields selected for the computation. The

fields used to create this total are selected in the Application
Details screen. (See the Client Information chapter in this
guide).
SEQ NBR
4N
Sequence number used as a tiebreaker on this file. If duplicate

hash totals are detected for a particular header type, this
sequence number increments by one and is used as part of the
key so that a record writes to this file.
August 2009
753
FILEMENU
File Management
PROCDTE
6N
Processing date that the input file was brought into the TRAMS
warehouse.
RUN#
4N
Run number of the input file that was brought into the TRAMS
warehouse.
INST APPL
4N/4N
Two-part field that indicates the source institution and

application numbers of the input file that was brought into the
TRAMS warehouse.
STS
1C
Current status of the Hash Total record. The values are:

A
= Active
P
= Purge (to be purged)
I
= Inactive.
As in all TRAMS action lists, you can search for specific records by typing S in the
ACTION option. You can view the detail of a Hash Total record by entering the exact key or
typing V in the action of the specific Hash Total record desired.
August 2009
Once a match is found, the header is written with a status of D. This

status is bypassed during Process Output. To determine the
duplicate record, you must determine what the Hash Total number is
for the duplicate header and then do a search action on the Hash
Total number. This displays the Action List starting with that
particular Hash Total number followed by any matches.
754
FILEMENU
File Management
HASHTOTALS1Hash Totals Detail

(
) (H) Help
12/14/08 08:53:09
HASH TOTALS DETAIL
Header Type. . . .
Hash Total . . . .
Sequence Nbr . . .
Process Date . . .
Run Number . . . .
Batch Number . . .
Source Inst - Appl
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Calc Db Cnt :
Calc Db Amt :
Calc Cr Cnt :
Calc Cr Amt :
Merchant Nbr:
Act Nbr Hash:
5
16.65
0
.00
0000000000000111
000000000121173495
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
B
Status . . . .
000001211736493000
Date Added. . .
0000
Last Maint By .
061208
Date Last Maint
0002
Time Last Maint
00001
9300 - 0001
User Ref Nbr:
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
Orig
Orig
Orig
Orig
Orig
Orig
Db Cnt :
Db Amt :
Cr Cnt :
Cr Amt :
Bal Cnt:
Bal Amt:
F8=FWRD
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
:
:
:
:
:
A
07/26/99
00/00/00
00:00:00
5
16.65
0
.00
0
.00
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
Any fields not documented here were previously documented for the preceding Hash Total
Action List screen.
Fields
BATCH NUMBER
5N
Variable field depending on the header type. If this is a batch

header, this is the batch number from the original batch header
in TRAMS that was used to create this record. If this is a cash
header, the field displays CASH NUMBER and the number
assigned to the cash letter header. If this is a file header, this
field and its description do not display since there is no
corresponding FILE NUMBER on the TRAMS File Header record.
USER REF NBR

17N
User-defined reference number that can be used in any way the

customer wants. However, it is up to each customer to
customize the hash totaling subroutine to populate this field.
CALC DB CNT
5N
System-calculated count of all debit transactions from the

TRAMS header that was used to create this record.
August 2009
755
FILEMENU
File Management
ORIG DB CNT
5N
Count of all debit transactions from the TRAMS header that

was used to create this record.
CALC DB AMT
13N
System-calculated amount of all debit transactions from the

ORIG DB AMT
13N
Amount of all debit transactions from the TRAMS header that

CALC CR CNT
5N
System-calculated count of all credit transactions from the

ORIG CR CNT
5N
Count of all credit transactions from the TRAMS header that

CALC CR AMT
13N
System-calculated amount of all credit transactions from the

ORIG CR AMT
13N
Amount of all credit transactions from the TRAMS header that

Fields used to build the hash total depend on options selected in

detail screen 3 of the Application control record.
MERCHANT NBR
16N
Merchant number from the batch header used to create the

Batch Hash Total record. This field does not display if you are
viewing the File or Cash Hash Total records.
ORIG BAL CNT

5N
Total count of debit and credit transactions from the TRAMS

header that was used to create this record.
ACT NBR HASH

18N
Sum of the last eight digits of all account numbers (excluding

all trailing zeros) used to create the TRAMS header from which
this Hash Total record was generated. It is populated during
process input runs generated by the Application Generator
(AG).
ORIG BAL AMT

13N
Total amount of debit and credit transactions from the TRAMS

header that was used to create this record.
August 2009
756
FILEMENU
File Management
Warehouse totals
Purpose
After processing, TRAMS enables your organization to route transactions to their
appropriate destinations for further processing such as general ledger posting. However,
your organization can choose to retain certain transactions and release them at a later time
or date. These are called warehoused transactions.
The Warehouse Totals option displays both summary and detailed information about
warehoused transactions. In addition, this option enables you to monitor incoming and
outgoing warehouse activity.
Accessing warehouse totals
To access this function, select Warehouse Totals from the File Management Menu or type
WRHSELIST in the command line. Press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to
the one following.
August 2009
757
FILEMENU
File Management
WRHSELISTWarehouse Totals Action List

WRHSELIST

WAREHOUSE TOTALS ACTION LIST

S=Search V=View
Action
Inst
Appl
Type
(
) (
) (
) (
)
Action
Inst
Appl
Type Sts
( * )
9000
0001
P
A
(
)
9000
0001
S
A
(
)
9001
0001
P
A
(
)
9001
0001
S
A
(
)
9001
0020
P
A
(
)
9450
0001
P
A
(
)
9470
0001
P
A
(
)
9550
0001
P
A
(
)
9550
0001
S
A
(
)
9750
0001
P
A
(
)
9750
0001
S
A
(
)
9750
0002
P
A
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
11/19/08 12:28:20
More:
+
Then press Enter.
Items
32
0
127
7
3
498
10
0
295
2
0
0
F6=END
(T)
Net Amount
32.00
.00
1,038,677.94
219.25
.00
71,317.25
180.00
.00
1,038,796.194,668.00
.00
.00
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
Memos
0
0
0
0
3
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
F9=CMDS
This screen consists of an action list displaying warehouse totals by destination.

Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the Working in TRAMS chapter if
you need help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
Action you want to take concerning the associated warehouse

totals.
INST
4N KEY
Number that uniquely identifies the institution to which

warehoused transactions belong.
APPL
4N KEY
Number that uniquely identifies the application to which

warehoused transactions belong.
TYPE
1C KEY
Code that identifies the type of destination represented by the

institution and application numbers. The values are:
P
= Primary (monetary) destination
S
= Secondary (nonmonetary) destination.
August 2009
758
FILEMENU
File Management
STS
Current status of the warehouse record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
ITEMS
Total count of monetary transactions warehoused for the

associated destination.
NET AMOUNT
21C
Net (debits minus credits) monetary value of the warehoused

transactions, expressed in your organizations base currency.
MEMOS
11N
Total count of memo (nonmonetary) transactions warehoused

for the associated destination.
Refer to the Working in TRAMS chapter for help in searching the action list based
on a key.
Refer to the Warehouse totals topic that follows for help with resulting screens. If
TRAMS chapter in this guide.
results.
any changes you made on this screen.
Warehouse totals
If you decided to review detailed warehouse information using the Warehouse Totals
Action List screen, the system displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
759
FILEMENU
File Management
WRHSELIST1Warehouse Totals
(
) (V) View (H) Help
(T)
03/23/06 13:23:03
WAREHOUSE TOTALS
Inst Appl Type
Status : A
9000 0001 P
Begin Net Amt . :
Begin Balance .
Added Today . .
Released Today
Ending Balance
:
:
:
:
Beginning Memos
Added Today . .
Released Today
Ending Memos .
Ending Net Bal
:
:
:
:
:
.00 D
*********** Debits *********** ********** Credits ***********

0
.00
0
.00
12
2,018.00
0
.00
0
.00
0
.00
12
2,018.00
0
.00
COMMAND ===>
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
0
0
0
0
12
F6=END
2,018.00 D
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
F12=CANCEL
This screen provides an overview of transactions and activity within the warehouse for the
destination that you selected. The institution, application, and type values are redisplayed
near the top of the screen. All fields on this screen are protected and cannot be changed.
Fields
STATUS
1C
Current status of this warehouse record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
BEGIN NET AMOUNT

19N
Count and net (debits minus credits) monetary value of

transactions warehoused at the beginning of todays TRAMS
processing.
BEGIN BALANCE
19N
Count and monetary value of debit and credit transactions

warehoused at the beginning of todays TRAMS processing.
August 2009
760
FILEMENU
File Management
ADDED TODAY
19N

added to the warehouse during todays processing. The system
adds these values to the BEGIN BALANCE values to calculate
todays ending balance.
RELEASED TODAY
19N
Count and monetary value of debit transactions released from

the warehouse during todays processing. The system subtracts
these values from the BEGIN BALANCE values to calculate
todays ending balance.
ENDING BALANCE
19N

warehoused at the end of todays TRAMS processing.
BEGINNING MEMOS
10N
Count of memo (nonmonetary) transactions warehoused at the

beginning of todays TRAMS processing.
ADDED TODAY
19N
Count of memo transactions added to the warehouse during

todays processing. The system adds this value to the BEGINNING
MEMOS value to calculate the ENDING MEMOS value.
RELEASED TODAY
19N
Count of memo transactions released from the warehouse

during todays processing. The system subtracts this value from
the BEGINNING MEMOS value to calculate the ENDING MEMOS
value.
ENDING MEMOS
19N
Count of memo transactions warehoused at the end of todays

TRAMS processing.
ENDING NET BAL

19N
Total count and net (debits minus credits) monetary value of

transactions warehoused at the end of todays TRAMS
processing.

following actions:
results.
August 2009
761
Chapter 8
TRANMENU
Transactions
The Transaction Management System provides online access to any of the transactions
that it processes. Using these capabilities, you can review a transaction in either the
preamble view or in its original view. The display of the preamble includes all data moved
to Transaction file (NCVTRAN) fields such as Visa, MasterCard, and American Express
fields, and destination assignments. The entire original transaction can also be viewed. By
viewing the transaction online, you will be able to see whether the transaction has been
released to one or all destinations and any currency conversion that may have been
performed.
Transaction functions include specialized handling for certain fastpath commands, as
follows:
transaction.
CASHLIST results in a Cash Letter action list positioned at the cash letter containing
the transaction.
BATCHLIST results in a Batch Header action list positioned at the batch containing
the transaction.
REJLIST results in a Reject Transaction action list positioned at the appropriate
transaction or, if the transaction you were on when you issued the command was not a
reject, the next rejected transaction in the reject file.
SUSPLIST results in a Suspense Transaction action list positioned at the appropriate
transaction or, if the transaction you were on when you issued the command was not a
suspended transaction, the next suspended transaction in the suspense file.
commands.
August 2009
81
TRANMENU
Transactions
Accessing transactions
From the TRAMS Main Menu, select the Transactions option, or type the command
TRANMENU in the command line. Press Enter. The system displays a menu similar to
the one following.
August 2009
82
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRANMENUTransaction Display Menu

(
) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TRANMENU
(T)
09/09/03 10:06:40
TRANSACTION DISPLAY MENU
(
1. Display By Reference Number

2. Display By Account Number
COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END
F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS
Using this menu, you can access a listing of transactions based on one of the following
criteria:
Reference NumberThe unique reference number that identifies each transaction.

The reference number is a combination of the date, run, batch, and sequence number
that uniquely identifies the transaction. This is a TRAMS-assigned number.
Account NumberThe number that identifies the account associated with the
transaction. This listing displays in account number order any transactions in the
Transaction database that have an account number in the NCVTRAN account number
field.
The option to search for transactions by account number is not

supported. This search function must be custom-coded.
To select either of these options, enter the number identifying the option in the field
provided and press Enter. Alternatively, use the fastpath command TRNACTLIST to
display transactions by account number, or TRNREFLIST to display transactions by
reference number.
Display by reference number

If you chose to display transactions by reference number, the system displays a screen
August 2009
83
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNREFLISTTransaction Action List (Reference Number)

TRNREFLIST

TRANSACTION ACTION LIST
(T)
09/09/03 09:56:48
More:
- +

S=Search V=View Preamble T=Tran Details O=Output Records
Action
Date
Run
Batch
Seq
Status Tran Code
(
) (
) (
) (
) (
)
(
)
(
)
Action Sts
Date
Run Batch Seq
Inst Appl T/Cd Tran Date
Amount
(
)
A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000002 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03
920.00
(
)
A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000003 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03
930.00
(
)
A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000004 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03
940.00
(
)
A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000005 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03
950.00
(
)
A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000006 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03
960.00
(
)
A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000007 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03
970.00
(
)
A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000008 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03
980.00
(
)
A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000009 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03
990.00
(
)
A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000010 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03
1,000.00
(
)
A A 10/06/03 0014 00001 000001 9300 0001 0040 04/06/03
219.00
(
)
A A 10/06/03 0014 00001 000002 9300 0001 0040 04/05/03
223.00
(
)
A A 10/06/03 0014 00002 000001 9300 0001 0040 04/07/03
200.00
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen lists the transactions within TRAMS beginning with the first item in the
Transaction file and permits you to select a specific transaction or further refine the action
list.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
STS
2C
Two-part field that identifies the processing status of the

transaction and the maintenance status of the record.
DATE
6N Key
Date on which the transaction was processed, in user-defined

format.
RUN
4N Key
TRAMS processing run during which the transaction was

processed.
August 2009
84
TRANMENU
Transactions
BATCH
5N Key
Batch containing the transaction.
SEQ
8N Key
Number identifying the transaction within the batch.
STATUS
1C Key
Status of the transaction. The values are:

A
= Accepted
B
R
= Rejected
S
= Suspended
U
= Undetermined
E
= Reentered reject
L
= Released suspense.
Both transaction and maintenance status codes are shown in the

STS (status) column of the action list. Maintenance status codes are:
A
Active
New
Purge.
TRAN CODE
4N Key
Transaction code of the source (incoming) transaction.
INST
4N
Source institution for the transaction.
APPL
4N
Source application for the transaction.
T/CD
4N
Source transaction code.
TRAN DATE
6N
Date on which the transaction occurred, in user-defined format.
AMOUNT
11N
Monetary value of the transaction in base currency.
continue or complete the function by performing one of the following actions:
If you requested V (view preamble), T (transaction details), or O (output records) as
an action and completed all of the key fields, and the system locates a transaction
August 2009
85
TRANMENU
Transactions
matching the key, the system displays the Transaction Preamble Details (V) screen,
the Original Transaction Details (T) screen, or the Output Record Details (O) screen
for that transaction. If you did not complete all of the key fields, the system redisplays
an action list containing transactions matching the key information provided.
Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object in the list. Press
Enter. If you selected V (view preamble) as your action, the system displays the
Transaction Preamble Details screen. If you selected T (transaction details) as your
action, the system displays the Original Transaction Details screen. If you selected O
(output records) as your action, the system displays the Output Record Details screen.
Turn to the appropriate topic for help with resulting screens. If you selected S
(Search), the system re-displays the action list with the selected transaction as its only
entry.
results.
Display by account number

If you chose to display transactions by account number, the system displays a screen

This process is resource-intensive. Consult with your system
administrator before using this method to list transactions.
August 2009
86
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNACTLISTTransaction Action List (Account Number)

TRNACTLIST

TRANSACTION ACTION LIST
(T)
09/09/03 14:13:14
More:

S=Generic Srch E=Exact Srch V=View Preamble T=Tran Details O=Output Records
Action
Account Number
Proc Dte
Run
Btch
(
) (
) (
) (
) (
)
Sts (
) Code (
)
Action Sts
Account Number
Proc Dte Run Batch Code
Amount
(
) A A 4111XXXXXXXX1111
02/19/03 0164 01216 6286
14.74(
02/19/03 0164 00553 6285
28.12
(
02/19/03 0164 00549 6285
84.49
(
02/19/03 0164 02408 6285
19.17
(
02/19/03 0164 01464 6285
90.66
(
02/19/03 0164 02971 6325
184.80
(
02/19/03 0164 01216 6285
18.98
(
02/19/03 0164 03933 6285
16.41
(
02/19/03 0164 01228 6285
19.60
(
02/19/03 0164 00676 6285
36.88
(
02/19/03 0164 00676 6285
82.45
(
02/19/03 0164 01305 6285
57.73
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen consists of an action list displaying transactions in account number order.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
August 2009
Code that indicates the action to take concerning the associated

object. This action list includes two actions used to search the
list. To perform a generic search, type S in the ACTION field at
the top of the screen and type a full or partial account number in
the appropriate field. Press Enter. The system displays
transactions that match the key value entered. For example, if
you enter S in the ACTION field and enter the account number
and date, the system displays all transactions for that account
number for the date specified. If you enter only the full account
number, the system displays all the transactions in the file
starting with the record that matches this account number. If
you enter a partial account number, the system displays all
transactions whose account number starts with the search key
and all transactions that follow.
87
TRANMENU
Transactions
To search for a specific account number transaction, type E in

the ACTION field at the top of the screen and complete the
account field. This displays an action list with all transactions
that have that account number. Entering an E in the ACTION field
and completing all of the key fields also displays all
transactions with that account number. Entering an E in the
ACTION field and completing the account number and batch field
displays an action list of only those transactions with the
specified account number within that batch. Press Enter. For
example, if you enter E in the ACTION field and enter the
account number and date, the system displays all transactions
for that account number for the date specified. If you only enter
the full account number, the system displays all transactions for
the given account number.
ACCOUNT NUMBER
28N Key
Number of the account to which the transaction applies.
PROC DTE
6N Key
Date on which TRAMS processed the transaction, in userdefined format.
RUN
4N Key
Number of the TRAMS processing run during which the

transaction was processed.
BTCH
5N Key
Number of the batch containing the transaction.
STS
1C
Current maintenance status of the transaction. The values are:

A
= Active
N
= New
P
= Purge.
CODE
4N
Transaction code.
AMOUNT
11N
Monetary value of the transaction.
When you finish viewing the screen (paging forward and backward and using the search
actions as necessary), continue or complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
If you requested V (view preamble), T (transaction details), or O (output records) as
August 2009
88
TRANMENU
Transactions
an action and completed all of the key fields, and the system locates a transaction
matching the key, the system displays the Transaction Preamble Details (V) screen,
the Original Transaction Details (T) screen, or the Output Record Details (O) screen
for that transaction.
Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object in the list. Press
Enter. If you selected V (view preamble) as your action, the system displays the
Transaction Preamble Details screen. If you selected T (transaction details) as your
action, the system displays the Original Transaction Details screen. If you selected O
(output records) as your action, the system displays the Output Record Details screen.
Turn to the appropriate topic for help with resulting screens.
results.
Transaction preamble details

If you chose to access transaction preamble details, the system displays a screen similar to
the one following.
August 2009
89
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNDETAIL1Transaction Preamble Details

(
) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
---------------------------------------------------------------------------TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
(T)
09/09/03 14:27:15
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005
Account Nbr/Type: 5567XXXXXXXX6621
M
Src Tran Code : 0040 D
Network Switch :
Currency Tbl : 12
Src Tran Date : 04/07/03
Destinations
Source Amount :
451.00
Inst Appl Tran Code Sts Run
Date
Src Currency Cd: 840
9001 0001 6275
D
R 0029 10/06/03
Base Amount . :
451.00
9550 0001 0315
C
A 0000 00/00/00
Bse Currency Cd: 840
0000 0000 0000
0000 00/00/00
Prim Dest Amt :
451.00
0000 0000 0000
0000 00/00/00
Prim Dest C/C : 840
0000 0000 0000
0000 00/00/00
Interchange Fee:
10.15
0000 0000 0000
0000 00/00/00
Src Rec Name . : UIDTLTRN
0000 0000 0000
0000 00/00/00
Nbr Orig Aux . : 0005
0000 0000 0000
0000 00/00/00
Reject Reference Number
0000 0000 0000
0000 00/00/00
Date
Run Batch Sequence
0000 0000 0000
0000 00/00/00
00/00/00 0000
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
Note that key information for the transaction is redisplayed near the top of the screen,
including both the transaction status and maintenance status. This information is retained
during the remainder of the function for reference purposes.
The remainder of the screen displays the preamble for the selected transaction. The
preamble is the set of standard fields that TRAMS defines and carries for each transaction.
All preamble values are protected and cannot be changed.
Fields
ACCOUNT NBR
16N
Number identifying the account to which the transaction

applies.
ACCOUNT TYPE
2N
Code assigned to the transaction during process input to further

identify the transaction. Used for report sorting and totaling.
NETWORK SWITCH
10N
User-defined field to identify the network routing.
CURRENCY TBL
Number that identifies the currency table associated with the

transaction.
August 2009
810
TRANMENU
Transactions
DESTINATIONS
Each transaction routes to as many as ten destinations. Values below this heading identify
these destinations.
INST
4N
Number identifying the destination institution.
APPL
4N
Number identifying the destination application.
TRAN
4N
Transaction code of the outgoing transaction.
CODE
1C
Code identifying the outgoing transaction as a debit, credit, or

memo.
STS
1C
Destination status code. The values are:

A
= Available
R
= Released
S
= Partially released.
RUN
4N
TRAMS processing run during which the transaction will be

released to this destination.
DATE
6N
Date on which the transaction will be released to this

destination.
SRC TRAN CODE

4N/1C
Two-part field that identifies the transaction code of the source

(incoming) transaction and whether it is a credit, debit, or
memo transaction. The values are:
D
= Debit
C
= Credit
M
= Memo.
SRC TRAN DATE

6N
Date that the source transaction actually occurred, in userdefined format.
SOURCE AMOUNT
11N
Monetary value of the transaction expressed in its source

currency. An R beside this value indicates a reversal of another
transaction.
SRC CURRENCY CD
1C
Code identifying the transactions source currency.
August 2009
811
TRANMENU
Transactions
BASE AMOUNT
11N
Monetary value of the transaction expressed in your

organizations base currency. An R beside this value indicates a
reversal of another transaction.
BSE CURRENCY CD
1C
Code identifying the base currency.
PRIM DEST AMT

11N
Monetary value of the transaction expressed in the currency

used by its primary destination. An R beside this value indicates
a reversal of another transaction.
PRIM DEST C/C

3C
Code identifying the currency used by the primary destination.
Refer to your Visa, MasterCard, and American Express manuals for

a list of currency codes.
INTERCHANGE FEE
11N
Fee applied to an interchange transaction. This fee applies to the

members participating in the transaction as issuer and acquirer.
For volume-tiered interchange fee merchants, this field shows
the recalculated (including the discount depending on the tier
level) interchange fee amount. For European Union commercial
card merchants, this field shows the recalculated (including the
discount depending on the data level) interchange fee amount.
SRC REC NAME

6C
Name of the record definition applied to this transaction, as

defined within the Application Generator.
NBR ORIG AUX

4N
Original number of auxiliary records making up this

transaction.
REJECT REFERENCE NUMBER
If the transaction was originally rejected and then corrected, the data in the following
fields would identify the reject-correction run.
DATE
6N
Date on which the transaction was rejected, in user-defined

format.
RUN
4N
TRAMS processing run during which the transaction was

rejected.
BATCH
5N
Batch within the Reject file that contains the rejected

transaction.
August 2009
812
Number identifying the rejected transaction within the batch.
SEQUENCE
8N
TRANMENU
Transactions
Based on the switches set in segment processing, the display of the

Transaction screens may vary. Transaction screens include:
Transaction Preamble Details

(Every transaction will include this segment.)
Bankcard Common
Bankcard Merchant
Bankcard MasterCard
Bankcard Visa
Bankcard Reps
VCRFS
Bankcard Special Interchange
Visa PURCHA
Visa PURCHL
Visa Data
Passenger Transport
Vehicle Rental/Lodging
Fleet
Commercial Card Fleet
Visa Fleet
Corporate Common
Corp Line Item Detail
Merchant Registration
Merchant Mailing
MAPP
Fraud
NRI
ICS
Chip Data
Private Label
CMSDATA
MBSDATA.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.
August 2009
813
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG01Bankcard Common (Screen 1)

(
(T)
09/09/03 14:45:58
More:
+
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 BANKCARD COMMON
SOURCE BIN/ICA NUMBER
PRIMARY DEST BIN/ICA NBR
ACQUIRING INST ID
ACTUAL CATEGORY CODE
VOLUME-TIER
DATA LEVEL
SETTLEMENT FLAG
REGION CODE
ISSUER COUNTRY CODE
ANTICIPATED CATEGORY CODE
SUB REGION CODE
CARD PRODUCT TYPE
CARD TYPE
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0009693
0005401
CP0
23
1
USA
CP2
MCF
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen contains information pertinent to Visa and/or MasterCard merchants.
Fields
SOURCE BIN/ICA
NUMBER
7N
Visa identification number or Interbank Card Association

number associated with the transaction, if applicable. The
number is assigned during process input.
PRIMARY DEST BIN/

ICA NBR
7N
Visa identification number or Interbank Card Association

number of the transactions primary destination. The number is
assigned during process input.
ACQUIRING INST ID
11N
Code that identifies the transaction acquirer.
ACTUAL CATEGORY
CODE
3C
Category code indicating the level of interchange currently

applicable to the transaction based on qualification edits
performed.
VOLUME-TIER
1C
Volume-tier level used to determine the merchants interchange

fee based on annual volume. The values are space, 1, and 2.
August 2009
814
TRANMENU
Transactions
DATA LEVEL
1N
TIFT data level, which shows the discount level a transactions

interchange fee will be. The values are 1, 2, and 3.
SETTLEMENT FLAG
1N
Bankcard-related field pertaining to the type of settlement. For

current values, check Visa and MasterCard manuals.
REGION CODE
1C
Visa or MasterCard region in which the transaction originated.

This code is based on the issuer for outgoing interchange
transactions and on the acquirer for incoming transactions. For
current values, check Visa and MasterCard manuals.
ISSUER COUNTRY
CODE
3C
Code that identifies the country of the issuer.
ANTICIPATED
CATEGORY CODE
3C
Category code that is expected to be assigned to the transaction.

This code is based on the qualification level that the merchant is
certified for.
SUB REGION CODE

3C
Subregion code based on the ICA table.
CARD PRODUCT
TYPE
3C
Card product type associated with the account number of this

transaction. This field is populated by a read of the ARDEF
table. Refer to the Visa Edit Package Operations guide for
current valid values and their descriptions.
CARD TYPE
3C
Card type associated with the account number of this

transaction. This field is populated by a read of the ARDEF
table. Refer to the Visa Edit Package Operations guide for
Press the Forward function key to display a second Bankcard Common screen.
August 2009
815
TRANMENU
Transactions

(
(T)
09/10/03 09:23:33
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 BANKCARD COMMON
ACQUIRER REGION CODE
ACQUIRER COUNTRY CODE
ACQUIRER SUB REGION CODE
ACQUIRER REFERENCE NBR
CENTRAL PROCESSING DATE
PROCESSING CODE
REASON CODE
USAGE CODE
AUTHORIZATION CODE
AUTHORIZATION AMOUNT
AUTHORIZATION RESPONSE
AUTHORIZATION SOURCE IND
FOREIGN TRANS AMOUNT
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
1
USA
65418883279008000100052
2003097
000000
0000
000
111451
101.00
0000000000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
ACQUIRER REGION
CODE
1N
Code that identifies the Visa or MasterCard region of the

acquirer.
ACQUIRER COUNTRY
CODE
3C
Code that identifies the country of the acquirer.
ACQUIRER SUB
REGION CODE
1C
MasterCard subregion.
ACQUIRER
REFERENCE NBR
16N
Identification number assigned to the transaction by the

acquirer, used in tracking.
CENTRAL
PROCESSING DATE
6N
Date the original file was processed.
August 2009
816
TRANMENU
Transactions
PROCESSING CODE
6N
Series of digits that describe the effect of a transaction on a

customer account and the type of accounts affected.
REASON CODE
4N
Code that identifies the reason the message was sent.
USAGE CODE
3N
Code that identifies the specific processing cycle of a

chargeback or presentment. For current values, refer to the Visa
and MasterCard manuals.
AUTHORIZATION
CODE
3N
Code issued to this transaction when authorization approval

was obtained.
AUTHORIZATION
AMOUNT
16N
Amount authorized for this transaction. This field is required

for Visa Customer Payment Services (CPS). Refer to the Visa
BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual
for current values and descriptions.
AUTHORIZATION
RESPONSE
1C
Code assigned by Visa at the time of authorization. This field is

required for CPS. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and
Settlement Codes and Processes manual for current values and
descriptions.
AUTHORIZATION
SOURCE IND
3C
Code that identifies the source of authorization for the

transaction.
FOREIGN TRANS
AMOUNT
17N
Transaction amount listed in transaction currency.
Press the Forward function key to display a third Bankcard Common screen.
August 2009
817
TRANMENU
Transactions

(

(T)
07/17/06 14:38:08
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
10/16/06 0413 00001 00000001 BANKCARD COMMON
FOREIGN CURRENCY CODE
FOREIGN CURRENCY EXP
CARDHOLDER ACTIVATED TERMINAL
TERMINAL ID
CARD ACCEPTOR ID
AMOUNT TYPE
MULTIPLE CLEARING/CASHBACK AMT
VALIDATION CODE
CARDHOLDER ID METHOD
MAGNETIC STRIPE READ
POS ENTRY MODE
POS DATA CODE
EXPIRATION DATE
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
000
0
500000000009
40
00000000000000.00
0
90
0000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
FOREIGN CURRENCY
CODE
3N
Code that identifies the acquired currency of the original

transaction.
FOREIGN CURRENCY
EXP
1N
Code that identifies the position of the decimal point.
CARDHOLDER
ACTIVATED
TERMINAL
1N
Code that identifies an unattended customer-activated terminal

from which the transaction originated. Refer to the Visa BASE II
Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual for
current values and descriptions.
TERMINAL ID
8N
Code that identifies the terminal and the location.
CARD ACCEPTOR ID
15N
Code that identifies the card acceptor, such as the merchant or

ATM.
August 2009
818
TRANMENU
Transactions
AMOUNT TYPE
2N
Code used to identify a MasterCard cash-back transaction. The

value is 40.
MULTIPLE CLEARING/
CASHBACK AMT
16N
Cash-back amount submitted in the authorization request.
VALIDATION CODE
1C
Code assigned by Visa at the time of authorization. This field is

required for CPS. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and
Settlement Codes and Processes manual for values and
descriptions.
CARDHOLDER ID
METHOD
1C
Code used to identify the method used to verify the cardholders

identification. The values are:
Space = Not specified
1
= Signature
2
= PIN
3
= Unattended terminal; no PIN pad
4
= Mail/telephone order.
MAGNETIC STRIPE
READ
1N
User-defined field that indicates if the complete magnetic stripe

was read and captured.
POS ENTRY MODE

2C
Code that indicates the mode in which the merchants point-ofsale terminal captures transactions. Refer to the Visa BASE II
current values and descriptions.
POS DATA CODE

12C
Codes that identify point-of-sale data such as terminal

capability, terminal environment, and point-of-interaction (POI)
security data.
EXPIRATION DATE
4N
Date that identifies the year and month the card expires.
Press the Forward function key to display a fourth Bankcard Common screen.
August 2009
819
TRANMENU
Transactions

(

(T)
07/17/06 14:41:56
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
10/16/06 0413 00001 00000001 BANKCARD COMMON
CROSS BORDER MERCH REGION
CROSS BORDER MERCH PREFIX
CROSS BORDER MERCH BIN/ICA
CROSS BORDER MBS DATA FLG
RECONCILIATION AMOUNT
CURRENCY CODE RECONCILIATION
ORIGINAL TRANSACTION AMOUNT
ORIGINAL RECONCILIATION AMOUNT
CONV RATE RECON
RETRIEVAL REF NBR
DOC NEEDED RETR
TRANSACTION TIME
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
00000000
0000000
000000000000
000
000000000000
000000000000
00000000
0
000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
CROSS BORDER
MERCH REGION
1N
Code that identifies the merchants region.
CROSS BORDER
MERCH PREFIX
8N
Prefix that identifies the merchant.
CROSS BORDER
MERCH BIN/ICA
7N
Visa BIN number or MasterCard member ID assigned to this

merchant.
CROSS BORDER MBS

DATA FLG
1C
Code that identifies whether the data used for qualification was
obtained from the TRAMS Institution/Application record or
from the Merchant Bankcard System (MBS) Organization
record. The values are:
A
= Non-cross-border transaction (region obtained
from the Institution/Application record)
August 2009
820
TRANMENU
Transactions
Cross-border issuer (region obtained from the

Institution/Application record)
Cross-border acquirer (region obtained from
the MBS Organization record)
U.S. territory cross-border.
RECONCILIATON
AMOUNT
12N
Monetary value of the transaction amount after being converted

to the members payment currency.
CURRENCY CODE
RECONCILIATION
3N
Code that identifies the currency of the reconciliation or

conversion fee.
ORIGINAL
TRANSACTION
AMOUNT
12N
Monetary value of the original transaction amount.
ORIGINAL
RECONCILIATION
AMOUNT
12N
Monetary value of the original reconciliation amount.
CONV RATE RECON

8N
Rate used to convert the transaction amount to reconciliation

amount.
RETRIEVAL REF NBR

12N
Unique number that identifies a retrieval request.
DOC NEEDED RETR

1N
Code that identifies the document type provided in a retrieval

request.
TRANSACTION TIME
6N
Local time of the transaction.
Press the Forward function key to display a fifth Bankcard Common screen.
August 2009
821
TRANMENU
Transactions

(
(T)
07/17/06 14:42:21
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
10/16/06 0413 00001 00000001 BANKCARD COMMON
TRANSACTION TYPE IND
SCHEME ASSESSMENT IND
SURCHARGE AMOUNT
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
1
0
1.12
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
TRANSACTION TYPE
IND
1C
Transaction type indicator. This field enables CMS to identify

characteristics of a transaction to ensure that the correct issuer
markup fee is applied. The values apply to both Visa and
MasterCard. The values are:
1
= Intraregional, single currency
2
= Intraregional, multi-currency
3
= Interregional, single currency
4
= Interregional, multi-currency.
SCHEME
ASSESSMENT IND
1C
Scheme assessment indicator. This field enables CMS to

identify the type of assessment applied to the transaction by the
card association. The values for the Visa scheme assessment
indicator are:
0
= Card association markup not applied
August 2009
822
TRANMENU
Transactions
Single currency, card association markup

applied
Multi-currency, card association markup
applied.
The values for the MasterCard scheme assessment indicator

are:
0
= Card association markup not applied
1
= Single currency, cross-border transaction
2
= Multi-currency, cross-border transaction
3
= Multi-currency, non-cross-border transaction.
SURCHARGE
AMOUNT
12N
Surcharge amount or convenience fee associated with the

transaction.
details.
August 2009
823
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG02Bankcard Merchant
(
(T)
09/10/03 09:45:17
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 BANKCARD MERCHANT
MER ID NUMBER
MERCHANT NAME
MERCHANT CITY
MERCHANT STATE/PROV
MERCHANT COUNTRY
MERCHANT POSTAL CODE
MERCHANT MCC
MERCHANT PHONE NUMBER
INFO INDICATOR
ACTION INDICATOR
RECORD TYPE
CARD ACCEPTOR URL
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
000000000000000
00000
5541
000-0000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
MER ID NUMBER
15N
Number that uniquely identifies the merchant.
MERCHANT NAME
25C
Doing-business-as (DBA) name of the merchant.
MERCHANT CITY
21C
MERCHANT STATE/
PROV
3C
Code for the state or province where the merchant conducts

business.
MERCHANT
COUNTRY
3C
Code for the country where the merchant conducts business.
MERCHANT POSTAL
CODE
10C
Code identifying the merchants postal region.
August 2009
824
TRANMENU
Transactions
MERCHANT MCC
4N
Code identifying the type of business.
MERCHANT PHONE
NUMBER
10N
Phone number of the merchant.
INFO INDICATOR
1N
Code that identifies whether the supplied merchant phone

number may be given to the cardholder. The values are:
0
= Do not give out information
1
= Give out information.
ACTION INDICATOR
1C
Code that identifies the action requested by the member. For

valid values, refer to your Visa and MasterCard manuals.
RECORD TYPE
4N
Code that identifies the type of record. For valid values, refer to
your Visa and MasterCard manuals.
CARD ACCEPTOR
URL
40C
Web site address of the card acceptor.
details.
August 2009
825
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG03Bankcard MasterCard (Screen 1)

(
(F)
09/24/07 12:03:45
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
10/15/07 0002 00001 00000001 BANKCARD MASTERCARD
SOURCE PREFIX
AUTHORIZATION DATE
BANKNET NUMBER
AUTH TIME STAMP
PROMOTION CODE
TIPS INDICATOR
ACCOUNT LEVEL PARTICIPATION
EC SECURITY LEVEL CD
UCAF COLLECTION IND
PAYPASS MAPPING INDICATOR
FUNCTION CODE
CARDHOLDER BILLING FEE AMT
CARDHOLDER BILLING CONV RATE
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
00513015
07288
100000000
00000000
N
00
0
000
00000000
00000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
SOURCE PREFIX
6N
First six digits of the cardholder number used during

qualification to read the MasterCard ICA table.
AUTHORIZATION
DATE
6N
Date the authorization was obtained from Banknet.
BANKNET NUMBER
9C
Unique number assigned to the transaction by MasterCard

when an authorization is processed.
AUTH TIME STAMP

6N
Time at which the authorization request was obtained.
PROMOTION CODE
2C
Code that provides a member the ability to calculate and track

value-added cardholder services and promotions.
TIPS INDICATOR
2C
Travel Industry Premier Service indicator that informs the

issuer that the transaction involves a cardholder enrolled in the
August 2009
826
TRANMENU
Transactions
merchants frequent customer program and the transaction may

not have magnetic stripe data present.
ACCOUNT LEVEL
PARTICIPATION
1C
Code that indicates whether this account participates in

Account Level Management processing. The values are:
Y
= Account participates in Account Level
Management processing
N
= Not an Account Level Management processing
participant.
EC SECURITY LEVEL
CD
2C
Code that indicates the type of security associated with the

transaction. The values are:
Position 1
= Security protocol
Position 2
= Cardholder authentication.
UCAF COLLECTION
IND
1N
Code that indicates whether the merchant supports the

Universal Card Authentication field (UCAF) and if the UCAF
data field was populated in the 0100 authorization message. The
values are:
0
= UCAF data collection is not supported at the
merchants Web site.
1
= UCAF data collection is supported by the
merchant, but the UCAF data field was not
populated.
2
= UCAF data collection is supported by the
merchant, and the UCAF data field was
populated.
PAYPASS MAPPING
INDICATOR
1C
Code that indicates whether the issuer participates in the

MasterCard PayPass Mapping Service. Refer to your
MasterCard documentation for values.
FUNCTION CODE
3N
Code that identifies the specific purpose of a message.
CARDHOLDER
BILLING FEE AMT
8N
Currency conversion revenue that the card-issuing institution is

to receive from the cardholder billing amount.
CARDHOLDER
BILLING CONV RATE
8N
Rate used to convert the transaction amount to the cardholder

billing amount.
Press the Forward function key to display a second MasterCard screen.
August 2009
827
TRANMENU
Transactions

(
(F)
09/24/07 11:52:09
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
INTERCHANGE RATE DESIGNATOR
FEE COLLECTION CONTROL NBR
ORIGINAL REASON CODE
MASTERCOM CONTROL NUMBER
PARTIAL TRANSACTION AMOUNT
PARTIAL TRANS AMT CURR CODE
ORIGINATING MESSAGE FORMAT
RISK MANAGEMENT CODE
EXTENDED SERVICE CODE
CROSS BORDER
TRANSACTION CATEGORY IND
CUSTOM IDENTIFIER TYPE
CUSTOM ID DETAIL (1-48)
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
75
00000000000000000
0000
0000000000000
000
0
00000000000
000
00
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
INTERCHANGE RATE
DESIGNATOR
2C
Code that identifies the interchange rate associated with the

transaction.
FEE COLLECTION
CONTROL NBR
17N
Financial control number (reference number) assigned by the

fee collection message originator.
ORIGINAL REASON
CODE
3N
Reason code associated with the original transaction.
MASTERCOM
CONTROL NUMBER
7C
MasterCom PC Endpoint number used to route chargeback and

retrieval documentation.
PARTIAL
TRANSACTION
AMOUNT
12N
Amount of the partial transaction in the first presentment.
August 2009
828
TRANMENU
Transactions
PARTIAL TRANS AMT

CURR CODE
3N
Code that identifies the partial amount currency.
ORIGINATING
MESSAGE FORMAT
1N
Code that identifies the message format in which the clearing

system received the message.
RISK MANAGEMENT
CODE
11N
Approval code provided by MasterCard on a first presentment

that was rejected for failing dollar value edits.
EXTENDED SERVICE
CODE
3N
Code that determines the chip compliance.
CROSS BORDER
2N
Two-part field that indicates the transactions cross-border

status. The first part identifies whether the transaction qualifies
as a cross-border transaction and could be subject to crossborder transaction fees. The values are:
Y
= Transaction qualifies as a cross-border
transaction
N
= Transaction does not qualify as a cross-border
transaction.
The second part identifies whether the transaction was
submitted to MasterCard in the local currency of the merchant.
The values are:
Y
= Transaction submitted in local currency of
merchant
N
= Transaction not submitted in local currency of
merchant.
TRANSACTION
CATEGORY IND
2N
Code that provides additional transaction information, such as

whether the transaction is a Low Value Payment Service
transaction. Refer to your MasterCard documentation for
values.
CUSTOM IDENTIFIER
TYPE
6C
Code that identifies the type of custom information displayed in

the CUSTOM DETAIL (148) and (4976) fields (for example,
CUSORD for customer order) for a corporate card transaction.
Refer to your MasterCard documentation for valid values.
August 2009
829
CUSTOM ID DETAIL
(148)
48C
TRANMENU
Transactions
Custom information pertinent to the transaction, used to qualify

the transaction for European corporate card incentive
interchange rates.
Press the Forward function key to display a third MasterCard screen.
August 2009
830
TRANMENU
Transactions

(
(T)
01/08/08 15:29:39
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
CUSTOM ID DETAIL (49-76)
POI CURR CNV TYPE
POI CURR CNV AMT
POI CURR CNV CURR CD
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
58
000000000250
124
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
CUSTOM ID DETAIL
(4976)
28C
Custom information pertinent to the transaction, used to qualify

the transaction for European corporate card incentive
interchange rates.
POI CURR CNV TYPE

2N
Code indicating that a point-of-interaction currency conversion

was performed for this transaction. Refer to your MasterCard
documentation for DE 54 (Amounts, Additional) for more
information.
POI CURR CNV AMT

12N
Transaction amount prior to the point-of-interaction currency

conversion.
POI CURR CNV CURR

CD
3N
Currency code prior to the point-of-interaction currency

conversion.
details.
August 2009
831
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG04Bankcard Visa (Screen 1)

(
(T)
01/25/07 14:59:59
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
04/16/07 0298 00001 00000001 BANKCARD VISA
ACQUIRERS BUSINESS ID
POS TERMINAL INDICATOR
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE GOODS IND
PREPAY CARD INDICATOR
SPECIAL CONDITION INDICATOR
SPECIAL CONDITION INDICATOR
REIMBURSEMENT ATTRIBUTE
MAIL/PHONE/ELEC COMMERCE IND
AUTHORIZATION CHARACTER INDIC
INTERNATIONAL FEE INDIC
LOCAL TAX
LOCAL TAX INCLUDED
REQUESTED PAY SERV IND
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
00000000
2
2
0
2
N
0000000.00
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
ACQUIRERS
BUSINESS ID
8N
Unique number assigned to identify the acquirer of the

transaction. Required field on the Visa Draft Data transaction.
POS TERMINAL
INDICATOR
1N
Type of point-of-sale terminal used to generate the transaction.

Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and
Processes manual for current valid values and their
descriptions.
ELECTRONIC
COMMERCE GOODS
IND
2C
Code that identifies the type of goods or services purchased

over the Internet. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and
their descriptions.
PREPAY CARD
INDICATOR
1N
Code that indicates whether the card associated with the

transaction is a prepaid card or not. Refer to the Visa BASE II
August 2009
832
TRANMENU
Transactions
SPECIAL CONDITION
INDICATOR
1N
Code to specify that one or more unique conditions are

applicable to the transaction.
REIMBURSEMENT
ATTRIBUTE
1N
Code designating reimbursement fees applicable to the

transaction. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement
Codes and Processes manual for current valid values and their
descriptions.
MAIL/PHONE/ ELEC
COMMERCE IND
1N
Mail/telephone or electronic commerce code. Refer to the Visa

for current valid values and their descriptions.
AUTHORIZATION
CHARACTER INDIC
1N
Code that identifies if the transaction qualifies for payment

service interchange reimbursement. Refer to the Visa BASE II
INTERNATIONAL FEE
INDIC
1N
Code that indicates whether a transaction has been settled under

the Visa IRF schedule. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and
Settlement Codes and Processes manual for current valid values
and their descriptions.
LOCAL TAX
10N
Amount of the local tax.
LOCAL TAX
INCLUDED
1N
Flag that indicates whether the local tax is included in the

transaction amount. The values are:
0
= Tax not included
1
= National tax included.
REQUESTED PAY
SERV IND
1N
Custom payment service desired. Refer to the Visa BASE II

Press the Forward function key to display a second Visa screen.
August 2009
833
TRANMENU
Transactions

(
(T)
01/25/07 15:02:17
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
04/16/07 0298 00001 00000001 BANKCARD VISA
AVS RESPONSE CODE
PURCHASE ID FORMAT
PURCHASE ID DESCRIPTION
CRB EXCEPTION INDICATOR
NATIONAL TAX AMT
SINGLE BUSINESS NUMBER
CUST VAT REGISTRATION NBR
COMMODITY CODE
CUSTOMER CODE
OTHER TAX
NATIONAL TAX INCLUDED
BUSINESS FORMAT CODE
SERVICE IDENTIFIER
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
X
1
12345
00000000000000.00
0000000.00
00000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
AVS RESPONSE
CODE
1N
Code generated by the address verification service. Refer to the

Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes
manual for current valid values and their descriptions.
PURCHASE ID
FORMAT
1N
Value that indicates what will be supplied in the purchase

description field. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and
Settlement Codes and Processes manual for current valid values
PURCHASE ID
DESCRIPTION
10C
Field used to send information to further identify the purchase

to the issuer and cardholder.
CRB EXCEPTION
INDICATOR
1N
Card Recovery Bulletin exception code indicator. Refer to the

manual for current valid values and their descriptions.
NATIONAL TAX AMT

17N
Amount of the national tax included in the transaction amount.
August 2009
834
TRANMENU
Transactions
SINGLE BUSINESS
NUMBER
10N
Merchants VAT registration number or the single business

reference number (SBRN).
CUST VAT
REGISTRATION NBR
13C
Customers VAT registration number.
COMMODITY CODE
2N
National standard coding structure for the description of goods.
CUSTOMER CODE
10C
Customers code or the customer reference identifier number

(CRI).
OTHER TAX
10N
Total amount of other taxes incurred.
NATIONAL TAX
INCLUDED
1N
Flag that indicates whether the national tax is included in the

transaction amount. The values are:
0
= Tax not included
1
= National tax included.
BUSINESS FORMAT
CODE
2C
Code that identifies the industry type. The values are:

AI
= Passenger itinerary
LG
= Lodging
CA
= Car rental.
SERVICE IDENTIFIER
1N
Code that identifies the industry associated with the transaction.

Processes manual for current valid values and their
descriptions.
Press the Forward function key to display a third Visa screen.
August 2009
835
TRANMENU
Transactions

(
(T)
07/08/08 13:40:50
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
10/06/08 0015 00002 00000001 BANKCARD VISA
MESSAGE ID
SERVICE DEVELOPMENT INDIC
CHIP CONDITION CODE
POS ENVIRONMENT
CVV2 RESULT CODE
BCFPI - FEE PROGRAM INDICATOR
PRODUCT ID
BUSINESS APPLICATION ID
SOURCE OF FUNDS
PAYMENT REVERSAL REASON CODE
INSTALLMENT TOTAL AMOUNT
INSTALLMENT CURRENCY CODE
NUMBER OF INSTALLMENTS
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0000000000000
000
000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
MESSAGE ID
15C
Unique number assigned to addendum data to link it to the

financial transaction detail.
SERVICE
DEVELOPMENT INDIC
1N
Code that indicates service type. Refer to the Visa BASE II

CHIP CONDITION
CODE
1C
Code that indicates the status of transactions read by magnetic

stripe for chip-based debit and credit cards at MasterCard- and
Visa-compliant terminals. The values are:
Space = Unknown/not applicable
0
= Non-chip card read at chip terminal
1
= Last chip read was successful
2
= Last attempted chip read failed.
POS ENVIRONMENT
1C
Code that indicates that a transaction is a recurring payment.

The values are:
August 2009
836
TRANMENU
Transactions
Space =
R
=
Field not applicable or acquirer did not specify

Recurring payment.
CVV2 RESULT CODE

1C
Visa CVV2 result. The values are:

Space = Field not applicable
M
= CVV2 match
N
= CVV2 no match
P
= Not processed
S
= CVV2 should be on card, but the merchant has
indicated that CVV2 is not present
U
= Issuer is not certified or has not provided Visa
the encryption keys, or both.
BCFPI FEE
PROGRAM
INDICATOR
3C
Fee program indicator assigned by Visa to identify the

interchange fee program for which the transaction qualified.
PRODUCT ID
2C
Visa product identifier, which identifies the card product type

used in the transaction. Refer to your Visa documentation for
current values.
BUSINESS
APPLICATION ID
2C
Code that identifies the type of business application for an

original credit transaction, for example PS (payment for goods
and servicesgeneral). Refer to your Visa documentation for
current values.
SOURCE OF FUNDS
1C
Code that identifies the source of funds in an original credit

1
= Cash
2
= Check
3
= Card
Space = Not used.
PAYMENT REVERSAL
REASON CODE
2C
Code that identifies the reason for a payment reversal in an

original credit transaction, for example 01 (returned check for
nonsufficient funds [NSF]). Refer to your Visa documentation
for current values.
(VISA INSTALLMENT PAYMENTS)
The following fieldsINSTALLMENT TOTAL AMOUNT to NUMBER OF INSTALLMENTS

provide information on installment payments processed through the Installment Payment
Service.
August 2009
837
INSTALLMENT TOTAL
AMOUNT
12N
Total amount of all installment payments.
INSTALLMENT
CURRENCY CODE
3N
Currency code of installment payments.
NUMBER OF
INSTALLMENTS
3N
Total number of installment payments.
TRANMENU
Transactions
Press the Forward function key to display a fourth Visa screen.
August 2009
838
TRANMENU
Transactions

(
(T)
01/15/09 08:16:01
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
04/20/09 0001 00001 00000004 BANKCARD VISA
INSTALLMENT AMOUNT
INSTALLMENT PAYMENT NUMBER
INSTALLMENT FREQUENCY
SENDER REFERENCE NUMBER
SENDER ACCOUNT NUMBER
SENDER NAME
SENDER ADDRESS
SENDER CITY
SENDER STATE
SENDER COUNTRY
DEBIT PRODUCT CODE
SURCHARGE AMOUNT
SURCHARGE CR/DB INDICATOR
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0000000000000
000
0000
0000000.00
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
(VISA INSTALLMENT PAYMENTS)
The following fieldsINSTALLMENT AMOUNT to INSTALLMENT FREQUENCYprovide

information on installment payments processed through the Installment Payment Service.
INSTALLMENT
AMOUNT
12N
Amount of this installment payment.
INSTALLMENT
PAYMENT NUMBER
3N
Payment number of this installment payment.
INSTALLMENT
FREQUENCY
1C
Code that indicates the frequency of installments. Refer to your

Visa documentation for values.
August 2009
839
TRANMENU
Transactions
(MONEY TRANSFER ORIGINAL CREDIT)
The following fieldsSENDER REFERENCE NUMBER to SENDER COUNTRYprovide

information on money transfer original credit transactions.
SENDER REFERENCE
NUMBER
15C
Transaction reference number assigned by the sender.
SENDER ACCOUNT
NUMBER
28C
Senders card number or bank account number from which

funds are to be taken.
SENDER NAME
30C
Name of the person or entity for the account from which funds
are to be taken.
SENDER ADDRESS
35C
Address of the person or entity for the account from which

SENDER CITY
25C
City of the person or entity for the account from which funds
are to be taken.
SENDER STATE
2C
State or province of the person or entity for the account from

which funds are to be taken.
SENDER COUNTRY
3C
Country of the person or entity for the account from which

(ATM FIRST PRESENTMENT)
The following fieldsDEBIT PRODUCT CODE to SURCHARGE CR/DB INDICATORprovide

information on ATM first presentment transactions.
DEBIT PRODUCT
CODE
4N
August 2009
Code that indicates the brand of debit product used. The values
are:
0002 = Visa (default)
0003 = Interlink
0004 = Plus
0006 = MasterCard
0040 = American Express
0041 = Discover Card
0042 = AFFN
0043 = Diners Club
840
TRANMENU
Transactions
SURCHARGE
AMOUNT
8N
Access fee that the ATM acquirer charges to the cardholder for
use of the ATM. Two decimal positions are implied.
SURCHARGE CR/DB
INDICATOR
2C
Indicator that determines if the surcharge fee is debit or credit.

The values are:
CR
= Credit
DR
= Debit.
Press the Forward function key to display a fifth Visa screen.
August 2009
841
TRANMENU
Transactions

(
01/15/09 08:19:20
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
04/20/09 0001 00001 00000004 BANKCARD VISA
SURCHG AMT IN CRDHLDR CURR
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0000000.00
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
(ATM FIRST PRESENTMENTCONTINUED)
The following fieldSURCHG AMT IN CRDHLDR CURRprovides information on ATM

first presentment transactions.
SURCHG AMT IN
CRDHLDR CURR
8N
Access fee amount in the cardholder billing currency.
details.
August 2009
842
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG05Bankcard Reps
(
(T)
07/17/06 14:45:36
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
10/16/06 0537 00001 00000001 BANKCARD REPS
TRANSACTION IDENTIFIER
TOTAL AUTHORIZED AMOUNT
AUTHORIZATION CURRENCY CODE
EXCLUDE TRAN ID REASON
CRS PROCESSING CODE
CHARGEBACK CONDITION CODE
MARKET SPECIFIC AUTH DATA
MULTIPLE CLEARING SEQ COUNT
MULTIPLE CLEARING SEQ NUMBER
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
000000000000000
0000000000000000
840
00
00
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
TRANSACTION
IDENTIFIER
15N
Number assigned by Visa when identifying the transaction. This

is a required field for Custom Payment Service (CPS). Refer to
manual for current values and their descriptions.
TOTAL AUTHORIZED
AMOUNT
16N
Amount for which the transaction was authorized. This field is

required for some CPS transactions. Refer to the Visa BASE II
current values and their descriptions.
AUTHORIZATION
CURRENCY CODE
3N
Code that identifies the currency of the transaction. This is a

required field for CPS. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and
their descriptions.
EXCLUDE TRAN ID
REASON
3C
Code that identifies whether or not the original transaction was

cleared by VisaNet. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and
August 2009
843
TRANMENU
Transactions
Settlement Codes and Processes manual for values and their

descriptions.
CRS PROCESSING
CODE
1N
Chargeback rights indicator. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing

and Settlement Codes and Processes manual for current values
CHARGEBACK
CONDITION CODE
1N
Chargeback condition code for the transaction. Refer to the Visa

for current values and their descriptions.
MARKET SPECIFIC
AUTH DATA
1N
Code that identifies if there is authorization data that is market

specific.
MULTIPLE CLEARING
SEQ COUNT
2N
Total count of clearing transactions within a batch.
MULTIPLE CLEARING
SEQ NUMBER
2N
Sequence of transactions within a batch.
details.
August 2009
844
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNDTLPLVCRFS (Screen 1)
(
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VCRFS
DESTINATION SUB-ADDRESS
RETRIEVAL REQUEST RSN CODE
ISSUER CONTROL NUMBER
TRANSACTION CURRENCY CODE
REQUEST ID
ACCOUNT NUMBER
PURCHASE DATE
TRANSACTION AMOUNT
EXPIRATION DATE
MERCHANT NAME/LOCATION
SIGNATURE
OTHER ERRORS
CONTACT NAME
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
1234567
12
123456789
123
123456789012
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
DESTINATION SUBADDRESS
7N
Issuer RFC sub-address from the RFC advice.
RETRIEVAL REQUEST
RSN CODE
2N
Code that identifies the reason the retrieval request is not being
fulfilled. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement
Codes and Processes manual for values codes and descriptions.
ISSUER CONTROL
NUMBER
9N
Issuer-generated number that uniquely identifies the retrieval

request within the issuer organization.
TRANSACTION
CURRENCY CODE
3C
Currency code of the country in which the transaction took

place.
REQUEST ID
12N
Visa-generated number that uniquely identifies retrieval

requests.
August 2009
845
TRANMENU
Transactions
ACCOUNT NUMBER
1C
Code that indicates if the account number is incorrect, illegible,

or missing from the image.
PURCHASE DATE
1C
Code that indicates if the purchase date is incorrect, illegible, or

missing from the image.
TRANSACTION
AMOUNT
1C
Code that indicates if the transaction amount is incorrect,

illegible, or missing from the image.
EXPIRATION DATE
1C
Code that indicates if the expiration date is incorrect, illegible,

or missing from the image.
MERCHANT NAME/
LOCATION
1C
Code that indicates if the merchant name and/or location is

incorrect, illegible, or missing from the image.
SIGNATURE
1C
Code that indicates if the signature is incorrect, illegible, or

missing from the image.
OTHER ERRORS
1C
Code that indicates if there is a problem with the image not

specified by the other fields. Must be followed by a text
message.
The text message is displayed on the Bankcard Special Interchange

screen.
CONTACT NAME
30C
Name of the person to contact at the issuer site regarding the

dispute.
Press the Forward function key to display a second VCRFS screen.
August 2009
846
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNDTLPLVCRFS (Screen 2)
(
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VCRFS
CONTACT PHONE
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
CONTACT PHONE
16C
August 2009
Telephone number of the person to contact at the issuer site

regarding the dispute.
847
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG06Bankcard Special Interchange (Screen 1)

(
01/31/08 11:54:41
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
DT
04/08/08 0715 00001 00000031 BANKCARD SPECIAL INTRCHG
CHARGEBACK REASON CODE
CHARGEBACK REFERENCE NBR
DOCUMENT INDICATOR
MESSAGE TEXT
MESSAGE TEXT
MESSAGE TEXT
MESSAGE TEXT
ISSUER CONTROL NUMBER
SPECIAL CHARGEBACK INDIC
PARTIAL AMOUNT IND
EDIT EXCLUSION IND
EDIT BYPASS INDICATOR
ACQUIRER RESPONSE CODE
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0060
0000096017
0000000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
CHARGEBACK
REASON CODE
4N
Potential chargeback reason code. For current values, check

MasterCard manuals.
CHARGEBACK
REFERENCE NBR
10N
Tracking number assigned by the issuer. For values, check Visa

and MasterCard manuals.
DOCUMENT
INDICATOR
1C
Status of mailed supporting documentation. For current values,

check Visa and MasterCard manuals.
MESSAGE TEXT
25C
(appears 4 times)
Free-form text message.
ISSUER CONTROL
NUMBER
10N
Unique number assigned by an issuer.
August 2009
848
TRANMENU
Transactions
SPECIAL
CHARGEBACK INDIC
1C
Code used to indicate the chargeback amount is less than the

transaction amount. For current values, check Visa and
MasterCard manuals.
PARTIAL AMOUNT
IND
1C
Code that indicates a chargeback submitted for an amount that

is different from the original transaction amount.
EDIT EXCLUSION IND

1C
Code that indicates a chargeback or representment that began its

life cycle outside of the clearing system. Refer to your
MasterCard manual for further information.
EDIT BYPASS
INDICATOR
1C
Code that identifies chargebacks for which edits will be

bypassed. Refer to your MasterCard manual for further
information.
ACQUIRER
RESPONSE CODE
1C
Response to a retrieval request that the acquirer cannot fulfill.
Press the Forward function key to display a second bankcard special interchange screen.
August 2009
849
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG06Bankcard Special Interchange (Screen 2)

(
01/31/08 11:59:28
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
DT
04/08/08 0715 00001 00000031 BANKCARD SPECIAL INTRCHG
CONTROL NUMBER
RECORD INDICATOR
FAX NUMBER
REQUESTED FULFILL METHOD
ESTABLISHED FULFILL METH
ISSUER RFC BIN
ISSUER RFC SUB-ADDRESS
PROG REG ID
PAY TRAN INIT
MVV
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
00000000000000000
0
0000000
24
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
CONTROL NUMBER
17N
Number assigned by the original record sender.
RECORD INDICATOR
1N
Code that indicates whether the transaction is an original

presentment or a reversal. For current values, check Visa and
MasterCard manuals.
FAX NUMBER
16C
Fax number for participants in automated copy request. For

issuers, this field contains the fax number to which the copy
should be sent. For acquirers, this field contains the fax
confirmation number.
REQUESTED FULFILL
METHOD
1N
Requested method of transaction fulfillment for an automated

issuer. The values are:
0
= Nonautomatic fulfillment requested (Default)
1
= Automatic fulfillment requested.
August 2009
850
TRANMENU
Transactions
If the issuer is not automated, no edit occurs and the field is

overlaid with a zero. If the acquirer does not participate in the
automated RFC service, the request is fulfilled manually.
ESTABLISHED
FULFILL METH
1N
Method of transaction fulfillment. The values are:

0
= The acquirer is not automated
1
= The acquirer is automated.
ISSUER RFC BIN

11N
Code that identifies the endpoint to which automated

fulfillments and non fulfillments should be routed.
ISSUER RFC SUBADDRESS

10C
Public network mailbox for the automated fax issuer.
PROG REG ID
3C
Program registration ID. This identifier is used to monitor and

track a participants activity in special programs, such as
supermarket, service industries, payment transactions, gaming,
and warehouse club programs.
PAY TRAN INIT

3C
Payment transaction initiator. This value indicates that

MasterCard initiated a payment transaction on behalf of a
member. Refer to your MasterCard documentation for values.
MVV
10C
Merchant verification value. This value is assigned by Visa and

used to determine a merchants eligibility to participate in
specific programs.
details.
August 2009
851
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG20Visa PURCHA
(
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VISA PURCHA
DISCOUNT AMOUNT
FREIGHT AMOUNT
DUTY AMOUNT
DEST POSTAL CODE
FROM POSTAL CODE
DEST COUNTRY CODE
UNIQUE VAT REF NUMBER
ORDER DATE
ACCT NUMBER
ACCT NUMBER EXT
FREIGHT VAT TAX AMT
FREIGHT VAT TAX RATE
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
1234567890.12
1234567890.12
1234567890.12
12345-6789
98765-4321
840
121345656788181
061599
4012XXXXXXXX1234
1234567890.12
10.50
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
DISCOUNT AMOUNT
12N
Amount of discount received.
FREIGHT AMOUNT
12N
Charge for shipping.
DUTY AMOUNT
12N
Duty on the total purchase.
DEST POSTAL CODE

10C
Destination postal code where the goods will be delivered.
FROM POSTAL CODE

10C
Postal code from which the items were shipped.
DEST COUNTRY
CODE
3N
Destination country code where the goods will be delivered.
August 2009
852
TRANMENU
Transactions
UNIQUE VAT REF

NUMBER
15N
Unique VAT invoice reference number.
ORDER DATE
6N
Date of the purchase. The date is MM/DD/YY.
ACCT NUMBER
16N
ACCT NUMBER EXT

6N
Account number extension.
FREIGHT VAT TAX

AMT
12N
Value-added tax amount on freight or shipping costs.
FREIGHT VAT TAX

RATE
12N
Value-added tax rate on freight or shipping costs.
details.
August 2009
853
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG21Visa PURCHL
(
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VISA PURCHL
MESSAGE ID
ITEM COMMODITY CODE
ITEM DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
UNIT OF MEASUREMENT
UNIT OF COST
SUPPLY TYPE
VAT TAX AMOUNT
LINE ITEM DETAIL IND
PRODUCT CODE
VAT TAX RATE
LINE ITEM DISCOUNT
LINE ITEM TOTAL
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
123456781234567
ABCDEF012345
BANKCARD SOFTWARE
123456789012
1234567890.12
03
1234567890.12
1
1A2B3C4D5E6F
10.50
1234567890.12
1234567890.12
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
MESSAGE ID
15N
Unique number assigned to addendum data to link it to the

financial transaction detail.
ITEM COMMODITY
CODE
12C
National standard coding structure for the description of this

item.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
20C
Description of the item purchased.
QUANTITY
12N
Number of items purchased.
UNIT OF
MEASUREMENT
10C
Unit of measurement of items purchased.
UNIT OF COST
12N
Cost of each unit.
August 2009
854
TRANMENU
Transactions
SUPPLY TYPE
2C
Type of supply.
VAT TAX AMOUNT

12N
Amount of value-added tax.
LINE ITEM DETAIL IND

1N
Code that identifies the record as part of a set or last item in a

set.
PRODUCT CODE
12C
Code identifying the type of item purchased.
VAT TAX RATE

12N
Rate of the value-added tax.
LINE ITEM DISCOUNT

12N
Discount amount per line item.
LINE ITEM TOTAL

12N
Total line item amount.
details.
August 2009
855
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNDTLPLVisa Data
(
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VISADATA
LAST NAME
FIRST NAME
MIDDLE INITIAL
MERCHANT STREET ADDRESS
MERCHANT CITY
MERCHANT STATE
MERCHANT ZIP
MERCHANT INCORP STATUS
MERCHANT TAX ID
MERCHANT TIN TYPE
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
LAST NAME
10C
Merchants last name.
FIRST NAME
10C
Merchants first name.
MIDDLE INITIAL
1C
Middle initial of the merchant.
MERCHANT STREET
ADDRESS
25C
Street address where the merchant conducts business.
MERCHANT CITY
16C
MERCHANT STATE
2C
State where the merchant conducts business.
August 2009
856
MERCHANT ZIP
9N
ZIP code of the merchant site.
MERCHANT INCORP
STATUS
1C
Merchant incorporation status code.
MERCHANT TAX ID
9N
Merchants federal tax identification number.
MERCHANT TIN TYPE

10N
Merchant tax identification number type code.
TRANMENU
Transactions
details.
August 2009
857
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG07Passenger Transport (Screen 1)

(
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 PASSENGER TRANSPORT
PASSENGER NAME
PASSENGER CUSTOMER CODE
ISSUE DATE
TRAVEL/DEPARTURE DATE
TRAVEL AGENCY
TRAVEL AGENCY NAME
TICKET NUMBER
Restricted Ticket Indicator
ISSUING CARRIER
TOTAL FARE AMOUNT
TOTAL FEE AMOUNT
TOTAL TAX AMOUNT
ExchaNge Ticket AmT
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
10000000000000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
PASSENGER NAME
40C
Name of the passenger to whom the ticket was issued.
PASSENGER
CUSTOMER CODE
17N
Customer code that the cardholder supplied to the merchant

(MasterCard only).
ISSUE DATE
6N
Date the ticket was issued to the customer (MasterCard only).
TRAVEL/DEPARTURE
DATE
6N
Departure date, primarily used by Visa. For MasterCard, this

will be the first trip leg.
TRAVEL AGENCY
25C
Name of the travel agency issuing the ticket.
August 2009
858
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRAVEL AGENCY
NAME
8C
Code assigned to the travel agency.
TICKET NUMBER
15N
Number of the ticket (MasterCard only).
RESTRICTED TICKET
INDICATOR
3N
Code that indicates which restrictions apply to this ticket. Refer

to your Visa manual for valid values.
ISSUING CARRIER
4C
Abbreviation for the airline or railway issuing the ticket.
TOTAL FARE AMOUNT

11N
Amount of the ticket.
TOTAL FEE AMOUNT

11N
Amount of the fees associated with the ticket.
TOTAL TAX AMOUNT

9N
Amount of the taxes associated with the ticket.
EXCHANGE TICKET
AMT
11N
Amount of the exchanged ticket (Visa only).
Press the Forward function key to display a second Passenger Transport screen.
August 2009
859
TRANMENU
Transactions

(
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
ELECTRONIC IMAGING
PASSSENGER (AIR) DATA CODE
CONTROL IDENTIFICATION
EXCHANGE FEE AMOUNT
TRAVEL AUTH CODE
TRAVEL AUTH CODE
IATA CLIENT CODE
TRIP LEG COUNTER
CONJUNCTION TKT NBR
EXCHANGE TICKET NBR
CARRIER CODE
COUPON NUMBER
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
X
X
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
999999999999
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
999
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
999999
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
X
X
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
ELECTRONIC
IMAGING
1N
Code that indicates if electronic imaging was performed on the

ticket.
PASSENGER (AIR)
DATA CODE
1C
Internal switch indicating the quality of the passenger data. The

values are:
A
= All edits passed
S
= Some edits passed
T
= Some format 2 fields missing
X
= Required fields missing or invalid
Y
= Some format 2 fields invalid or missing.
CONTROL
IDENTIFICATION
13C
Unique code assigned by carrier at the time the reservation is

made.
EXCHANGE FEE
AMOUNT
12N
Amount of the fee paid to exchange the ticket.
August 2009
860
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRAVEL AUTH CODE

64C
Code provided by the company to the travel agent authorizing

ticket issuance.
IATA CLIENT CODE

17C
International Air Transportation Association (IATA) code

identifying the company that purchased the ticket.
TRIP LEG COUNTER

3N
Internal trip leg counter.
CONJUNCTION TKT
NBR
15C
Ticket that contains additional coupons on an itinerary that is

more than four segments. Visa uses first occurrence.
MasterCard uses all occurrences.
TRAVEL/DEPARTURE
DATE
6N
Travel departure date.
EXCHANGE TICKET
NBR
15C
New ticket number that is issued when a ticket is exchanged.

Visa uses first occurrence. MasterCard uses all occurrences.
CARRIER CODE
1C
Abbreviation for the airline or railway carrier.
COUPON NUMBER
1C
Number that identifies the specific leg of travel when a ticket

contains several legs of travel.
Press the Forward function key to display a third Passenger Transport screen.
August 2009
861
TRANMENU
Transactions

(
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
SERVICE CLASS
STOP CODE
ORIGIN CITY
DESTINATION CITY
FARE BASIS CODE
FLIGHT NUMBER
DEPARTURE TIME
DEPARTURE TIME SEGMENT
ARRIVAL TIME
ARRIVAL TIME SEGMENT
FARE AMT
FEE AMT
TAX AMT
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
XXXXXXX
X
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
SERVICE CLASS
7C
Service type (for example, coach or first class).
STOP CODE
1C
Code that indicates a nondirect flight or route on the same ticket

number.
ORIGIN CITY
5C
Abbreviation for the airport or railway of the originating city.

DESTINATION CITY
5C
Abbreviation for the airport or railway of the destination city.
FARE BASIS CODE

15C
Alphanumeric code that carriers assign to a particular ticket

type, such as business class or discounted/nonrefundable.
FLIGHT NUMBER
5C
Number assigned by the operating or marketing carrier.
August 2009
862
TRANMENU
Transactions
DEPARTURE TIME
4N
Time of departure (per trip leg).
DEPARTURE TIME
SEGMENT
1C
Indicator of departure time portion (per trip leg). (MasterCard

only.) The values are:
A
= A.M.
P
= P.M.
ARRIVAL TIME
4N
Time of arrival (per trip leg).
ARRIVAL TIME
SEGMENT
1C
Indicator of arrival time portion (per trip leg). (MasterCard

only.) The values are:
A
= A.M.
P
= P.M.
FARE AMT
11N
Amount of the ticket (per trip leg). (MasterCard only).
FEE AMT
9N
Amount of the fee (per trip leg) associated with the ticket.
(MasterCard only.)
TAX AMT
9N
Amount of the taxes (per trip leg) associated with the ticket (per
trip leg). (MasterCard only.)
Press the Forward function key to display a fourth Passenger Transport screen.
August 2009
863
TRANMENU
Transactions

(
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
ENDORSEMENT/RESTRICTIONS
CONJUNCTION TKT NBR
EXCHANGE TICKET NBR
CARRIER CODE
COUPON NUMBER
SERVICE CLASS
STOP CODE
ORIGIN CITY
DESTINATION CITY
FARE BASIS CODE
FLIGHT NUMBER
DEPARTURE TIME
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
ENDORSEMENTS/
RESTRICTIONS
15C
Description of the endorsement or restrictions associated with

this ticket (MasterCard only).
If more than one trip leg is provided, the fields CONJUNCTION

TICKET NUMBER through ENDORSEMENTS/RESTRICTIONS are
repeated for the additional leg(s), up to a maximum of 4
occurrences.
CONJUNCTION TKT
NBR
15C
Ticket that contains additional coupons on an itinerary that is

more than four segments. Visa uses first occurrence.
MasterCard uses all occurrences.
TRAVEL/DEPARTURE
DATE
6N
Travel departure date.
EXCHANGE TICKET
NBR
15C
New ticket number that is issued when a ticket is exchanged.

August 2009
864
TRANMENU
Transactions
CARRIER CODE
1C
Abbreviation for the airline or railway carrier.
COUPON NUMBER
1C
Number that identifies the specific leg of travel when a ticket

contains several legs of travel.
SERVICE CLASS
7C
Service type (for example, coach or first class).
STOP CODE
1C
Code that indicates a nondirect flight or route on the same ticket

number.
ORIGIN CITY
5C
Abbreviation for the airport or railway of the originating city.

DESTINATION CITY
5C
Abbreviation for the airport or railway of the destination city.
FARE BASIS CODE

15C
Alphanumeric code that carriers assign to a particular ticket

type, such as business class or discounted/nonrefundable.
FLIGHT NUMBER
5C
Number assigned by the operating or marketing carrier.
DEPARTURE TIME
4N
Time of departure (per trip leg).
details.
August 2009
865
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG08Vehicle Rental/Lodging (Screen 1)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VEHICLE RENTAL/LODGING
CL DATA CODE
NBR OF ITEM OCCURS
CHECK IN DATE
CHECK OUT DATE
TYPE OF EXTRA CHARGES
NO SHOW INDICATOR
AGREEMENT/FOLIO NBR
RENTER NAME
RENTAL LOCATION CITY
RENTAL LOC ST/PROV
RENTAL LOCATION COUNTRY
RENTAL LOCATION ID
RENTER RETURN CITY
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0001
00000
00000
XXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXX
XXX
XXXXXXXXXX
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
CL DATA CODE
1C
Switch set during TRAMS process input to identify that CL

data passed the defined edits. The values are:
A
= Active edits passed
S
= Some fields missing
X
= Required fields missing or invalid.
NBR OF ITEM
OCCURS
4N
Number of actual vehicle rental and lodging occurrences

contained in this transaction.

CHECK IN DATE
6N
August 2009
Each of the following fields occurs the number of times necessary to

display all occurrences up to a maximum of four times on the
Vehicle Rental/Lodging series of screens.
For lodging transactions this date reflects the check-in date. For
vehicle rental this date reflects the day the vehicle was picked
up.
866
TRANMENU
Transactions
CHECK OUT DATE

6N
For lodging transactions this date reflects the check-out date.

For vehicle rental this date reflects the day the vehicle was
returned.
TYPE OF EXTRA
CHARGES
6C
Code that indicates the type of extra charges included in the

lodging total.
NO SHOW INDICATOR
1C
Code used for no show transactions. Refer to the Visa BASE

II Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual for
values and their descriptions.
AGREEMENT/FOLIO
NBR
10N
Number assigned to identify the transaction.
RENTER NAME
20C
Name of the individual making the rental agreement.
RENTER LOCATION
CITY
18C
City and country where the vehicle was rented.
RENTAL LOC ST/

PROV
3C
State or province where the vehicle was rented, if applicable.
RENTAL LOCATION
COUNTRY
3C
Country where the vehicle was rented.
RENTAL LOCATION ID
10C
Rental agency code, phone number, or address abbreviation

used to identify the rental location.
RENTER RETURN
CITY
18C
City where the vehicle was returned.
Press the Forward function key to display a second vehicle rental/lodging screen.
August 2009
867
TRANMENU
Transactions

(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
RENTER RETURN STE/CNTRY
RETURN LOCATION ID
PHONE NUMBER
CUST SERVICE 800 NBR
RENTAL CLASS
RENTAL RATE INDICATOR
RENTAL RATE
CL TAX INDICATOR
CAR/LODGING TAX AMT
PER MILE INDICATOR
PER MILE RATE
TOTAL MILES INDICATOR
TOTAL MILES
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
00000.00
000000000000
Y
0000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
RENTER RETURN
STE/CNTRY
3C
Code that identifies the state/country where the vehicle was

returned.
RETURN LOCATION
ID
10C
Code used to identify the location of the vehicle rental return.
PHONE NUMBER
10N
Local phone number of a specific property.
CUST SERVICE 800

NBR
10N
Customer service number used to resolve questions.
RENTAL CLASS
2C
Class of vehicle rented.
August 2009
868
TRANMENU
Transactions
RENTAL RATE
INDICATOR
1C
Flag that indicates if a rental rate is supplied. The values are:

Y
= Supplied
Space = Not supplied.
RENTAL RATE
12N
Rental rate charged for the vehicle.
CL TAX INDICATOR
1C
Flag that indicates if a vehicle/lodging tax amount is supplied.

The values are:
Y
= Supplied
CAR/LODGING TAX
AMT
9N
Monetary value of the tax applied to the transaction.
PER MILE INDICATOR

1C
Flag that indicates if a per mile rate is supplied. The values are:
Y
= Supplied
PER MILE RATE

12N
Rate charged for each mile traveled by customer.
TOTAL MILES
INDICATOR
1C
Flag that indicates if total miles are supplied. The values are:
Y
= Supplied
TOTAL MILES
4N
Number of total miles driven by the customer.
Press the Forward function key to display a third vehicle rental/lodging screen.
August 2009
869
TRANMENU
Transactions

(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
MAX FREE MILES INDIC
MAX FREE MILES
INSURANCE INDICATOR
INSURANCE AMOUNT
ADJUSTMENT INDICATOR
ADJUSTMENT AMOUNT
PROGRAM CODE
PHONE INDICATOR
PHONE AMOUNT
REST/ROOM SVC INDICATOR
REST/ROOM SVC AMT
BAR INDICATOR
BAR AMOUNT
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0000
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
MAX FREE MILES
INDIC
1C
Flag that indicates if maximum free miles are supplied. The

values are:
Y
= Supplied
MAX FREE MILES

4N
Number of free miles allowed to a customer for the duration of

the vehicle rental agreement.
INSURANCE
INDICATOR
1C
Code used to specify if insurance was purchased by the

customer.
INSURANCE AMOUNT
12N
Monetary amount charged to the customer for purchasing

vehicle rental insurance.
August 2009
870
TRANMENU
Transactions
ADJUSTMENT
INDICATOR
1C
Code that identifies any miscellaneous charges incurred after

the vehicle was returned. The values are:
Space = No additional charges
A
= Drop-off charges
B
= Delivery charges
C
= Parking expenses
D
= Extra hours
E
= Violations
X
= More than one of the above.
ADJUSTMENT
AMOUNT
12N
Monetary value of miscellaneous vehicle rental charges

incurred after the vehicle was returned.
PROGRAM CODE
2C
Identifies special circumstances, for instance, no show.
PHONE INDICATOR
1C
Flag that indicates if a telephone charge is supplied. The values

are:
Y
= Supplied
PHONE AMOUNT
12N
Total charges for telephone calls.
REST/ROOM SVC
INDICATOR
1C
Flag that indicates if a hotel restaurant or a room service charge

is supplied. The values are:
Y
= Supplied
REST/ROOM SVC AMT

12N
Total amount of hotel restaurant or room service charges.
BAR INDICATOR
1C
Flag that indicates if a bar charge is supplied. The values are:

Y
= Supplied
BAR AMOUNT
12N
Monetary value of bar charges.
Press the Forward function key to display a fourth vehicle rental/lodging screen.
August 2009
871
TRANMENU
Transactions

(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
GIFT SHOP INDICATOR
GIFT SHOP AMOUNT
LAUNDRY INDICATOR
LAUNDRY AMOUNT
OTHER SERVICE CODE
OTHER SERVICE AMT
WEEKLY RATE/RENTAL AMT
FUEL CHARGE
ONE-WAY DROP-OFF
PREPAID EXPENSE
FOLIO CASH ADVANCE
AUTO TOWING AMOUNT
REGULAR MILES AMT
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
GIFT SHOP
INDICATOR
1C
Flag that indicates if a gift shop charge is supplied. The values

are:
Y
= Supplied
GIFT SHOP AMOUNT

12N
Total amount of gift shop expenses.
LAUNDRY INDICATOR
1C
Flag that indicates if a laundry charge is supplied. The values

are:
Y
= Supplied
LAUNDRY AMOUNT
12N
Monetary value of dry cleaning charges.
August 2009
872
TRANMENU
Transactions
OTHER SERVICE
CODE
3C
Code used to define the other service amount applied to the

transaction.
OTHER SERVICE AMT

12N
Total amount of other expenses incurred.
WEEKLY RATE/
RENTAL AMT
12N
Rate charged weekly for the rental.
FUEL CHARGE
12N
Amount charged for fuel.
ONE-WAY DROP-OFF
12N
Charge applied for rentals not returned to the original rental

establishment.
PREPAID EXPENSE
12N
Prepaid expenses on the transaction.
FOLIO CASH
ADVANCE
12N
Cash advance obtained at the lodging establishment.
AUTO TOWING
AMOUNT
12N
Amount charged for auto towing.
REGULAR MILES AMT

12N
Amount charged for the regular miles.
Press the Forward function key to display a fifth vehicle rental/lodging screen.
August 2009
873
TRANMENU
Transactions

(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
EXTRA MILES AMOUNT
LATE RETURN AMT
CORPORATE ID
VALET PARKING AMT
MOVIE AMOUNT
BUSINESS CENTER AMT
HEALTH CLUB AMOUNT
DAYS RENTED
ROOM NIGHTS
TOTAL ROOM TAX
TOTAL NON-ROOM CHARGES
MILES/KILOMETERS INDICATOR
TOTAL AUTHORIZED AMOUNT
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
9999
9999
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
EXTRA MILES
AMOUNT
12N
Amount charged for the extra miles used on the vehicle.
LATE RETURN AMT

12N
Amount charged for the late return of the vehicle.
CORPORATE ID
12C
Unique code that identifies the corporation or entity renting the

vehicle.
VALET PARKING AMT

12N
Amount associated with the use of valet services.
MOVIE AMOUNT
12N
Amount charged for movie rentals.
BUSINESS CENTER
AMT
12N
Amount charged for use of the business center.
August 2009
874
TRANMENU
Transactions
HEALTH CLUB
AMOUNT
12N
Amount charged for use of the health club.
DAYS RENTED
4N
Number of days the vehicle was rented.
ROOM NIGHTS
4N
Number of nights the room was rented.
TOTAL ROOM TAX

12N
Total of all room taxes.
TOTAL NON-ROOM
CHARGES
12N
Total cost for all non-room-related charges.
MILES/KILOMETERS
INDICATOR
1C
Code that indicates whether the charge is based on miles or

kilometers.
TOTAL AUTHORIZED
AMOUNT
12N
Amount reserved on the credit card to cover the anticipated

charges associated with the vehicle rental or lodging stay.
Press the Forward function key to display a sixth vehicle rental/lodging screen.
August 2009
875
TRANMENU
Transactions

(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
EXTRA CHARGES
TOTAL NON-ROOM TAX AMT
FIRE SAFETY ACT INDICATOR
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0000000000.00
0000000000.00
X
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
EXTRA CHARGES
12N
Amount of extra charges associated with the transaction.
TOTAL NON-ROOM
TAX AMT
12N
Total amount of taxes for all items not specifically related to the
room rental during the stay.
FIRE SAFETY ACT

INDICATOR
1C
Code that indicates that the facility is in compliance with local

fire safety laws.
If more than one occurrence of the Vehicle/Lodging addendum data

is provided, the fields CHECK IN DATE through FIRE SAFETY ACT
INDICATOR are repeated up to a maximum of four occurrences.
details.
August 2009
876
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG09Fleet (Screen 1)
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 FLEET
OIL COMPANY BRAND-NAME CD
MERCHANT ADDRESS
PURCHASE TIME
MOTOR FUEL SERVICE TYPE
MOTOR FUEL PRODUCT CODE
MOTOR FUEL UNIT PRICE
MOTOR FUEL UOM
MOTOR FUEL QUANTITY
MOTOR FUEL QUANTITY EXPONENT
MOTOR FUEL SALES-AMT
ODOMETER READING
VEHICLE NUMBER
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
9999
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXX
9999
X
999
999999999999
X
999999
9
999999999999
XXXXXXX
00000000000000654
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
OIL COMPANY
BRAND-NAME CD
4C
Brand name of the merchant oil company.
MERCHANT
ADDRESS
30C
Street address where the product was purchased.
MERCHANT POSTAL
CODE
10C
Postal code of the merchant site.
PURCHASE TIME
4N
Time of day the purchase was made.
MOTOR FUEL
SERVICE TYPE
1C
Type of service.
August 2009
877
TRANMENU
Transactions
MOTOR FUEL
PRODUCT CODE
3N
Motor fuel product code translated by the acquirer from the

information entered by the attendant.
MOTOR FUEL UNIT

PRICE
12N
Motor fuel price per unit.
MOTOR FUEL UOM

1C
Unit of measurement (gallon or liter) for the fuel dispensed.
MOTOR FUEL
QUANTITY
6N
Number of units of fuel purchased.
MOTOR FUEL
QUANTITY
EXPONENT
1N
Number that indicates the location of the decimal point in the

MOTOR FUEL QUANTITY field for MasterCard IPM transactions.
MOTOR FUEL SALESAMT

12N
Product of the value for MOTOR FUEL QUANTITY times the value
for MOTOR FUEL UNIT PRICE.
ODOMETER READING
7C
Vehicle odometer reading entered by the purchaser.
VEHICLE NUMBER
17C
Vehicle number assigned by the business using the fleet card.
Press the Forward function key to display a second Fleet screen.
August 2009
878
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG09Fleet (Screen 2)
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 FLEET
DRIVER/ID NUMBER
PRODUCT TYPE CODE
COUPON/DISCOUNT AMOUNT
TAX AMOUNT 1
TAX AMOUNT 2
NET FUEL PRICE
NET FUEL PRICE EXPONENT
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
X
999999999999
XXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXX
99999999999999
9
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
DRIVER/ID NUMBER
17C
Driver number assigned by the business using the fleet card.
PRODUCT TYPE
CODE
1C
Card magnetic stripe code that indicates which prompts display

at the POS.
COUPON/DISCOUNT
AMOUNT
12N
Amount of the coupon or discount.
TAX AMOUNT 1
12C
Tax amount for corporate use.
TAX AMOUNT 2
12C
Tax amount for corporate use.
August 2009
879
TRANMENU
Transactions
NET FUEL PRICE

12N
Total cost of the fuel purchased, not including fuel taxes.
NET FUEL PRICE

EXPONENT
1N
Exponent that indicates the decimal location for the net fuel
price.
details.
August 2009
880
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG09Commercial Card Fleet (Screen 1)

(

(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 COMMERCIAL CARD - FLEET
FEDERAL NON-FUEL TAX EXEMPT
FEDERAL NON FUEL TAX
FEDERAL FUEL TAX EXEMPT
FEDERAL FUEL TAX
STATE FUEL TAX EMEMPT
STATE FUEL TAX
COUNTY FUEL SALES TAX EXEMPT
COUNTY FUEL SALES TAX
LOCAL NON FUEL TAX EXEMPT
LOCAL NON FUEL TAX
COUNTY MOTOR FUEL TAX EXEMPT
COUNTY MOTOR FUEL TAX
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
1
000000000.00
0
000000000.00
1
00000000.00
1
000000000.0
1
000000000.00
1
000000000.00
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
FEDERAL NON-FUEL
TAX EXEMPT
1N
Flag that indicates whether the item is exempt or nonexempt

from the federal tax (non-fuel). The values are:
0
= Nonexempt
1
= Exempt.
FEDERAL NON FUEL

TAX
12N
Amount of federal tax (non-fuel.
FEDERAL FUEL TAX

EXEMPT
1N

from the federal tax (fuel). The values are:
0
= Nonexempt
1
= Exempt.
FEDERAL FUEL TAX

12N
Amount of federal tax (fuel).
August 2009
881
TRANMENU
Transactions
STATE FUEL TAX

EXEMPT
1N

from the state fuel tax. The values are:
0
= Nonexempt
1
= Exempt.
STATE FUEL TAX

12N
Amount of state fuel tax.
COUNTY FUEL SALES

TAX EXEMPT
1N

from the county fuel sales tax. The values are:
0
= Nonexempt
1
= Exempt.
COUNTY FUEL SALES

TAX
12N
Amount of county fuel sales tax.
LOCAL NON FUEL

TAX EXEMPT
1N

from the non-fuel local sales tax. The values are:
0
= Nonexempt
1
= Exempt.
LOCAL NON FUEL

TAX
12N
Amount of non-fuel local tax.
COUNTY MOTOR
FUEL TAX EXEMPT
1N

from the county motor fuel tax. The values are:
0
= Nonexempt
1
= Exempt.
COUNTY MOTOR
FUEL TAX
12N
Amount of county motor fuel tax.
Press the Forward function key to display a second Commercial Card Fleet screen.
August 2009
882
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG09Commercial Card Fleet (Screen 2)

(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 COMMERCIAL CARD - FLEET
CITY FUEL SALES TAX EXEMPT
CITY FUEL SALES TAX
CITY MOTOR FUEL TAX EXEMPT
CITY MOTOR FUEL TAX
SECONDARY STATE FUEL TAX EXEMPT
SECONDARY STATE FUEL TAX
FEDERAL SALES TAX EXEMPT
FEDERAL SALES TAX
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
1
000000000.00
0
000000000.00
1
000000000.00
000000000.00
1
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
CITY FUEL SALES
TAX EXEMPT
1N

from the city fuel sales tax. The values are:
0
= Nonexempt
1
= Exempt.
CITY FUEL SALES

TAX
12N
Amount of city sales fuel tax.
CITY MOTOR FUEL

TAX EXEMPT
1N

from the city motor fuel tax. The values are:
0
= Nonexempt
1
= Exempt.
CITY MOTOR FUEL

TAX
12N
Amount of city motor fuel tax.
August 2009
883
TRANMENU
Transactions
SECONDARY STATE
FUEL TAX EXEMPT
1N

from the secondary state fuel tax. The values are:
0
= Nonexempt
1
= Exempt.
SECONDARY STATE
FUEL TAX
12N
Amount of secondary state fuel tax.
FEDERAL SALES TAX

EXEMPT
1N

from the federal sales tax. The values are:
0
= Nonexempt
1
= Exempt.
FEDERAL SALES TAX

12N
Amount of federal sales tax.
details.
August 2009
884
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG19Visa Fleet (Screen 1)

(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VISA FLEET
PRODUCT CODE 1
PRODUCT CODE 2
PRODUCT CODE 3
PRODUCT CODE 4
PRODUCT CODE 5
PRODUCT CODE 6
PRODUCT CODE 7
PRODUCT CODE 8
PURCHASE TIME
PURCHASE TYPE
FUEL TYPE
UNIT OF MEASURE
QUANTITY
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
1704
1
26
K
12345678.90123
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
PRODUCT CODE 18
2N
Motor fuel product code.
PURCHASE TIME
4N
Time of day the purchase was made.
PURCHASE TYPE
1N
Code to indicate the type of purchase.
FUEL TYPE
2N
Code for the type of fuel purchased.
UNIT OF MEASURE
1C
Unit of measurement for the fuel dispensed.
QUANTITY
14N
Quantity of fuel purchased.
Press the Forward function key to display a second Visa Fleet screen.
August 2009
885
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG19Visa Fleet (Screen 2)

(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VISA FLEET
UNIT COST
GROSS FUEL PRICE
NET FUEL PRICE
GROSS NON-FUEL PRICE
NET NON-FUEL PRICE
ODOMETER
VAT/TAX RATE
MISC FUEL TAX
MISC FUEL TAX EXEMPT
MISC NON-FUEL TAX
MISC NON-FUEL TAX EXEMPT
SERVICE TYPE
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
12345678.9012
12345678.9012
12345678.9012
1234567890.12
1234567890.12
7654321
10.50
1234567890.12
1
1234567890.12
1
F
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
UNIT COST
12N
Motor fuel price per unit.
GROSS FUEL PRICE

12N
Total cost of the fuel.
NET FUEL PRICE

12N
Net price of the fuel.
GROSS NON-FUEL
PRICE
12N
Total cost of the non-fuel purchase.
NET NON-FUEL PRICE

12N
Net price of the non-fuel purchases.
ODOMETER
12N
Vehicle odometer reading entered by the purchaser.
August 2009
886
TRANMENU
Transactions
VAT/TAX RATE
12N
Rate of the sales tax charged.
MISC FUEL TAX

12N
Amount of miscellaneous fuel tax.
MISC FUEL TAX

EXEMPT
1N

from the miscellaneous fuel tax. The values are:
0
= Nonexempt
1
= Exempt.
MISC NON-FUEL TAX

12N
Amount of miscellaneous non-fuel tax.
MISC NON-FUEL TAX

EXEMPT
1N

from the miscellaneous non-fuel tax. The values are:
0
= Nonexempt
1
= Exempt.
SERVICE TYPE
1C
Code for the type of service.
August 2009
887
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG10Corporate Common (Screen 1)

(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 CORPORATE COMMON
DYNAMIC TRAN CODE
TOTAL TAX AMOUNT
FREIGHT INDICATOR
FREIGHT AMOUNT
DUTY INDICATOR
DUTY AMOUNT
DESTINATION ZIP CODE
MERCHANT TYPE
MERCHANT ZIP CODE
MERCHANT TAX ID
CARD ACCEPTOR REF NBR
MERCHANT STATE/PROV
FROM ZIP CODE
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0000000.00
0000000.00
0000000.00
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
DYNAMIC TRAN
CODE
4N
Code provided to the merchant by the cardholder. Refer to

MasterCard manual for description.
TOTAL TAX AMOUNT

10N
Total amount of sales tax on the total purchase.
FREIGHT INDICATOR
1C
Flag that indicates if a freight amount is supplied. The values

are:
Y
= Supplied
FREIGHT AMOUNT
10N
Monetary value of the freight to the total purchase.
DUTY INDICATOR
1C
Flag that indicates if a duty amount is supplied. The values are:

Y
= Supplied
August 2009
888
TRANMENU
Transactions
DUTY AMOUNT
10N
Duty on the total purchase.
DESTINATION ZIP
CODE
10N
Zip code where the goods will be delivered.
MERCHANT TYPE
8C
Code used to identify the merchants type of business.
MERCHANT ZIP CODE

10N
Zip code of the merchant site.
MERCHANT TAX ID
15N
CARD ACCEPTOR
REF NBR
25C
Number that identifies the card acceptor.
MERCHANT STATE/
PROV
3C
Code identifying U.S. state or province for non-U.S. merchant.
FROM ZIP CODE

10N
Zip code from which items were shipped.
Press the Forward function key to display a second Corporate Common screen.
August 2009
889
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG10Corporate Common (Screen 2)

(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 CORPORATE COMMON
ALT TAX INDICATOR
ALTERNATE TAX AMT
TOTAL TAX COLL IND
DEST COUNTRY CODE
ORDER DATE
CARD ACCEPTOR VAT NUMBER
CUSTOMER VAT NUMBER
UNIQUE INVOICE NUMBER
AUTHORIZED CONTACT NAME
AUTHORIZED CONTACT PHONE
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
X
9999999.99
X
XXX
99999999
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
99999999999999999
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
ALT TAX INDICATOR
1C
Flag that indicates if an alternate tax amount is included in the

purchase amount. The values are:
Y
= Supplied
ALTERNATE TAX AMT

12N
Value of an alternate tax applied to transaction.
TOTAL TAX COLL IND

1C
Flag that indicates a sales tax amount is included in the total

amount. The values are:
Y
= Supplied
DEST COUNTRY
CODE
3C
Code of country where goods will be delivered.
August 2009
890
TRANMENU
Transactions
ORDER DATE
8N
Date the item was ordered.
CARD ACCEPTOR
VAT NUMBER
20C
Card acceptors value-added tax number.
CUSTOMER VAT
NUMBER
20C
Customers value-added tax number.
UNIQUE INVOICE
NUMBER
17C
Unique number created by the card acceptor for this transaction.
AUTHORIZED
CONTACT NAME
36C
Name of a person or company contact for company authorized

purchases.
AUTHORIZED
CONTACT PHONE
17N
Telephone number of a person or company contact for company

authorized purchases.
details.
August 2009
891
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG11Corp Line Item Detail (Screen 1)

(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 CORP LINE ITEM DETAIL
NBR OF ITEM OCCURS
ITEM PRODUCT CODE
ITEM DESCRIPTION
ITEM QUAN INDICATOR
ITEM QUANTITY
ITEM QUANTITY EXPONENT
ITEM UNIT OF MEASURE
ITEM AMOUNT
NET / GROSS IND
VAT RATE APPLIED
VAT TYPE APPLIED
VAT TAX AMOUNT
DISCOUNT INDICATOR
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0001
00000
9
0000000.00
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
Number of actual purchases.
NBR OF ITEM
OCCURS
4N
Each of the following fields occurs up to a maximum of ten times on

the Corp Line Item Detail series of screens to reflect the number of
Corp Line Item Detail addendum records that TRAMS will submit
with a single financial detail.
ITEM PRODUCT CODE

2C
Code identifying type of item purchased.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
15C
Description of the item purchased.
ITEM QUAN
INDICATOR
1C
Code that indicates whether a quantity is supplied. The values

are:
Y
= Supplied
N
= Not supplied.
August 2009
892
TRANMENU
Transactions
ITEM QUANTITY
12N
Quantity of items purchased.
ITEM QUANTITY
EXPONENT
1N
Exponent (or number of decimals) associated with the item

quantity.
ITEM UNIT OF
MEASURE
1C
Unit of measure of items purchased.
ITEM AMOUNT
10N
Amount of the item purchased.
NET / GROSS IND

1C
Net/gross indicator for the item amount. The values are:

Space = Not supported
Y
= Item amount includes the tax amount
N
= Item amount does not include the tax amount.
VAT RATE APPLIED

5N
Rate of the value-added tax applied to the transaction.
VAT TYPE APPLIED

3C
Type of value-added tax applied to this transaction.
VAT TAX AMOUNT

9N
Amount of the value-added tax on the total purchase.
DISCOUNT
INDICATOR
1C
Code that indicates if a discount has been applied to the

Y
= A discount has been applied
N
= No discount has been applied.
Press the Forward function key to display a second Corp Line Item Detail screen.
August 2009
893
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG11Corp Line Item Detail (Screen 2)

(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 CORP LINE ITEM DETAIL
DISCOUNT AMT
ITEM DISCOUNT RATE
ITEM DISCOUNT RATE EXP
DB/CR INDICATOR
ALT TAX ID CD
ALT TAX ID
ITEM TAX AMOUNT
UNIT PRICE
UNIT PRICE EXP
TYPE OF SUPPLY
UNIQUE VAT INVOICE REF NBR
LINE ITEM TOTAL AMOUNT
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0000000.00
99999
9
D
100000001
0000000.00
999999999999
9
XX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
999999999999
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
DISCOUNT AMT
10N
Amount of discount applied to the described item.
ITEM DISCOUNT
RATE
5N
Rate at which the item has been discounted.
ITEM DISCOUNT RATE

EXP
1N
Exponent applied to the item discount rate.
DB/CR INDICATOR
1C
Code that identifies the item as a debit or credit. The values are:
D
= Debit
C
= Credit.
August 2009
894
TRANMENU
Transactions
ALT TAX ID CD
1C
Code that indicates whether an alternate tax amount is included

in the purchase amount. The values are:
Y
= Supplied
ALT TAX ID
15C
Merchants tax identification number or merchant reference

number.
ITEM TAX AMOUNT

9N
Amount of tax applied to the item.
UNIT PRICE
12N
Item price per unit.
UNIT PRICE EXP

1N
Exponent applied to the unit price.
TYPE OF SUPPLY
2C
Code that indicates whether the item is defined as a good or a

service.
UNIQUE VAT INVOICE

REF NBR
17C
Unique value-added tax invoice reference number or tax receipt

number.
LINE ITEM TOTAL

AMOUNT
12N
Total amount of all line items.
If more than one occurrence of the Corporate Line Item addendum

data is provided, the fields ITEM PRODUCT CODE through LINE
ITEM TOTAL AMOUNT are repeated up to a maximum of ten
occurrences.
details.
August 2009
895
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG13Merchant Registration
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 MERCHANT REGISTRATION
MPS IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
MERCH LOC STREET ADDR 1
MERCH LOC STREET ADDR 2
FEDERAL TAXPAYER ID NBR
MERCHANT INC STATUS CODE
SOLE PROP/OWNER LAST NAME
SOLE PROP/OWNER 1ST NAME
SOLE PROP/OWNER MID INIT
UNIQUE VAT INV REF NBR
POSTAL CODE
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
11123456767890987
000000000
32
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
MPS IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
16N
Merchant Profile Service identification number, which is Visasupplied proprietary information. See your Visa documentation
for more information.
MERCH LOC STREET

ADDR 1
15C
Address of the merchant that accepted the card. The first

position must not be a space.
MERCH LOC STREET

ADDR 2
15C
Address of the merchant that accepted the card. The first

position must not be a space.
FEDERAL TAXPAYER
ID NBR
9N
Number assigned by the Internal Revenue Service. If the

merchant is an individual/sole proprietorship, this field contains
the individuals Social Security number.
August 2009
896
TRANMENU
Transactions
MERCHANT INC
STATUS CODE
1N
Code that identifies the incorporation status of the merchant

location. The values are:
0
= Other
1
= Individual/sole proprietorship
2
= Partnership
3
= Corporation.
SOLE PROP/OWNER
LAST NAME
10C
Last name of the owner if the MERCHANT INC STATUS CODE is 1.

This field must contain a nonrepeating, alphanumeric value and
may not be all space-filled or zeros.
SOLE PROP/OWNER
1ST NAME
10C
First name of the owner if the MERCHANT INC STATUS CODE is 1.

This field must contain a nonrepeating, alphanumeric value and
may not be all space-filled or zeros.
SOLE PROP/OWNER
MID INIT
1C
Middle initial of the owner if the MERCHANT INC STATUS CODE is

1.
UNIQUE VAT INV REF

NBR
12N
Unique invoice reference number for value-added tax.
POSTAL CODE
10N
Postal code of the merchants location.
details.
August 2009
897
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG14MAPP (Screen 1)
(

(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 MAPP
TRANSACTION TIME
CARDHOLDER EXPIRATION DTE
TRANSACTION OVERRIDE CODE
TRANSACTION CATEGORY CODE
EDC REFERENCE NUMBER
TERMINAL ID
TIP AMOUNT
AUTHORIZATION DATE
NETWORK SETTLEMENT DATE
DEBIT NETWORK ID
NETWORK SETTLEMENT ID
NETWORK SEQUENCE NUMBER
SERVICE ESTABLISHMENT
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
000000.00
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
TRANSACTION TIME
4N
Time the transaction occurred.
CARDHOLDER
EXPIRATION DTE
8N
Date the card expires.
TRANSACTION
OFERRIDE CODE
1C
Code that indicates whether the transaction should be bypassed.
TRANSACTION
CATEGORY CODE
1C
Code that indicates the type of transaction.
EDC REFERENCE
NUMBER
8N
Number assigned to the transaction when it was electronically

captured.
August 2009
898
TRANMENU
Transactions
TERMINAL ID
5N
Code that identifies the terminal and its location.
TIP AMOUNT
8N
Total amount of the tip.
AUTHORIZATION
DATE
6N
Date the authorization was obtained.
NETWORK
SETTLEMENT DATE
6N
Date the transaction was settled in the network.
DEBIT NETWORK ID
5N
Code that identifies the debit network.
NETWORK
SETTLEMENT ID
5N
Code that identifies the settlement network.
NETWORK
SEQUENCE NUMBER
5N
Number assigned by the network during the clearing of the

transaction.
SERVICE
ESTABLISHMENT
5C
Code that identifies the merchant establishment where the

transaction took place.
Press the Forward function key to display a second MAPP screen.
August 2009
899
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG14MAPP (Screen 2)
(

(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 MAPP
DOWNGRADE CODE
TERMINAL DATE
TERMINAL TIME
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
DOWNGRADE CODE
3C
Code assigned during authorization. For current values, refer to

the Global Payment System manuals.
TERMINAL DATE
6N
Date the transaction occurred at the terminal.
TERMINAL TIME
4N
Time the transaction occurred at the terminal.
details.
August 2009
8100
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG15Fraud (Screen 1)
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 FRAUD
FRAUD PROCESSING DATE
CARD EXPIRATION DATE
ACCOUNT SEQUENCE
FRAUD TYPE
NOTIFICATION CODE
ACCT NBR EXT
RESPONSE CODE
ISSUER GEN AUTH
INVESTIGATE STATUS
MARKET SEGMENT CODE
CARD VALID FROM
MULTI CLR SEQ
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
000000
00
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
FRAUD PROCESSING
DATE
6N
Date the fraud transaction was processed.
CARD EXPIRATION
DATE
6N
Date that the card expires.
ACCOUNT
SEQUENCE
10N
Number that identifies the transaction within the batch.
FRAUD TYPE
1N
Code that identifies the type of fraud activity. Refer to the Visa
for current valid values and their descriptions.
NOTIFICATION CODE
1N
Transaction status. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and

their descriptions.
August 2009
8101
TRANMENU
Transactions
ACCT NBR EXT

5N
Extension for an account number that is greater than 16 digits.
RESPONSE CODE
1N
Code that identifies the type of response contained in this

transaction. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement
Codes and Processes manual for current values and their
descriptions.
ISSUER GEN AUTH

1N
Code that identifies how the authorization was obtained. Refer

to the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and
Processes manual for current values and their descriptions.
MERCHANT POSTAL
CODE
10N
Postal code where the merchant conducts business.
INVESTIGATE
STATUS
2C
User-defined code that indicates the type of fraud investigation

for this transaction.
MARKET SEGMENT
CODE
2C
Code that enables members to specify different parameters

within a BIN. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and
their descriptions.
CARD VALID FROM

6N
Date after which the card is valid.
MULTI CLR SEQ

2N
Multiple clearing sequence number. Sequence of a transaction

within the batch.
Press the Forward function key to display a second Fraud screen.
August 2009
8102
TRANMENU
Transactions
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 FRAUD
CARD ACCEPT ID
TERMINAL ID
TRAVEL AGENCY ID
CASHBACK
AUTH CODE
CARDHOLDER ID
POS ENTRY MODE
POS TERM INDICATOR
CARD CAPABILITY
RECORD TYPE INDICATOR
AUDIT CONTROL NUMBER
FRAUD POSTED DATE
MERCHANT CATEGORY CODE
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
000000000000000
000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
CARD ACCEPT ID
15N
Code assigned to a card accepted at a merchant location.
TERMINAL ID
8N
Terminal and its associated location.
CARD ACCEPT ID and TERMINAL ID work together to specify the
location of the terminal if a merchant has more than one terminal per
address.
TRAVEL AGENCY ID
5C
Code assigned to the travel agent.
CASHBACK
1C
Flag that identifies whether a cashback amount was submitted

in the authorization request. The values are:
Y
= Cashback
N
= No cashback.
August 2009
8103
TRANMENU
Transactions
AUTH CODE
2C
Code issued to this transaction when authorization approval

was obtained.
CARDHOLDER ID
1C
Cardholder identification used by this merchant. Refer to your

Visa Users Manual for more information. The values are:
1
= Signature
2
= PIN
3
= Unattended terminal; no PIN pad
4
= Mail/telephone order.
POS ENTRY MODE

2N
Mode in which the merchants POS captures transactions. Refer

to the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and
POS TERM
INDICATOR
1N
Type of POS terminal used to generate this transaction. Refer to

the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes
CARD CAPABILITY
1N
Code that identifies the card capability for the terminal. Refer to
the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes
RECORD TYPE
INDICATOR
1N
Code that identifies the type of fraud record. The values are:
1
= Fraud information only
2
= Fraud with NRI
3
= NRI only
4
= Convenience check fraud
5
= Convenience check fraud with NRI
6
= Convenience check NRI only.
AUDIT CONTROL
NUMBER
15N
Unique number assigned to each fraudulent transaction reported

to and accepted by SAFE. This number is required to make
changes or deletions to a members file.
FRAUD POSTED
DATE
6N
Date the transaction was posted as fraudulent at the members

site.
MERCHANT
CATEGORY CODE
4N
Code that identifies the type of business.
Press the Forward function key to display a third Fraud screen.
August 2009
8104
TRANMENU
Transactions
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 FRAUD
ORIG TRANSACTION TIME
TRANSACTION AMOUNT
TRANSACTION CURRENCY CODE
TRANSACTION CURRENCY EXP
CARDHOLDER BILL AMOUNT
CARDHOLDER BILL CURR CDE
CARDHOLDER BILL CURR EXP
CARD TYPE
SUB-FRAUD TYPE CODE
SPECIAL CHARGEBACK IND
COUNTERFEIT INS ELIG
DELETE DUPLICATES FLAG
SECURITY BULLETIN NUMBER
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
ORIG TRANSACTION
TIME
4N
Local time the transaction took place at the merchant location.
TRANSACTION
AMOUNT
12N
Amount of the transaction.
TRANSACTION
CURRENCY CODE
2N
Code that indicates the currency used for this transaction.
TRANSACTION
CURRENCY EXP
1N

transaction amount.
CARDHOLDER BILL
AMOUNT
8N
Amount that appears on the cardholders statement in the

cardholders billing currency.
August 2009
8105
TRANMENU
Transactions
CARDHOLDER BILL
CURR CDE
3N
Code that indicates the cardholders billing currency.
CARDHOLDER BILL
CURR EXP
1N

cardholders billing amount.
CARD TYPE
4C
Code that identifies the type of card used for this transaction.
SUB-FRAUD TYPE
CODE
2C
Code that further explains the fraudulent transaction.
SPECIAL
CHARGEBACK IND
3N
Code that indicates chargeback status. For valid values, refer to

your Visa and MasterCard manuals.
COUNTERFEIT INS
ELIG
10C
Code that explains the status of insurance eligibility for this

transaction.
DELETE DUPLICATES
FLAG
1C
Flag that indicates a potential fraud duplicate. The values are:

Y
= There is a potential fraud duplicate
N
= There is no potential fraud duplicate.
SECURITY BULLETIN
NUMBER
3N
Number that determines whether the incoming SAFE

transaction has chargeback rights.
Press the Forward function key to display a fourth Fraud screen.
August 2009
8106
TRANMENU
Transactions
(

(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 FRAUD
CASHBACK AMOUNT
CARDHOLDER ACTIVATED TERMNAL
MAIL/PHONE/ELEC COMMERCE IND
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
CASHBACK AMOUNT
9N
Amount the customer received with this transaction.
CARDHOLDER
ACTIVATED
TERMINAL
1C
Cardholder-activated-terminal indicator. Type of terminal and

its capability used in this transaction. Refer to the Visa BASE II
current values and their descriptions.
MAIL/PHONE/ELEC
COMMERCE IND
1C
Mail/telephone or electronic commerce code. Refer to the Visa

details.
August 2009
8107
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG16NRI (Screen 1)
(

(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 NRI
CARDHOLDER NAME
CARDHOLDER ADDRESS 1
CARDHOLDER ADDRESS 2
CARDHOLDER CITY
CARDHOLDER STATE
CARDHOLDER POSTAL CODE
CARDHOLDER COUNTRY
MAILED DATE
MAILED FROM CITY
MAILED FROM STATE
MAILED FROM POSTAL CODE
MAILED FROM COUNTRY
POSTED DATE
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
CARDHOLDER NAME
20C
Full name of the cardholder.
CARDHOLDER
ADDRESS 1
20C
First line of the address to which the card was mailed.
CARDHOLDER
ADDRESS 2
20C
Second line of the address to which the card was mailed.
CARDHOLDER CITY
15C
City to which the card was mailed.
CARDHOLDER STATE
2C
Code for the state or province to which the card was mailed.
CARDHOLDER
POSTAL CODE
10N
Postal code to which the card was mailed.
August 2009
8108
TRANMENU
Transactions
CARDHOLDER
COUNTRY
2C
Code for the country to which the card was mailed.
MAILED DATE
6N
Date the card was mailed. The format is year, month, date.
MAILED FROM CITY

15C
City from which the card was mailed.
MAILED FROM STATE

2C
Code for the state from which the card was mailed.
MAILED FROM
POSTAL CODE
10N
Postal code from which the card was mailed.
MAILED FROM
COUNTRY
Country from which the card was mailed.
POSTED DATE
6N
Date the NRI record was posted at the members site. The
format is year, month, date.
Press the Forward function key to display a second NRI screen.
August 2009
8109
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG16NRI (Screen 2)
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 NRI
PAYMENT BRAND/PRODUCT
PHONE NBR
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0000000000000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
PAYMENT BRAND/
PRODUCT
2C
Code that identifies the payment brand.
PHONE NBR
16N
Cardholder phone number.
details.
August 2009
8110
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG17ICS (Screen 1)
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 ICS
ENTRY DATE
LOCATOR NUMBER
TRACE NUMBER
SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER
NAME
PRIMARY ADDRESS
SECONDARY ADDRESS
CITY
STATE
PHONE NUMBER
NON-ALERT APPLICATION CDE
MARKET SEGMENT
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0000000
00000000000
00000000
000000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
ENTRY DATE
7N
Date, in Julian format (CCYYDDD) that identifies the issuer

who generated the transaction for input to ICS.
LOCATOR NUMBER
11N
Issuer-assigned number.
TRACE NUMBER
8N
Issuer-assigned number used to further identify this transaction.
SOCIAL SECURITY
NUMBER
9N
Social Security number from the application or inquiry for

information. This field may be zero-filled.
NAME
15C
First name, middle initial, and last name of the applicant or

cardholder.
PRIMARY ADDRESS
30C
Primary address of the person identified in the NAME field. This

field includes residence number, direction (North, South), street
name, and street suffix (Street, Drive, Lane).
August 2009
8111
TRANMENU
Transactions
SECONDARY
ADDRESS
30C
Secondary address of the person identified in the NAME field.

This field includes the apartment number, floor, suite, unit, or
other PRIMARY ADDRESS supporting data.
CITY
15C
City of the PRIMARY ADDRESS.
STATE
2C
Code for the state of the PRIMARY ADDRESS.
PHONE NUMBER
20C
Phone number of the person identified in the NAME field.
NON-ALERT
APPLICATION CDE
3N
Code used for declined applications.
MARKET SEGMENT
2C
Code that identifies the issuer-defined market segment. This

field enables issuers to set separate thresholds for up to 26
different market segments under the same BIN. The thresholds
may be based on economic or geographic levels, participation
in a specific credit card program, or other issuer-defined factor.
Press the Forward function key to display a second ICS screen.
August 2009
8112
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG17ICS (Screen 2)
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 ICS
UNAUTH/FRAUD TYPE
CASE NBR
ARREST/INTERNET INDICATOR
SENDING POSTAL CODE
ORIG ENTRY DATE
ORIG LOCATOR NUMBER
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
1
00000000
00000000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
UNAUTH/FRAUD
TYPE
2C
Code that identifies the type of unauthorized usage.
CASE NBR
8N
Issuer-assigned or law enforcement agency-assigned number

that identifies a fraud case or bankruptcy court-assigned full
docket number that includes the judges initials. The case
number is sent to ICS as part of the fraud report.
ARREST/INTERNET
INDICATOR
1N
Code indicating whether the original application was acquired

through the Internet and whether an arrest was made in
connection with this fraud activity. The values are:
0
= Original application acquired through a
channel other than the Internet and no arrest
was made (Default)
1
= Original application acquired through a
channel other than the Internet and an arrest
was made
August 2009
8113
TRANMENU
Transactions
Original application acquired through the

Internet and no arrest was made
Original application acquired through the
Internet and an arrest was made.
SENDING POSTAL
CODE
10N
Postal code of the location from which the card was sent.
ORIG ENTRY DATE

8N
Date the fraud was first reported to ICS by the issuer.
ORIG LOCATOR
NUMBER
11N
Original locator number of the transaction that previously

contained data about this application or account.
details.
August 2009
8114
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNSEG24Chip Data
(

(T)
01/06/05 12:12:14
More:
- +
TRans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
04/04/05 0524 00001 00000001 CHIP DATA
ICC
ICC
ICC
ICC
ICC
ICC
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
REL
REL
REL
REL
REL
REL
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
(001-048)
(049-096)
(097-144)
(145-192)
(193-240)
(241-255)
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
2200204040512345684012345678123456781
PRO11234
56789012345612V1VERIFY OK VERIFID 000000010100RE
SERVED AREA919191117ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWABCDE
FG5RESERV51234567890
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
ICC SYS REL DATA
255C
System-related data for integrated circuit card system. This

field displays chip-based transactions data unique to the
acceptance of an integrated circuit card. Data is displayed in its
original format and is not parsed or edited.
details.
August 2009
8115
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNDTLPLPrivate Label
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 PRIVATE LABEL
REFERENCE NUMBER
REASON CODE
CARD ACCEPTOR ID
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT

August 2009
0002
00
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen contains information pertinent to data moved to the

user-defined private label fields in NCVTRAN. Data will be displayed
listing the literal followed by its corresponding value.
If you are using ACH, CMS, or MBS, screens will also display
information pertinent to data moved to the user-defined ACH, CMS,
and MBS fields in NCVTRAN. The associated area name will
display where PRIVATE LABEL appears in the above screen and
data will be listed with the literal followed by its corresponding value.
8116
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNDTLPLADDNDATA
(
(T)
01/19/04 12:09:25
More:
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
A
A
ST
04/05/04 0006 00001 00000005 ADDNDATA
FLEET ADDENDUM
FLEET TAX RATE APPLIED
FLEET ALT TAX ID
PURCH FMT2 ADDENDUM
NBR OF ITEM OCCURS
UNIT MEASURE
ORDER DATE
SHIP TAX RATE
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
00000
000000000000000
0000
XXXXXXXXXXXX
000000
00000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
(FLEET ADDENDUM)
15C
Description of the addendum message being reported.
TAX RATE APPLIED

5C
Rate of the tax applied to the transaction.
FLEET ALT TAX ID

15C
Tax ID number of the merchant that reported the alternate tax

amount.
(PURCH FMT 2
ADDENDUM)
15C
Description of the addendum message being reported.
NBR OF ITEM
OCCURS
4N
Number of actual common addendum occurrences contained in

this transaction.
UNIT MEASURE
12C
Code that identifies the unit of measure.
August 2009
8117
TRANMENU
Transactions
ORDER DATE
6N
Date of the purchase order for this item.
SHIP TAX RATE

5N
Rate of the freight/shipping tax applied to this transaction.
August 2009
8118
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNDTLPLCMSDATA
(
) (T) TRAN DETAILS (O) OUTPUT RECORDS (H) HELP

(T)
07/06/05 15:06:20
MORE:
- +
TRANS
MAINT
RECORD
STATUS STATUS
TYPE
DATE
RUN BATCH SEQUENCE
R
A
DT
10/03/05 0001 00001 00000001 CMSDATA
LOGO DUAL CURRENCY IND
EFFECTIVE ADJUSTMENT DATE
ICCR AMOUNT
CURR CONV ASSESSMENT AMT
LOGO
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0
2005277
0000000000000
0000000000000
000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
LOGO DUAL
CURRENCY IND
1N
Code that indicates if dual currency is active for this

transaction.
EFFECTIVE
ADJUSTMENT DATE
7N
CMS effective date of the transaction.
ICCR AMOUNT
12N
MasterCard issuer currency conversion rate amount. Monetary

amount that is the result of applying the percentage rate set by
the issuer to the sum of the cardholder billing amount (DE 8)
and the currency conversion assessment amount (DE 111).
CURR CONV
ASSESSMENT AMT
12N
Monetary amount that is the result of applying MasterCards

currency conversion assessment adjustment to the currency
conversion rate used to convert the transaction amount (DE 4)
to the cardholder billing amount (DE 6) for qualified
transactions.
August 2009
8119
LOGO
3N
TRANMENU
Transactions
Identification number of the logo associated with the

transaction.
details.
August 2009
8120
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNDTLPLMBSDATA (Screen 1)
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 MBSDATA
ORG
MERCHANT NUMBER
SEQUENCE NUMBER
STORE NUMBER
PRODUCT
PLAN
LOGIC-MODULE
MTPT-QUAL-LEVEL
GOVERNING-STATE
BATCH DATE
MTPT-BATCH-SOURCE
BATCH NUMBER
BATCH SEQ NBR
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
300
000000001
0000000
000000412
02
10002
210
085
FLA
0000000
00000
00000
00000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
ORG
3N
Organization number for this transaction.
MERCHANT NUMBER
9N
Identification number of the merchant.
SEQUENCE NUMBER
8N
Sequence number of the transaction displayed.
STORE NUMBER
9N
Store number that originated this batch of transactions.
PRODUCT
2N
Card product number associated with the transaction. The

values are:
01
= Visa
02
= MasterCard
0399 = Private label.
August 2009
8121
TRANMENU
Transactions
PLAN
5N
MBS credit plan associated with the transaction.
LOGIC-MODULE
3N
MBS logic module associated with the transaction.
MTPT-QUAL-LEVEL
3N
Qualification level of the transaction.
GOVERNING-STATE
3C
Code that indicates the governing state of this store.
BATCH DATE
7N
Batch date assigned to the batch.
MTPT-BATCHSOURCE
5N
Batch source number contained on the Monetary Transaction

record (MTPT).
BATCH NUMBER
5N
Transaction batch number.
BATCH SEQ NBR

8N
Batch sequence number.
Press the Forward function key to display a second MBSDATA screen.
August 2009
8122
TRANMENU
Transactions
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 MBSDATA
MTPT-REF-BATCH-DATE
MTPT-REF-BATCH-SOURCE
REF BATCH NBR
MTPT-REF-BATCH-SEQ
REFERENCE NUMBER
REF AMT 1
REF AMT 2
MTPT-REF-NBR-ITEMS
MTPT-REF-PRODUCT
MTPT-REF-PLAN
MTPT-REF-QUAL-LEVEL
MTPT-DUP-IN-BATCH-FLAG
MTPT-DUP-BY-DAY-FLAG
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0000000
00000
00000
00000000
00000000000000000
00000000000000000
00000000
00
10002
000
N
N
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
MTPT-REF-BATCHDATE
8N
Batch date contained on the Monetary Transaction Record

(MTPT).
MTPT-REF-BATCHSOURCE
5N
Source code contained on the Monetary Transaction record

(MTPT).
REF BATCH NBR

5N
Reference batch number.
MTPT-REF-BATCHSEQ
8N
Batch sequence number contained on the Monetary Transaction

record (MTPT) for the transaction.
REFERENCE NUMBER
5N
Reference number associated with the transaction.
REF AMT 1
17N
Amount of transaction.
August 2009
8123
TRANMENU
Transactions
REF AMT 2
17N
Amount of transaction.
MTPT-REF-NBRITEMS
8N
Number of items contained on the Monetary Transaction record

(MTPT) for the transaction.
MTPT-REF-PRODUCT
2N
Reference card product number contained on the Monetary

Transaction record (MTPT) for this transaction.
MTPT-REF-PLAN
5N
Credit plan number contained on the Monetary Transaction

MTPT-REF-QUALLEVEL
3N
Qualification level contained on the Monetary Transaction

MTPT-DUP-IN-BATCHFLAG
1C
Flag indicating if this transaction is a duplicate transaction

found in the batch processing run. The values are:
Y
= Duplicate transaction found
N
= Duplicate transaction not found.
MTPT-DUP-DAY-FLAG
1C
Flag indicating whether a duplicated transaction was found in a

specific processing day. The values are:
Y
= Duplicate transaction found
N
= Duplicate transaction not found.
Press the Forward function key to display a third MBSDATA screen.
August 2009
8124
TRANMENU
Transactions
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 MBSDATA
ORIG-GL-SOURCE
MTPT-GL-SOURCE
MTPT-GOVERNING-STATE
MTPT-QUAL-INDICATOR
MTPT-DATA-ENTRY-MODE
TRANSACTION CODE
MTPT-TRANS-FLAG
MTPT-REJ-REENTRY-FLAG
MTPT-POST-DATE
MTPT-ENTRY-DATE
MTPT-ORIG-OPERATOR
MTPT-LAST-OPERATOR
NBR-ITEMS
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
5
5
6
0
000
N
0000000
0000000
00000001
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
ORIG-GL-SOURCE
1N
Original general ledger source number of this transaction

record.
MTPT-GL-SOURCE
1N
General ledger source number of this transaction record. Valid

values are:
0
= Local Input (Default)
1
= Pos 1 input
2
= Pos 2 input
3
= Pos 3 input
4
= Data capture input
5
= User input
6
= Generated
7
= Warehoused
8
= Generated
9
= Reserved.
August 2009
8125
TRANMENU
Transactions
MTPT-GOVERNINGSTATE
3N
State governing the merchant.
MTPT-QUALINDICATOR
1N
Code that identifies the qualification level associated with this

0
= Not used
1
= Intrachange
2
= On-us
3
= Domestic
6
= International.
MTPT-DATA-ENTRYMODE
1N
Code that indicates how the transaction was entered. Valid

values are:
0
= Not applicable
1
= Keyed
2
= Swiped
3
= Card-read
4
= Non-card-read
5
= Fallback.
TRANSACTION CODE
3N
Transaction code of a specific transaction.
MTPT-TRANS-FLAG
1C
Flag indicating the type of transaction. The values are:

C
= Credit
M
= Memo.
MTPT-REJ-REENTRY
FLAG
1C
Flag that identifies a transaction that previously rejected. The

values are:
Y
= Posted to merchant
N
= Not posted to merchant.
MTPT-POST-DATE
7N
Date this transaction was posted.
MTPT-ENTRY-DATE
7N
Original entry date of this transaction record.
MTPT-ORIGOPERATOR
3C
Operator identification of the person who originated the

transaction.
August 2009
8126
TRANMENU
Transactions
MTPT-LASTOPERATOR
3C
Last operator to update the transaction.
NBR-ITEMS
8N
Number of items represented by this transaction. The default

value is 1.
Press the Forward function key to display a fourth MBSDATA screen.
August 2009
8127
TRANMENU
Transactions
(T)
09/10/03 11:53:11
More
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
ST
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 MBSDATA
ORIGINAL TRANSACTION AMOUNT
MTPT-INDIV-DISC-FLAG
MTPT-INDIV-DISC-AMT
MTPT-INDIV-PART-FLAG
MTPT-INDIV-PART-AMT
DESCRIPTION
REFERENCE NUMBER
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
00000000000000000
D
00000000000000000
C
00000000000000000
SALES
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
ORIGINAL
TRANSACTION
AMOUNT
17N
Original amount of the transaction.
MTPT-INDIV-DISCFLAG
1C
Flag that identifies if discount was charged or refunded to the

merchant The values are:
D
= Discount
C
= Refund.
The default value is D.
MTPT-INDIV-DISCAMT
17N
August 2009
Amount of discount associated with the transaction.
8128
MTPT-INDIV-PARTFLAG
1C
TRANMENU
Transactions
Flag that identifies if participation was paid to the merchant or

if participation is owed by the merchant. The values are:
D
= Debit
C
= Credit.
The default value is C.
MTPT-INDIV-PARTAMT
17N
Amount of participation associated with the transaction.
DESCRIPTION
40C
Description of the transaction.
REFERENCE NUMBER
23N
Reference number associated with this transaction.
details.
August 2009
8129
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNDTLPLMBSDATA2 (Screen 1)
(
(T)
09/01/06 13:50:32
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
DT
08/27/05 0135 00001 00000003 MBSDATA2
MTPT-RPT-DESC
AR-ORG
ACCOUNT NUMBER
TRANSACTION CODE
AR POST FLAG
AR LOGIC MODULE
AR AUTH CD
MTPT-SKU
DEPARTMENT CODE
PL USER
POSTING FLAG
PROD REJECT FLAG
PROD SETTLE FLAG
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
000
0000
00
000
000000000
00
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
MTPT-RPT-DESC
15C
Description of this transaction that appears on transaction

journals.
AR-ORG
3N
Identification number of the accounts receivable organization in

which the cardholders account resides.
ACCOUNT NUMBER
16N
Cardholder account number associated with this transaction.
TRANSACTION CODE
4N
Transaction code associated with the transaction. This value can

be a CMS transaction code (4 digits) or an MBS transaction
code (3 digits).
AR POST FLAG
2C
Accounts receivable transaction flag. The values are:

C
= Credit
D
= Debit
M
= Memo.
August 2009
8130
TRANMENU
Transactions
AR LOGIC MODULE
3N
Accounts receivable logic module associated with this

transaction.
AR AUTH CD
1N
Code that identifies the authorization message associated with

the transaction.
MTPT-SKU
9N
Stock keeping unit number associated with this transaction.
DEPARTMENT CODE
1C
Flag that indicates whether MBS assigns a special rate based on

department code of the transaction.
PL USER
10C
Identity of the private label user.
POSTING FLAG
2N
Flag that indicates settlement posting. The values are:

50
= No store, non-merchant item, or qualified
nonpost non-merchant
51
= No transaction code translation
52
= Invalid transaction code or logic module
53
= Nonpost merchant item
54
= Processed repeat reject or reentry
55
= Processed posted reject or reentry
56
= Non-settled store deposits
57
= Merchant blocked
58
= Not posted to store; record status purging or
purged
59
= No store found
90
= Warehoused.
PROD REJECT FLAG

1C
Flag that identifies a transaction that previously rejected. The

values are:
Y
= Posted to merchant
N
= Not posted to merchant.
August 2009
8131
PROD SETTLE FLAG

1C
TRANMENU
Transactions
Flag that identifies the settlement status of a transaction. The

values are:
B
= Invoiced to the merchant
N
= Not settled yet
S
= Settled by ACH, check, wire, or manual
W
= Window settlement transactions.
1-4
= Reserve transactions.
Press the Forward function key to display a second MBSDATA2 screen.
August 2009
8132
TRANMENU
Transactions
TRNDTLPLMBSDATA2 (Screen 2)
(
(T)
09/01/06 13:52:04
More:
- +
Trans
Maint
Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
R
A
DT
08/27/05 0135 00001 00000003 MBSDATA2
BATCH DESCRIPTION
VAR DATA INDICATOR
FEE FACTOR NBR
FEE FACTOR AMT
FEE INC PER ITEM
FEE INC RATE
FEE EX PER ITEM
FEE EX RATE
FEE EX AMT
VISA MERCHANT INTERCHANGE FLAG
VISA TIERED THRESHOLD IND
MASTERCARD THRESHOLD IND
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
1
000000000
00000000000000000
000000000
0000000
00000000000000000
0000000
00000000000000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
BATCH DESCRIPTION
20N
Description of the batch data.
VAR DATA INDICATOR

1N
Flag that indicates the type of variable data present on the

1
= Deposit data
2
= Fee data
3
= Header data.
FEE FACTOR NBR

9N
Number used to calculate the fee or expense amount on a per

item basis.
FEE FACTOR AMT

17N
Monetary amount that MBS uses to calculate the expense

amount on a percent rate basis.
FEE INC PER ITEM

9N
Per rate item that MBS uses to compute the fee.
August 2009
8133
TRANMENU
Transactions
FEE INC RATE

7N
Percent rate that MBS uses to compute the fee.
FEE EX PER ITEM

17N
Per item rate that MBS uses to compute the expense amount.
FEE EX RATE
7N
Percent rate that MBS uses to compute the expense amount.
FEE EX AMT
17N
Amount of expense related to this fee transaction.
VISA MERCHANT
INTERCHANGE FLAG
1C
Flag that identifies the interchange level for this merchant.
VISA TIERED
THRESHOLD IND
1C
Value obtained from the MBS merchant record that indicates

which tier level applies to the merchant if the merchant is
eligible for tiered interchange rates. The values are:
0
= Merchant is not eligible for tiered rates
1
= Merchant is eligible for Tier 1 rates
2
3
= Merchant is eligible for Tier 3 rates.
MASTERCARD
THRESHOLD IND
1C
Value obtained from the MBS merchant record that indicates

which tier level applies to the merchant if the merchant is
eligible for tiered interchange rates. The values are:
0
= Merchant is not eligible for tiered rates
1
2
3
= Merchant is eligible for Tier 3 rates.
When you finish viewing the transaction preamble details screen, continue or complete the
function by performing one of the following actions:
If you want to review detailed data for this transaction, press the Actions function key
to move to the action bar. Enter T (transaction details) in the field provided. Refer to
the Original transaction details subtopic for help with the resulting screen.
Use a function key to complete the function.
Original transaction details

If you continued the function by entering T in the action bar, the system displays a screen
August 2009
8134
TRANMENU
Transactions
Original Transaction DetailsITSMI661

(
) (V) View Preamble (O) Output Records (H) Help

01/07/05 12:43:32
ORIGINAL TRANSACTION DETAILS
More:
Trans
Maint
Record
Auxiliary Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
Rec Name
Seq
A
A
DT
04/04/05 0444 00001 00000001
ITSMI661 0001 of 0001
MERCHANT ZIP CODE
MASTERCOM PC ENDPOINT
POS DATA CODE
BUS ACT - ACC BRAND ID CD
C/H BILLING CURR CD
INTERCHANGE LIFE CYC VAL CD
32810
840
123456789012345
This screen displays information for a MasterCard dispute item passed by the Interchange
Tracking System (ITS) into TRAMS.
Fields
MERCHANT ZIP CODE
ZIP code of the location where the merchant conducts business.
MASTERCOM PC
ENDPOINT
MasterCom PC Endpoint number used to route chargeback and

retrieval documentation.
POS DATA CODE
Code used to identify terminal capability, terminal environment,

and presentation of security data. This code indicates specific
conditions that were present at the time the transaction occurred
at the point of service and/or the transaction was initiated. Refer
to your MasterCard manual for values.
BUS ACT - ACC

BRAND ID CD
Code that identifies the acceptance brand or financial network

associated with the transaction.
August 2009
8135
TRANMENU
Transactions
C/H BILLING CURR CD
Code that identifies the currency of the cardholder billing

amount.
INTERCHANGE LIFE
CYC VAL CD
Interchange life cycle validation code. The code is a GCMSgenerated number based on the original interchange rate
designator (IRD) of the first presentment. This field is used to
ensure that the value of the IRD submitted in the first
presentment remains constant throughout the life cycle of the
transaction. The value is retained and returned in each
subsequent cycle within the transaction life cycle (1240, 1442),
except when one of the members associated with the transaction
is processing in the ECCF format.
August 2009
8136
TRANMENU
Transactions
Original Transaction DetailsITSVSDT

( ) (V) View Preamble (O) Output Records(H) Help
(T)
09/04/03 10:43:05
More:
+
Trans
Maint
Record
Auxiliary Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
Rec Name
Seq
A
A
DT
10/06/03 0008 00001 00000002
ITSVSDT
0001 of 0001
ACCOUNT NUMBER
ACQUIRER REF NBR
JULIAN DATE
TRANSACTION TIME
CMS-CARDHOLDER-ORG
ORG
MERCHANT ID
ADJUSTMENT AMOUNT
ADJUSTMENT INDICATOR
ADJUSTMENT PROCESSING INDIC
ADJUSTMENT DATE
DESCRIPTION
REFERENCE NUMBER
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
00044XXXXXXXXX00186
240055142XXXXXXXX314396
2000323
0075722
800
000
00000000000
00000000000.00
0000000
000000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen contains field-by-field detail for the transaction as it was originally received
by TRAMS. Key information redisplays at the top of the screen.
Fields
ACCOUNT NUMBER
16N
ACQUIRER REF NBR

23N
Identification number assigned to the transaction by the

acquirer and used in tracking.
JULIAN DATE
7N
Transaction date entered in 4-digit year and 3-digit day.
TRANSACTION TIME
6N
Local time at which the transaction took place at the merchant

location.
CMS-CARDHOLDER
ORG
3N
CMS organization number associated with the transaction.
August 2009
8137
TRANMENU
Transactions
ORG
3N
Organization number associated with the transaction.
MERCHANT ID
16N
Unique number that identifies the merchant.
ADJUSTMENT
AMOUNT
12N
Amount of the adjustment made to the transaction.
ADJUSTMENT
INDICATOR
1C
Code that indicates the type of adjustment. Refer to the Visa

ADJUSTMENT
PROCESSING INDIC
1C
Code that indicates the method used to process the adjustment.

ADJUSTMENT DATE
6N
Date on which the adjustment to the transaction was made.
DESCRIPTION
20C
Description of the adjustment for the transaction.
REFERENCE NUMBER
9N
Unique number assigned to the original transaction.
August 2009
8138
TRANMENU
Transactions
Original Transaction DetailsUIMS034 (Screen 1)

(T)
09/04/04 10:43:05
More:
+
Trans
Maint
Record
Auxiliary Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
Rec Name
Seq
X
X
XX
00/00/00 0000 00000 00000000
UIMSO34
TRANSACTION TYPE
CARD SEQUENCE NUMBER
TRANSACTION DATE
TERMINAL CAPABILITY
COUNTRY CODE
INTERNAL TERMINAL SERIAL NBR
UNPREDICTABLE NUMBER
APPLICATION TRAN COUNTER
APP INTERCHANGE PROFILE
CRYPTOGRAM
DERIVATION KEY INDEX
CRYPTOGRAM VERSION
TERMINAL VERIFICATION RESULTS
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
XX
000
000000
000000
000
XXXXXXXX
00000000
0000
0000
0000000000000000
00
XX
0000000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen displays Visa TCR7 smart card data.
Fields
TRANSACTION TYPE
2C
August 2009
Code that identifies the transaction type used by the card to

calculate the cryptogram. The values are:
00
= Goods or services purchase
01
= Withdraw/cash advance
02
= Adjustment
03
= Check guarantee (funds guaranteed)
11
= Quasi-cash transaction
17
= Script
19
= Fee collection
20
= Return (of goods)
22
= Adjustment
29
= Funds disbursement
30
= Available funds inquiry
40
= Cardholder account transfer
A0
= COPAC goods or service purchaser
A1
= COPAC withdraw/cash advance.
8139
TRANMENU
Transactions
CARD SEQUENCE
NUMBER
3N
Sequence number of the primary account number (PAN). This

number corresponds to the VisionPLUS chip sequence number.
TRANSACTION DATE
6N
Local date that the transaction was authorized.
TERMINAL
CAPABILITY
6N
Code that identifies the card data input, the cardholder

verification method, and the security supported by the terminal.
COUNTRY CODE
3N
Code that identifies the country code of the terminal.
INTERNAL TERMINAL
SERIAL NBR
8C
Unique and permanent identification number of the chip

terminal assigned by the manufacturer. This number is used to
track devices regardless of their location.
UNPREDICTABLE
NUMBER
8N
Number used in the generation of the cryptogram for chip

transactions. This number provides variability and uniqueness
to the cryptogram.
APPLICATION TRAN
COUNTER
4N
Count of the transactions performed with this application.
APP INTERCHANGE
PROFILE
4N
Code that indicates the specific functions supported by the

smart card.
CRYPTOGRAM
16N
Clearing cryptogram used to validate transaction processing in

the event of a dispute.
DERIVATION KEY
INDEX
2N
Code for the index to the issuers list of keys used in online card
authentication, issuer authentication, and validation of the
clearing cryptogram.
CRYPTOGRAM
VERSION
2C
Code that identifies the set of data elements and the algorithm
used to calculate a cryptogram.
TERMINAL
VERIFICATION
RESULTS
10N
Status of the different functions as seen from the terminal.
August 2009
8140
TRANMENU
Transactions
Original Transaction DetailsUIMS034 (Screen 2)

(T)
09/04/04 10:43:05
More:
+
Trans
Maint
Record
Auxiliary Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
Rec Name
Seq
X
X
XX
00/00/00 0000 00000 00000000
UIMSO34
CARD VERIFICATION RESULTS
CRYPTOGRAM AMOUNT
SCRIPT 1 RESULTS
SCRIPT 1 IDENTIFIER
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
00000000
000000000000
0000000000
0000000000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Fields
CARD VERIFICATION
RESULTS
8N
Code that indicates the results of offline and online processing

from the card perspective. These results are available to
members in the online message and clearing transaction.
CRYPTOGRAM
AMOUNT
12N
Amount of the cryptogram when it differs from the authorized

amount.
SCRIPT 1 RESULTS
10N
Code that indicates the results of the update command sent by

the issuer in the authorization response to the card during online
processing. With this command, the card updates the card
parameters and records the success or failure of the updates.
SCRIPT 1 IDENTIFIER
10N
Code that identifies the script that was sent.
August 2009
8141
TRANMENU
Transactions
Original Transaction DetailsUIMS045

(T)
09/04/04 10:43:05
More:
+
Trans
Maint
Record
Auxiliary Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
Rec Name
Seq
X
X
XX
00/00/00 0000 00000 00000000
UIMSO45
RECORD TYPE
STATUS
BATCH NUMBER
BATCH SEQ NBR
MONETARY RECORD TYPE
MARKET SEGMENT FORMAT
CHIP DATA LENGTH
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
0
0
00000
000
0
000
000
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen displays MasterCard and MasterCard Europe DE 55 smart card data.
Fields
RECORD TYPE
1C
Length of the record type field.
STATUS
1N
Length of the status field.
BATCH NUMBER
5N
Length of the batch number field.
BATCH SEQ NBR

3N
Length of the batch sequence number field.
MONETARY RECORD
TYPE
1N
Length of the monetary transaction type field.
August 2009
8142
MARKET SEGMENT
FORMAT
3N
Length of the market segment format field.
CHIP DATA LENGTH

3N
Length of the chip data field.
TRANMENU
Transactions
help with paging. Choosing the Forward or Backward paging options moves you within
the same record. The Previous and Next options move you between records. If there are no
more records to display, the display does not change if you chose Next. Pressing Enter
moves you to the next page of the record. If there are no more pages to display, you move
to the next record. If there are no more records to display, you return to the Action List.
The screen consists of two columns. The left column contains each field name as defined
within Application Generator. These values are established through the Application
Generator Record Definition functions and associated with a message table that is
uploaded to the host computer. The right column contains the data value within the field.
Values are left-justified and non-zero-filled.
If the system located a field that is not defined through Application

Generator, the message NOT FOUND appears in the left-hand
column.

When you finish reviewing the Original Transaction Details screen, complete or continue
Switch back to the transaction preamble by typing V, or display the output records by
typing O in the action bar.
results.
Output record details

If you continued the function by entering O in the action bar, the system displays a screen
August 2009
8143
TRANMENU
Transactions
Output Record Details

(
) (V) View Preamble (T) Tran Details (H) Help
----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
(T)
09/16/03 13:09:51
OUTPUT RECORD DETAILS
More:
+
Trans
Maint
Record
Output Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
Rec Name
Seq
A
A
ST
10/06/03 0017 00002 00000001
M1644CP1 0001 of 0002
VALID ADDENDUM
FUNCTION CODE
000
ACQUIRING INST ID
00000000000
FORWARDING INST ID
00000000000
TRAN LIFE CYC SUP IND
TRAN LIFE CYC TRACE ID
MESSAGE NUMBER
00000000
TRAN DEST INST ID CD
00000000000
TRAN ORIG INST ID CD
00000000000
RECV INST ID CD
00000000000
ORIGINATION MESSAGE FORMAT
0
TRAN DESC - USAGE CD
00
TRAN DESC - INDUSTRY REC NBR
000
TRAN DESC - OCCURRENCE IND
000
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen displays the IPM addendum data on the output file for the selected transaction.
The PDS fields on the output record are shown in the IPM format.
This screen is displayed by selecting the (O) Output Records option from the Transaction
Action List, Preamble, Segment (for example, Fleet, Purchasing) or Original Transaction
Details screens.
Fields
(VALIDITY
INDICATOR)
Description of the validity of the addendum record. The values

are Valid Addendum or Invalid Addendum. If invalid, this field
will also include the reason why the record is invalid (for
example, bad MCC).
FUNCTION CODE
3N
Code that identifies the specific purpose of the message.
ACQUIRING INST ID
11N
Code that identifies the transaction acquirer.
August 2009
8144
TRANMENU
Transactions
FORWARDING INST ID
11N
Code that identifies the institution in a transaction flow that

sends a message forward from the originating institution.
TRAN LIFE CYC SUP

IND
1C
Code that identifies the type of life cycle support associated

with this transaction.
TRAN LIFE CYC

TRACE ID
15C
Data that identifies the trace associated with this transaction.
MESSAGE NUMBER
8N
Number assigned to data messages in a file by the transaction

originator.
TRAN DEST INST ID

CD
11N
Code that identifies the transaction destination institution.
TRAN ORIG INST ID

CD
11N
Code that identifies the transaction originator institution.
RECV INST ID CD
11N
Code that identifies the institution receiving the transaction.
ORIGINATION
MESSAGE FORMAT
1N
Code that identifies the message format in which the clearing

system received a message.
TRAN DESC - USAGE

CD
2N
Code that identifies the type of addendum data provided. (Used

by MasterCard)
TRAN DESC INDUSTRY REC NBR

3N
Code used with the usage code to uniquely identify the

addendum data format used by MasterCard.
TRAN DESC OCCURRENCE IND

3N
Code that identifies the specific occurrence number of each

addendum data in a particular usage code. (Used by
MasterCard)
August 2009
8145
Chapter 9
EXCEPTMENU
Exception transactions are transactions that TRAMS could not process normally. TRAMS
Process Input programs recognize these transactions as they process. The system is able to
store exception transactions in its database and make them available for later review and
correction. Alternatively, your organization can route exception transactions to another
destination for correction.
Reject items
Reject items are items that failed certain edits established within the system. For example,
as the system processes, it checks each transaction for a valid account number, date, etc. If
a field within the transaction does not pass one or more edits, the system rejects the entire
transaction. Rejected transactions captured throughout the day are available online for
review, including the reason for the reject and any possible solution. Users can review the
transactions, correcting erroneous fields within each transaction.
Under Reject Options (accessible through the Control Options Menu), your organization
has the option of setting controls over rejected transactions. You may choose to establish a
maximum number of rejected transactions allowed within a file; if that number is
exceeded, TRAMS rejects the entire file. You can also choose whether or not you want to
release batches, cash letters, and files if any of these contain rejected items.
Suspense items
Suspense items are those that are correct but which require some type of review,
verification, or manual intervention before they can be released. Suspense transactions, as
with reject items, are stored in the database for review and decision making. For example,
suppose that a customer has reported a credit card as lost or stolen. Within TRAMS, the
organization can set up controls to flag all transactions for the lost/stolen card as suspense
items, requiring that they be reviewed and verified as legitimate. Another example of
August 2009
91
EXCEPTMENU
transactions that may be processed as suspense items are those that do not fall within
certain minimum/maximum monetary parameters.
Your organization sets up reject and suspense reason codes within the Messages table,
accessible through the Application Generator.
Accessing exception items

To access reject and suspense items, select Exception Items from the Main Menu, or type
the command EXCEPTMENU in the command line. Press Enter.
August 2009
92
EXCEPTMENU
EXCEPTMENUException Transactions Menu

(
) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------EXCEPTMENU
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/18/01 11:53:28
EXCEPTION TRANSACTIONS MENU
(
Include any search options below.
1. Reject Transactions
2. Suspense Transactions
Search . . . . . (
(
COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP
F2=SET2
Date
Inst
) (
)
F3=EXIT
Run
Appl
) (
) (
Batch
Tran
F5=REFRSH
) (
)
Sequence
Reason
F6=END
)
Status
) (
)
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
Using this menu, you can access detailed information for rejected or suspended
transactions. To select an option, enter the number identifying the option in the field
provided, then select any search options as explained in the following topic.
Search options
The Exception Transactions Menu enables you to target and search for specific exception
items. The top row of the Search fields are key fields; the bottom row are nonkey fields.
Remember that your search entries determine the resulting display, as described in the
Working in TRAMS chapter of this guide.
To target a specific processing date, enter the six-digit date in the DATE field beside
the Search prompt. Any resulting action list will begin with the targeted date. You can
use this entry in combination with any other search fields.
To target a specific TRAMS run, enter the four-digit run number in the RUN field
beside the Search prompt. Any resulting action list will begin with the targeted run.
You can use this entry in combination with any other search fields.
To target a specific batch of transactions, enter the five-digit batch number in the
BATCH field beside the Search prompt. Any resulting action list will begin with the
targeted batch. You can use this entry in combination with any other search fields.
To target a specific transaction within a batch, enter the eight-digit sequence number
identifying the transaction in the SEQUENCE field beside the Search prompt. Any
August 2009
93
EXCEPTMENU
resulting action list will begin with the targeted transaction. You can use this entry in
combination with the DATE, RUN, and BATCH fields.
To target a specific institution, enter the four-digit institution number in the INST field
beside the Search prompt. Any resulting action list will begin with exception items
for the targeted institution. You can use this entry in combination with any other
search fields.
To target a specific application, enter the four-digit application number in the APPL
field beside the Search prompt. Any resulting action list will begin with exception
items for the targeted application. You can use this entry in combination with any
other search fields.
To target a specific type of transaction, enter the four-digit transaction code in the
TRAN field beside the Search prompt. Any resulting action list will begin with
exception items with the targeted transaction code. You can use this entry in
combination with any other search fields.
To target items that were rejected or suspended for a specific reason, enter the fourdigit reason code in the REASON field beside the Search prompt. Any resulting action
list will begin with items excepted for the targeted reason. You can use this entry in
combination with any other search fields.
To target items with a specific classification, enter the one-character status code in the
STATUS field beside the Search prompt. The values are:
B
E
L
R
S
=
=
=
=
=
Both reject and suspense

Reentered
Released
Reject only
Suspended only.
Any resulting action list will begin with items assigned that status. You can use this entry
in combination with any other search fields.
When these steps are complete, press Enter. Now, turn to the appropriate subsection and
continue with the instructions for your chosen function.
Reject transactions
Purpose
This function lets you review, correct, or delete items that TRAMS rejected during
processing.
as follows:
reject transaction.
August 2009
94
EXCEPTMENU
containing the rejected transaction. If the rejected transaction you were on when you
issued the command was not part of a Cash Letter, the action list will be positioned at
the next cash letter in the cash letter file.
the rejected transaction.
TRNREFLIST results in a Transaction action list positioned at the transaction.
SUSPLIST results in a Suspense Transaction action list positioned at the suspended
transaction if the rejected transaction you were on when you issued the command was
also suspended. If it was not, the action list will be positioned at the next suspended
transaction in the suspense file.
Accessing reject transactions
To access this function, select Reject Transactions from the Exception Transactions Menu
or type the command REJLIST in the command line. Enter any search criteria if you are
using the menu. Press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
95
EXCEPTMENU
REJECTLISTReject Action List

REJECTLIST

REJECT ACTION LIST
(T)
03/23/06 13:28:10
More:
+

S=Search U=Update V=View D=Delete F=Update Full Tran T=View Full Tran
Action
(
) (
Action
( * )
( * )
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
Date
Inst
Sts
R A
R A
R A
R A
R A
R A
R A
R A
R A
R A
) (
)
Run
Appl
(
Date
04/10/06
04/10/06
04/10/06
04/10/06
04/10/06
04/10/06
04/10/06
04/10/06
04/10/06
04/10/06
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
) (
)
Run
0001
0002
0002
0003
0003
0003
0003
0004
0004
0004
Batch
Tran
(
Batch
00004
00001
00003
00001
00003
00005
00007
00001
00003
00005
F5=REFRSH
) (
Sequence
)
Status
)
(
)
Inst Appl Tran
9300 0001 0040
9000 0001 0005
9000 0001 0005
9000 0001 0005
9000 0001 0005
9000 0001 0005
9000 0001 0005
9000 0001 0005
9000 0001 0005
9000 0001 0005
Reason
) (
Seq
000001
000001
000001
000001
000001
000001
000001
000001
000001
000001
F6=END
F7=BKWD
Reas
4431
3030
3030
3030
3030
3030
3030
3030
3030
3030
F8=FWRD
Amount
107.00
101.00
101.00
101.00
101.00
101.00
101.00
101.00
101.00
101.00
Nbr
02
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
F9=CMDS
This screen consists of an action list that displays rejected items that are available for your
review. If you targeted any information using the Exception Transactions Menu search
options, the list displays the items that correspond to the criteria you entered.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated transaction. Valid action codes are displayed on your
screen.
DATE
6N KEY
Processing date of the rejected transaction, in user-defined

format.
RUN
4N KEY
TRAMS run during which the transaction was rejected.
BATCH
5N KEY
Batch of transactions containing this rejected item.
August 2009
96
EXCEPTMENU
SEQUENCE
8N KEY
Transaction within the batch.
INST
4N
Institution that is the source of the rejected transaction.
APPL
4N
Application that is the source of the rejected transaction.
TRAN
4N
Code identifying the type of transaction. Your organization

establishes these codes within the Transaction Code table.
REASON
4N
Reason why the transaction was rejected. Your organization

establishes these codes within the Messages table.

STATUS
1C
If TRAMS rejected a transaction for multiple reasons, the first

reason code is displayed in the action list. Use the Reject Details
screen to review additional reject reasons.
Classification status of the transaction. Valid status codes are:

B
E
= Reentered
I
= Unidentified
L
= Released
R
= Reject only
S
= Suspense only
U
= Undetermined.
Items with a status of S (suspended) are items that were originally
both rejected and suspended. Through reject reentry, the Rejected
status was cleared; however, the transaction still remains
suspended. To clear the suspended status, correct the transaction
through the Suspense Transactions menu option.
Both the classification status and maintenance status codes are

displayed in the STS column within the action list. Maintenance
status codes include:
A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
AMOUNT
10N
August 2009
Monetary value of the rejected transaction.
97
NBR
2N
EXCEPTMENU
Number of fields causing the item to reject.
ACTION field beside the key and press Enter.
Refer to the Reject details topic for help with resulting screens. If you need help in
understanding action codes and their use, refer to the Working in TRAMS chapter
of this guide.
results.
Reject details
If you selected a specific transaction and action from the Reject Action List, the system
August 2009
98
EXCEPTMENU
REJDTLReject Details
(
) (V)View (U)Update (D)Delete (F)Upd Tran (T)View Tran
(T)
03/23/06 13:26:50
REJECT DETAILS
More:
Inst Appl
Date
Run
Batch
Sequence
Original Record
9000 0001
04/10/06
0002
00001
00000001
0001
VSDDTCR0
Status . . ( A )
*-------- Destinations -------*
Acct Nbr . : 4041XXXXXXXXX033000
Inst
Appl
Inst
Appl
Tran Code : 0005
9450
0001
0000
0000
RETAIL SALE
0000
0000
0000
0000
Tran Date : 04/05/06
0000
0000
0000
0000
Tran Amt . :
101.00
0000
0000
0000
0000
Nbr Aff Fld: 01
0000
0000
0000
0000
Field Name . . . . . . : ACCOUNT NUMBER
Len : 19 Decimals : 00
( 4041XXXXXXXXX033000
)
Reason . . . . . : 3030 CMS - INV PREFIX/ORG NOT FOUND Edit Name : ELST0127
Field Name . . . . . . :
(
Reason . . . . . :
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
Len :
Decimals :
Edit Name :
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen displays detailed information for the rejected transaction you selected. The
screen also displays up to two fields containing errors causing the reject. Paging options
may apply to this function. Refer to the Working in TRAMS chapter for help with
paging. Choosing the Forward or Backward paging options moves you within the same
record. The Previous and Next options move you between records.
Fields
INST
4N
Institution associated with the transaction.
APPL
4N
Application associated with the transaction.
DATE
6N KEY
Processing date of the rejected transaction in user-defined

format.
RUN
4N
TRAMS run during which the transaction was processed.
August 2009
99
EXCEPTMENU
BATCH
5N KEY
Batch of transactions containing this rejected item.
SEQUENCE
8N KEY
ORIGINAL
4N
Code that identifies the sequence of the record within the

transaction.
RECORD
8C
Name of the record definition applied to this transaction.
STATUS
1C
Maintenance status of this reject record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
ACCT NBR
19N
Number of the account associated with the transaction.
TRAN CODE
3N

establishes these codes within the Transaction Code table. An
alphanumeric description of the transaction is displayed
beneath the code.
TRAN DATE
8N
Date the transaction actually occurred, displayed in userdefined format.
TRAN AMT
12N
NBR AFF FLD

1N
Number of fields in the transaction that were in error or suspect.
DESTINATIONS
4N
Destination institution and application numbers assigned to the

transaction. Up to ten destinations are available.
The following fields identify the transaction information that caused the item to be
rejected. You can page forward to review additional fields as necessary. These fields
include:
FIELD NAME
10C
August 2009
Name of the field that failed TRAMS edits.
910
EXCEPTMENU
LEN
4N
Maximum number of characters defined for the field.
DECIMALS
2N
Number of decimal places defined for the field.
The actual field data is displayed following these fields. Up to 75 characters of field data
are displayed. The field is open for input, enabling you (with proper security) to correct
the field.
Once you correct a field and press Enter, the system performs edits on your entry (as with
input processing). These edits ensure that the transaction is completely correct before the
system moves to the next transaction.
REASON
20C
Code and message identifying the reason for the fields

rejection, as defined within your organizations Messages table.
EDIT NAME
10C
The type of edit that the transaction failed, as established within

your organizations Application Generator.
When you finish viewing the screen, you have the option of updating or viewing the entire
transaction (as opposed to only the erroneous fields). To do so, move your cursor to the
action bar. Type F to update the complete transaction, or T to view the full transaction.
Press Enter and proceed to the following topic.
Original reject transaction details
If you chose to look at the full transaction, the system displays a screen similar to the one
following.
August 2009
911
EXCEPTMENU
REJORDTLOriginal Rejected Transaction Details

(
) (U)Update (V)View (D)View Reject (R)Update Reject
(T)
03/23/06 13:32:07
ORIGINAL REJECTED TRANSACTION DETAILS
More:
+
Trans
Maint
Record
Original Record
Status Status
Type
Date
Run Batch Sequence
Sequence
Name
R
A
04/10/06 0002 00001 00000001
0001
VSDDTCR0
TRANSACTION CODE
TRANSACTION CODE QUALIFIER
TRANSACTION SEQUENCE NUMBER
ACCOUNT NUMBER
FLOOR LIMIT
CRB / EXCPTION FILE IND
LCS INDICATOR
INTERCHANGE REFERENCE NUMBER
ACQUIRER'S BUSINESS ID
TRANSACTION DATE
ISSUER TRANSACTION AMOUNT
CURRENCY CODE - ISSUER
ACQUIRER TRANSACTION AMOUNT
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
F5=REFRSH
05 )
0 )
0 )
4041XXXXXXXXX033000 )
)
)
)
74141002098000000000012 )
00000000 )
0405 )
101.00 )
840 )
101.00 )
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
If your action bar selection on the preceding screen was F, the fields on this screen are
open to input. If your action bar selection was T, the fields are protected. You can switch
from protected to unprotected view (and vice versa) by making the appropriate entry in the
action bar.
This screen displays the original fields in the rejected transaction in their entirety, allowing
you to review them and change values to correct the transaction. Fields are defined within
the Record Definition tables, established in the Application Generator. The Record
Definition table is associated with a Messages table that determines the field name
displayed on this screen. Both tables are created at the Application Generator level and
uploaded to your host computer for run-time access.
If the system did not find a corresponding field within the Record Definition table, the
message NOT FOUND appears in the left-hand column.
Numeric fields with decimals are zero-suppressed and right-justified when displayed. You
can type values in these fields in any format. However, the decimal point and negative
sign are the only symbols allowed for this type of field. If you use a different format, the
system returns a nonnumeric condition from the Field Parsing routine.
There may be more fields within the transaction than the screen can contain. If so, a plus
sign appears beside the word More at the top of the screen. Choosing the Forward or
August 2009
912
EXCEPTMENU
Backward paging options moves you within the same record. The Previous and Next
options move you between records.
When you finish viewing the screen and making corrections, complete the function by
results.
any changes you made on this screen.
Suspense transactions
Purpose
This function lets you review, reassign destinations, or delete items that TRAMS
suspended during processing.
as follows:
reject transaction.
containing the suspended transaction. If the suspended transaction you were on when
you issued the command was not part of a Cash Letter, the action list will be
positioned at the next cash letter in the cash letter file.
the rejected transaction.
TRNREFLIST results in a Transaction action list positioned at the transaction.
REJLIST results in a Reject Transaction action list positioned at the rejected
transaction if the suspended transaction you were on when you issued the command
was also rejected. If it was not, the action list will be positioned at the next rejected
transaction in the reject file.
commands.
August 2009
913
EXCEPTMENU
Accessing suspense transactions

To access this function, select Suspense Transactions from the Exception Transactions
Menu. Enter any search criteria and press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to
the one following.
August 2009
914
EXCEPTMENU
SUSPLISTSuspense Action List

SUSPLIST
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
SUSPENSE ACTION LIST
(T)
12/19/01 12:24:30
More:
+

S=Search U=Update V=View D=Delete R=Release P=Suspend
Action
(
) (
Action
Date
Inst
Sts
) (
)
(
Date
Run
Appl
Run
) (
Batch
Tran
) (
) (
) (
Batch Seq
Sequence
)
Status
)
(
)
Inst Appl Tran Reas
Reason
10200138 STARTING POINT NOT FOUND

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
Amount
Nbr
F9=CMDS
You can also display this screen by entering the SUSPLIST command on a Transaction
Detail screen.
This screen consists of an action list displaying suspended items that are available for your
review. If you targeted any information using the Exception Transactions Menu search
options, the list displays the items that correspond to the criteria you entered.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated transaction. Valid action codes are displayed on your
screen.
DATE
6N KEY
Processing date of the run containing this suspended

transaction.
RUN
4N KEY
TRAMS run during which the transaction was suspended.
August 2009
915
EXCEPTMENU
BATCH
5N KEY
Batch of transactions containing this suspended item.
SEQUENCE
8N KEY
Transaction within the batch.
INST
4N
Institution that is the source of the suspended transaction.
APPL
4N
Application that is the source of the suspended transaction.
TRAN
4N

REASON
4N
Reason why the transaction was suspended. Your organization

establishes these codes within the Messages table.

STATUS
1C
If TRAMS suspended a transaction for multiple reasons, the first

reason code is displayed in the action list. Use the Suspense Details
screen to review additional reject reasons.
Status of the suspended transaction. The values are:

B
= Both suspense and reject
E
= Reentered
L
= Released
R
= Reject only
S
= Suspense only.
The STS field within the action list displays maintenance status
codes for the transaction record. The values are:
A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
Transaction status codes are valid entries for the key field.
AMOUNT
10N
Monetary value of the suspended transaction.
NBR
2N
Number of suspect fields in the suspended transaction.
August 2009
916
EXCEPTMENU
ACTION field beside the key and press Enter. Refer to the Working in TRAMS
chapter in this guide for help in searching the action list based on a key.
Refer to the Suspense details subtopic for help with resulting screens. If you need
results.
Suspense details
If you selected a specific transaction and action from the Suspense Action List, the system
August 2009
917
EXCEPTMENU
SUSPDTLSuspense Details
(
) (V)View
(U)Update
(D)Delete
(F)Upd Tran
(T)View Tran
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T)
11/19/08 12:26:52
SUSPENSE DETAILS
More:
+
Inst Appl
Date
Run
Batch
Sequence
Original Record
9300 0001
11/10/08
0005
00001
00000001
0001
UIDTLTRN
Status . . ( A )
Acct Nbr . : 5329XXXXXXXXX16600
Tran Code : 0005
(
RETAIL DISPUTE REL-CUST
(
Tran Date : 11/10/08
(
Tran Amt . :
1.00
(
Nbr Aff Fld: 01
(
Field Name . . . . . . : MERCHANT CATEGORY
Reason . . . . . : 0101 FIELD NOT NUMERIC
Field Name
Reason
*-------- Destinations
Inst
Appl
Inst
9550 ) ( 0001 ) ( 0000
9450 ) ( 0001 ) ( 0000
0000 ) ( 0000 ) ( 0000
0000 ) ( 0000 ) ( 0000
0000 ) ( 0000 ) ( 0000
CD
-------*
Appl
) ( 0000
) ( 0000
) ( 0000
) ( 0000
) ( 0000
)
)
)
)
)
. . . . . . :
. . . . . :
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen displays detailed information for the suspended transaction you selected. The
screen also displays up to two fields identifying the reason for suspending the transaction.
If additional fields are available for review, the word More is displayed in the upper right
of the screen along with paging symbols. Choosing the Forward or Backward paging
options moves you within the same record. The Previous and Next options move you
between records.
Fields
INST
4N
Institution that is the source of the suspended transaction.
APPL
4N
Application that is the source of the suspended transaction.
DATE
8N
Processing date of the suspended transaction.
RUN
4N
TRAMS run during which the transaction was processed.
August 2009
918
EXCEPTMENU
BATCH
5N
Batch of transactions containing this suspended item.
SEQUENCE
8N
ORIGINAL
4N
Code that identifies the sequence of the record within the

transaction.
RECORD
8C
Name of the record definition applied to this transaction.
STATUS
1C
Maintenance status of the transaction. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
DESTINATIONS
4N
Destination institution and application numbers assigned to the

transaction. Up to five destinations are available.
ACCT NBR
17N
Number of the account associated with the transaction.
TRAN CODE
3C

establishes these codes within the Transaction Code table. An
alphanumeric description of the transaction is displayed
beneath the code.
TRAN DATE
8N
Date the transaction actually occurred, displayed in userdefined format.
TRAN AMT
10N
NBR AFF FLD

2N
Number of fields in the transaction that were in question.
The following fields identify the transaction information that caused the item to be
suspended. You can page forward to review additional fields as necessary. These fields
include:
FIELD NAME
10C
August 2009
Name of the field that flagged the item for suspension.
919
EXCEPTMENU
The actual field data is displayed following these fields. Up to 75 characters of field data
are displayed. The field is open for input, enabling you (with proper security) to correct
the field.
Once you correct a field and press Enter, the system performs edits on your entry (as with
input processing). These edits ensure that the transaction is completely correct before the
system moves to the next transaction.
REASON
20C
Code and message identifying the reason for the fields

suspension, as defined within your organizations Messages
table.

When you finish viewing the screen and making corrections (paging forward and
backward as necessary to view all fields), complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
To release the transaction, type R in the input field within the action bar and press
Enter.
To suspend a transaction previously flagged for release, type P in the input field
within the action bar and press Enter.
results.
August 2009
920
Chapter 10
SETTMENU
Settlement
While the Transaction Management System is processing transactions, it is also creating
settlement records; these records are then further processed as part of End of Day. During
settlement, TRAMS handles both incoming and outgoing transaction files. It subtracts the
credit transaction amount from the debit transaction amount and applies any pertinent fees
to the transactions. The result is a settlement file that is ready for distribution to the
appropriate destination.
TRAMS performs up to five types of settlement:
Common settlement (for all transactions)

MasterCard settlement (for MasterCard preprocessing and postprocessing
transactions)
Visa settlement (for Visa preprocessing and postprocessing transactions)
AMEX settlement (for AMEX preprocessing and postprocessing transactions)
JCB settlement (for JCB preprocessing and postprocessing transactions).
JCB settlement occurs only when JCB processing is active in

TRAMS (JCB ACTIVE is 1 on the System Options screen
SYSPLIST1). AMEX settlement occurs only when AMEX
processing is active in TRAMS (AMEX ACTIVE is 1 on the System
Options screen SYSPLIST1).
In addition to these settlement routines, your organization can define its own settlement
procedures within Application Generator. This feature enables your organization to apply
specific settlement rules according to your requirements.
Settlement reporting
TRAMS produces the Common Settlement report (860).
In addition to the printed report, the Settlement selection on the Main Menu enables you to
access online reporting of settled transactions. Both detailed and summary information is
August 2009
101
SETTMENU
Settlement
available. The remainder of this section describes the information that is available through
the Settlement menu selection.
Accessing settlement functions
To access Settlement functions, select Settlement from the Main Menu or type
SETTMENU in the command line. Press Enter. The system displays a menu similar to the
one following.
August 2009
102
SETTMENU
Settlement
SETTMENUSettlement Menu
(
) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------SETTMENU
(T)
02/09/05 08:44:43
SETTLEMENT MENU
(
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Common Settlement
MC IPM Settlement
VISA Settlement
AMEX Settlement
JCB Settlement
Search . . . . . (
(
Inst
) (
Status
) (
Appl
) (
File Path
Date
) (
Run
) (
Dest
)
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET1
F12=CANCEL
The Settlement Menu enables you to work with the following objects:
Common SettlementAll transactions that have been settled by TRAMS

MasterCard SettlementTransactions that have been settled through MasterCard
settlement routines
Visa SettlementTransactions that have been settled through Visa settlement
routines.
AMEX SettlementOnline information on incoming and outgoing American
Express messages.
JCB SettlementOnline information on incoming and outgoing JCB messages.
To select any of these options, type the number identifying the option in the field
provided.
August 2009
Menu items appear for MasterCard, Visa, AMEX, and JCB only if
the TRAMS system record indicates that processing for these
products is installed and active.
103
SETTMENU
Settlement
Search options
This chapter includes examples for common settlement only. For

information about MasterCard and Visa settlement, refer to the
TRAMS/BC Screens Guide.
For information about AMEX settlement, refer to the TRAMS Guide
Supplement in the AMEX documentation.
For information about JCB settlement, refer to the TRAMS/BC
Guide Supplement in the JCB documentation.
Note that the Settlement Menu permits you to make entries that target a specific
institution, application, date, run, status, and/or filepath. The system searches for the
information you target and creates an action list based on your entries, as follows:
To target a specific institution, type the institution number in the INST field near the
bottom of the Settlement Menu.
To target a specific application, type the application number in the APP field near the
bottom of the Settlement Menu.
To target a specific date, type the date in the DATE field near the bottom of the
Settlement Menu.
To target a specific processing run of TRAMS, type the run number in the RUN field
near the bottom of the Settlement Menu.
To target settlement records for a specific destination, type the destination number in
the DEST field near the bottom of the action list.
To target settlement records with a specific status, type the status code in the STATUS.
The values are:
IN
OUT
CI
CO
REE
=
=
=
=
=
Input
Output
Consolidated input
Consolidated output
Reject reentry.
To target a specific settlement job, type its name in the FILE PATH field near the bottom
of the Settlement Menu.
continue with your selected function.
Common settlement
Purpose
This function displays transactions that TRAMS has processed through common
settlement routines. Common settlement is used with all transactions, both bankcard and
non-bankcard related.
August 2009
104
SETTMENU
Settlement
Accessing common settlement

To access this function, select Common Settlement from the Settlement Menu. Enter any
search options in the appropriate fields and press Enter. The system displays a screen
August 2009
105
SETTMENU
Settlement
SETTLISTCommon Settlement Action List

SETTLIST


Action
(
)
Action
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(T)
01/15/09 07:55:21
More:
+
Then press Enter.
Inst
Appl
Date
Run
Dest
Status
Job Name
(
) (
) (
) (
) (
)
(
) (
)
Inst Appl
Date
Run Dest Status Hdr Job Name Settlement Amount
9000 0001 04/20/09 0022 P A IN N A VISAIN
96,909000 0001 04/20/09 0023 P A OUT N A VISAOUT
2,354.009000 0001 04/20/09 0023 S A OUT N A VISAOUT
13,564.00
9000 0001 04/20/09 0025 P A OUT N A VISAOUT
5,686.009000 0001 04/20/09 0040 P A OUT N A VISAOUT
5,485.009000 0001 04/20/09 0042 P A OUT N A VISAOUT
800.00
9000 0001 04/20/09 0042 S A OUT N A VISAOUT
1,966.00
9000 0001 04/20/09 0046 P A OUT N A VISAOUT
1,100.00
9000 0001 04/20/09 0046 S A OUT N A VISAOUT
2,067.00
9000 0001 04/20/09 0048 P A OUT N A VISAOUT
800.00
9000 0001 04/20/09 0048 S A OUT N A VISAOUT
1,966.00
9000 0001 04/20/09 0061 P A OUT N A VISAOUT
5,686.00-
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen consists of an action list displaying settlement records processed by TRAMS
common settlement routines. If you entered complete key information in the SEARCH
fields on the Settlement Menu, the action list begins with the record targeted by that key. If
you entered nonkey or partial-key information, the action list contains information
corresponding to your entries. If you did not enter any search options, the action list
begins with the first settled file.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated settlement record. Valid action codes are displayed
on your screen.
INST
4N KEY
Institution associated with the settlement record.
APPL
4N KEY
Application associated with the settlement record.
August 2009
106
SETTMENU
Settlement
DATE
6N KEY
Date the settlement record was generated by TRAMS.
RUN
4N KEY
TRAMS run that processed this settlement record.
DEST
1C KEY
Flag that identifies the file destination as primary (P) or

secondary (S).
STATUS
3C KEY
Settlement file type and its current status. File codes are:
IN
= Input
OUT = Output
CI
= Consolidated input
CO
= Consolidated output
REE = Reject reentry.
Status codes are:
A
= Active
I
N
= New
P
= Purge.
File type codes are valid entries for the key STATUS field.
JOB NAME
8C
Job that processed the settlement record.
SETTLEMENT
AMOUNT
12N
Net (debits minus credits) monetary value of the settlement

record, expressed in your organizations base currency.
chapter for help in searching the action list based on a key.
Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). You can enter
key information in the open fields as necessary. Press Enter. Refer to the Common
settlement totals subtopic that follows for help with the resulting screen.
August 2009
If your selected action code is T (transaction totals), the system

displays the Transaction Code Totals screen when you press Enter.
Refer to the Transaction code totals subtopic for help with resulting
screens.
107
SETTMENU
Settlement
results.
Common settlement totals
If you selected a common settlement record for review, the system displays a screen
August 2009
108
SETTMENU
Settlement
SETTLIST1Common Settlement Totals (Screen 1)

(
) (T) Tran Totals (H) Help
(T)
03/23/06 13:36:12
Currency
COMMON SETTLEMENT TOTALS
Code
Inst Appl
Date
Run Dest Job Name
In/Out/Net
840
9000 0001 04/10/06 0002 P
VISAIN
IN
Db :
Cr :
Net :
Memo:
Total Transactions
6
0
6
0
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
612.00
.00
612.00
F6=END
Status . . . : A
File Path Name: VISAIN
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This screen is the first in a series displaying totals for the settlement record you selected.
The key information (INST, APPL, DATE, RUN, and DEST) is displayed near the top of the
screen. This information remains displayed on each screen in the series.
Fields
CURRENCY CODE
3C
Code used to identify the currency associated with the

transaction. This is the base currency.
TOTAL TRANSACTIONS
DB
21N
Total count and monetary value of debit transactions in the

Settlement record.
CR
21N
Total count and monetary value of credit transactions in the

Settlement record.
NET
21N
Total count and net (debits minus credits) monetary value of all
transactions in the Settlement record. A minus sign () after the
the amount in this field indicates that the total monetary value
August 2009
109
SETTMENU
Settlement
of the credit transactions is greater than the total monetary value

of the debit transactions.
MEMO
3N
Total count of memo (nonmonetary) transactions in the

settlement record.
STATUS
1C
Current status of the settlement record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
N
= New
P
= Purge.
FILE PATH NAME

8C
Name of the filepath processed by this settlement job.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to proceed to the next Common
Settlement Totals screen.
August 2009
1010
SETTMENU
Settlement
SETTLIST2Common Settlement Totals (Screen 2)

(
) (T) Tran Totals (H) Help
(T)
03/23/06 13:37:09
Currency
COMMON SETTLEMENT TOTALS
Code
Inst Appl
Date
Run Dest Job Name
840
9000 0001 04/10/06 0002 P
VISAIN
Accepted Transactions
Re-entered Transactions
Db :
4
410.00
Db :
0
.00
Cr :
0
.00
Cr :
0
.00
Net :
4
410.00
Net :
0
.00
Memo:
0
Memo:
0
Rejected Transactions
Released Transactions
Db :
2
202.00
Db :
0
.00
Cr :
0
.00
Cr :
0
.00
Net :
2
202.00
Net :
0
.00
Memo:
0
Memo:
0
Suspended Transactions
Db :
0
.00
Undetermined Transactions
Cr :
0
.00
All :
0
.00
Net :
0
.00
Memo:
0
Unidentified Trans . . :
0
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
This screen reflects the status of transactions within the settlement record. The values on
the screen are protected and cannot be changed.
Fields
ACCEPTED TRANSACTIONS
DB
10N/21N
Count and monetary value of debit transactions that were

accepted by TRAMS.
CR
10N/21N
Count and monetary value of credit transactions that were

accepted by TRAMS.
NET
10N/21N

transactions that were accepted by TRAMS.
MEMO
3N
Total count of memo (nonmonetary) transactions that were

accepted by TRAMS.
August 2009
1011
SETTMENU
Settlement
REJECTED TRANSACTIONS
DB
10N/21N

rejected by TRAMS.
CR
10N/21N

rejected by TRAMS.
NET
10N/21N

transactions that were rejected by TRAMS.
MEMO
3N

rejected by TRAMS.
SUSPENDED TRANSACTIONS
DB
10N/21N

suspended by TRAMS.
CR
10N/21N

suspended by TRAMS.
NET
10N/21N

transactions that were suspended by TRAMS.
MEMO
3N

suspended by TRAMS.
RE-ENTERED TRANSACTIONS
DB
10N/21N
Count and monetary value of rejected debit transactions that

were reentered into TRAMS.
CR
10N/21N
Count and monetary value of rejected credit transactions that

NET
10N/21N

rejected transactions that were reentered into TRAMS.
MEMO
3N
Total count of rejected memo (nonmonetary) transactions that

August 2009
1012
SETTMENU
Settlement
RELEASED TRANSACTIONS
DB
10N/21N
Count and monetary value of suspended debit transactions that

were released by TRAMS.
CR
10N/21N
Count and monetary value of suspended credit transactions that

NET
10N/21N

suspended transactions that were released by TRAMS.
MEMO
3N
Total count of suspended memo (nonmonetary) transactions

that were released by TRAMS.
UNDETERMINED TRANSACTIONS
ALL
10N/21N
Total count and net monetary value of all transactions that were
not recognized by TRAMS as debits, credits, or memos.
UNIDENTIFIED TRANS
10N
Total count of all transactions whose formats were not

recognized by TRAMS.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to return to the Common Settlement
Action List, or type T in the action bar to view Transaction Code Totals.
Transaction code totals
If you typed T in the action bar while viewing any Common Settlement Totals screen, the
August 2009
1013
SETTMENU
Settlement
SETTLIST3Transaction Code Totals

(
) (V) View Currency (S) Settlement Totals (H) Help
(T)
03/23/06 13:39:16
TRANSACTION CODE TOTALS
More:
Inst Appl
Date
Run
Dest Job Name
9000 0001 04/10/06 0002
P
VISAIN
Tran Code
Accepted .
Rejected .
Re-entered
Suspended
Susp-Rel .
:
:
:
:
:
:
05 D
Tran Code
Accepted .
Rejected .
Re-entered
Suspended
Susp-Rel .
:
:
:
:
:
:
15 D
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
2
2
0
0
0
Currency Code . : 840

206.00
202.00
.00
.00
.00
Src
2
0
0
0
0
Currency Code . : 840

204.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
Src
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen summarizes transactions in the settlement record by transaction code. An

indicator beside the transaction code specifies whether the transaction is a credit (C) or
debit (D).
You can use the standard paging methods to page forward and review totals for additional
transactions, then page backward as necessary. If you want to display the Settlement
Totals for these transactions, type S in the ACTION field near the top of the screen and press
Enter, then refer to the Common settlement totals subtopic.
Fields
TRAN CODE
4N/1C

CURRENCY CODE
3N
Code identifying the currency in which the totals are expressed.

Refer to your Visa, MasterCard, or American Express manual
for a list of currency codes.
August 2009
1014
SETTMENU
Settlement
When you first access this screen, the totals are displayed in either
source (process input) or destination (process output) currency,
depending on the filepath. If you want to view the totals in base
currency, select V (view currency) from the action bar. The system
redisplays the screen with the totals in base currency, and SRC,
which appears next to CURRENCY CODE, will change to BASE. To
redisplay the source or destination currency totals, select V from the
action bar again. If you return to the action list and select another
institution, application, or effective date, the screen is again
displayed in source or destination currency.
ACCEPTED
8N/21N
Count and net monetary value of transactions that were

accepted by TRAMS.
REJECTED
8N/21N
Count and net monetary value of transactions that were rejected

by TRAMS.
RE-ENTERED
8N/21N
Count and net monetary value of rejected transactions that were

reentered into TRAMS.
SUSPENDED
8N/21N
Count and net monetary value of transactions that were

suspended by TRAMS.
SUSP-REL
8N/21N
Count and net monetary value of suspended transactions that


When you have finished viewing screens, complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
results.
August 2009
1015
Chapter 11
JOBMENU
Job Schedule
TRAMS processes work as a series of jobs. Jobs perform tasks that keep TRAMS files and
schedules up-to-date, process incoming and outgoing transactions, create temporary
reporting files, and produce reports reflecting TRAMS processing and maintenance.
This chapter describes the functions that your organization uses to establish the schedule
that TRAMS follows when processing your jobs. For more information about the
procedures executed by each job, refer to the Job Streams section of the TRAMS
Technical Guide.
Accessing job schedule
To access Job Schedule functions, select Job Schedule from the Main Menu or type the
command JOBMENU in the command line. Press Enter. The system displays a menu
August 2009
111
JOBMENU
Job Schedule
JOBMENUJob Schedule Menu

(
) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------JOBMENU
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/19/01 15:00:20
JOB SCHEDULE MENU
(
1. Job Schedule
2. Job Status
Search . . . . . (
COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP
F2=SET2
Job Name
) (
F3=EXIT
Date
) (
F5=REFRSH
Run
) (
F6=END
Inst
) (
Appl
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
Use this menu to establish, maintain, and monitor the various jobs that TRAMS processes
for your organization. These functions include:
Job ScheduleDetermines when specific jobs are processed and the filepath
processed as part of the job
Job StatusDisplays information about a specific job that is scheduled to be run or
has been run.
To select either of these options, enter the number identifying the option in the field
provided.
Search options
Note that the Job Schedule Menu permits you to make entries that target the specific job
name, date, run, institution, and/or application to access.
To target a specific job, enter its identifier in the JOB NAME field next to the Search
prompt. The resulting display will begin with the job name you targeted. If you make
an entry in this field, any additional targeting entries are not valid. This field is valid
only when accessing Job Schedule.
To target a specific date, enter the date in the DATE field next to the Search prompt.
The resulting displays will begin with the date you targeted. You can use this field in
August 2009
112
JOBMENU
Job Schedule
combination with the RUN, INST, and/or APPL fields. This field is valid only when
accessing Job Status.
To target a specific run of TRAMS, enter its identifier in the RUN field next to the
Search prompt. The resulting display will begin with the run you targeted. You can
use this field in combination with the DATE, INST, and/or APPL fields. This field is
valid only when accessing Job Status.
To target a specific institution, enter its identifier in the INST field next to the Search
prompt. The resulting display will begin with jobs for the institution you targeted.
You can use this field in combination with any of the other targeting fields on the
screen.
To target a specific application, enter its identifier in the APPL field next to the Search
prompt. The resulting display will begin with jobs that include the application you
targeted. You can use this field in combination with any of the other targeting fields
on the screen.
continue with instructions for your selected function.
Manually requesting jobs
Occasionally, you may need to manually request a job to run outside of its normal
schedule. For example, you may need to restart a job that was canceled or run a job twice
to accommodate multiple tapes.
TRAMS offers two methods to manually request a job: through the Next Requested Run
DATE field on the Job Schedule Details screen, or through job control parameters entered
by operations personnel.
Next requested run date
To manually request a job through the Job Schedule function, access the function and
perform an update action for the appropriate job. On the Job Schedule Details screen, tab
to the NEXT REQUESTED RUN DATE field. Enter the date on which you want the job to run
(this must be greater than todays date and cannot conflict with your processing calendar).
The system will run the job at the next available time on the date indicated.
For more detailed information about the function, refer to the Job schedule topic.
Job control parameters
For manual job selection using job control, submit the job using the following parameters:
Job name (8C)

Run number (4N) or
On request flag (R).
August 2009
113
JOBMENU
Job Schedule
If no other parameters are used, the system processes the job at the next available date and
time. If the job is not already scheduled, the system generates an on request status of R for
the job. This status is reflected on the Job Status screens.
Certain restrictions apply to this procedure:
The system will not run on request a job that is already scheduled with a Job Status
record attached. The Job Status record indicates the completion status of the job and is
assigned to the job when processing commences.
The system does not permit entry of the run number and on request flag parameters in
combination. Other combinations of the parameters are permitted.
For more information about job control language and parameters, refer to the Job
Streams section of the TRAMS Technical Guide.
Job schedule
Purpose
Use this option to list and access detailed information for the TRAMS jobs set up within
your organization.
Accessing job schedule
To access the function, select Job Schedule from the Job Schedule menu or type the
command JOBSCHDLST in the command line. If you are using the menu, make any
entries required to target a specific job, institution, and/or application. Press Enter.
August 2009
114
JOBMENU
Job Schedule
JOBSCHDLSTJob Schedule Action List

JOBSCHDLST

JOB SCHEDULE ACTION LIST
(T)
11/19/08 17:03:26
More:
- +

Action
Job Name
F/Path
Inst
Appl
(
) (
) (
) (
) (
)
Action
Job Name
F/Path
Inst
Appl
(
)
ETSCRCR
ITSCRCR
9700
1001
(
)
ETSCRCRE
ITSCRCR
9700
1001
(
)
ETSCRCRN
ITSCRCR
9700
1011
(
)
ETSFFD
ITSFFD
9700
1002
(
)
ETSFRD
ITSFRD
9700
1003
(
)
FASFTBA
FASFTBA
9600
0001
(
)
FEPIPIN
IPMIN
9011
0001
(
)
FEPVSIN
VISAIN
9010
0001
(
)
IPCOLOUT
IPCOLOUT
9001
0001
(
)
IPMIN
IPMIN
9001
0001
(
)
IPMOUT
IPMOUT
9001
0001
(
)
ITSCRCR
ITSCRCR
9700
0001
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
Last Run Status

10/16/01
A
00/00/00
A
00/00/00
A
10/16/01
A
10/16/01
A
10/16/01
A
00/00/00
A
00/00/00
A
00/00/00
A
00/00/00
A
00/00/00
A
10/16/01
A
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen displays all of the jobs that are available for your review. If you targeted a
specific job, institution, and/or application on the menu screen, the listing begins with that
object.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated job. Valid actions are displayed on your screen.
JOB NAME
8C KEY
Name that uniquely identifies this job within TRAMS.
F/PATH
8C KEY

job.
INST
4N KEY
Institution with which the job is associated.
APPL
4N KEY
Application with which the job is associated.
August 2009
115
JOBMENU
Job Schedule
LAST RUN
4N
Date that this job was last run by your organization, shown in
STATUS
1C
Current status of the job record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
When you finish viewing the screen, paging backward and forward as necessary, continue
by performing one of the following actions:
chapter of this guide if you need help in searching the action list using a key.
Refer to the Job schedule details subtopic for help with resulting screens. If you
results.
action negates any changes you may have made on this screen.
Job schedule details
If you selected a specific job and action on the Job Schedule Display screen, the system
displays a screen similar to the one on the following page.
August 2009
116
JOBMENU
Job Schedule
JOBSCHDLS1Job Schedule Details

(
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TRAMS/BSE 8.0
(T)
12/20/01 09:04:09
JOB SCHEDULE DETAILS
Job Name . . . . .
File Path Name . .
Institution . . . .
Application . . . .
Date Next Scheduled
Time of Each Run .
Period . . . . . .
Frequency . . . . .
Day of the Month .
Run Type . . . . .
Job Class . . . . .
Job Disposition . .
Holiday Run Option
Prior Job Required
. .
. .
. .
. .
Run
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
COMMAND ===>
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
:
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
ABSMTVN
MBSMTVN )
9000 )
1001 )
101701 )
0000 )
001 )
D )
00 )
N )
)
H )
N )
)
F6=END
F9=CMDS
Record Status . . . . . .
Date Added . . . . . . .
Last Maintenance By . . .
Date of Last Maintenance.
Time of Last Maintenance.
(
:
:
:
:
A )
04/16/99
Date of Last Scheduled Run:

Last Run Number . . . . . :
Next Requested Run Date . (
Last Requested Run Date . :
Multiple Run Indicator . :
10/16/01
0001
000000 )
00/00/00
01
F10=ACTNS
00/00/00
00:00:00
F12=CANCEL
This screen displays detailed information for the job you selected. If you selected new
as the action on the preceding screen, the values displayed within the fields are the
defaults established for your organization. You can change these values as necessary by
entering new values directly over those displayed.
Fields
JOB NAME
8C
Name that uniquely identifies the job within TRAMS.
FILE PATH NAME

8C

job.
INSTITUTION
4N
Institution with which the job is associated.
APPLICATION
4N
Application with which the job is associated.
August 2009
117
JOBMENU
Job Schedule
DATE NEXT
SCHEDULED RUN
6N
Date on which this job is next scheduled for processing, shown

in user-defined format. This date must be greater than todays
date and have no conflicts with calendars; for instance, the date
cannot be that of a holiday on which the system is not
processing.
TIME OF EACH RUN

4N
Time of day at which this job is next scheduled for processing,

in 24-hour-clock format (for example, 2:00 p.m. is entered as
1400). Enter the time with hours and minutes only (no
seconds).
PERIOD
3N
Number of days, weeks, months, or years (as defined by the

FREQUENCY field) elapsing from one execution of this job to the
next.
FREQUENCY
1C
Code that indicates whether the PERIOD value identifies a

number of days, weeks, months, or years. The values are:
D
= Days
W
= Weeks
M
= Months
Y
= Years.
DAY OF THE MONTH

2N
Specific day of the month on which the job is processed. This

field is invalid if PERIOD and FREQUENCY are entered.
RUN TYPE
1C
Category of TRAMS run used within this job. The values are:
N
= Normal run
R
= Rerun.
JOB CLASS
1C
Job classification to which this job belongs. The values are A

through Z (user-defined) or blank.
JOB DISPOSITION
1C
Indicates any further action to be performed regarding this job.

The values are:
H
= Hold
P
= Purge.
HOLIDAY RUN
OPTION
1C
Method used to run this job when the organization observes a

holiday. The values are:
A
= Run after the holiday
B
= Run before the holiday
N
= Do not run the job at all.
August 2009
118
JOBMENU
Job Schedule
PRIOR JOB
REQUIRED
8C
Name of the last job that must be successfully completed before

this job can be processed.
RECORD STATUS
1C
Current status of this job record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
DATE ADDED
8N
Date this job record was created by TRAMS.
LAST MAINTENANCE
BY
5C

job record.
DATE OF LAST
MAINTENANCE
8N
System-supplied date on which this job record was last updated.
TIME OF LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
System-supplied time of day at which this job record was last

updated.
DATE OF LAST
SCHEDULED RUN
8N
System-supplied date on which this job was last processed.
LAST RUN NUMBER

4N
System-supplied number of the last TRAMS run processed by

this job.
NEXT REQUESTED
RUN DATE
8N
Date on which the job is next requested to be run, shown in

user-defined format. This date must be greater than todays date
and have no conflicts with the calendar. Use this entry to
override the job schedule and process the job on request.
Example: A merchant for whom you usually process a job
informs you that he will provide two transaction tapes on a
certain date rather than the normal single tape. By making an
entry in the NEXT REQUESTED RUN DATE field, you can request a
run of the merchants job in addition to the scheduled job to
accommodate both tapes.
August 2009
119
JOBMENU
Job Schedule
LAST REQUESTED
RUN DATE
8N
Date on which the job was last requested to be run, shown in

MULTIPLE RUN
INDICATOR
2N
Number of times this job will run during its next scheduled
processing session.

When you finish viewing the Job Schedule Details screen, exit the function by performing
one of the following actions:
results.
Job status
Purpose
Use this option to review the current status of one or more Transaction Management
System jobs.
Accessing job status
To access the function, select Job Status from the Job Schedule Menu or type the
command JOBSTSLIST in the command line. If you are using the menu, make any
entries required to target a specific job, date, run, institution, application, and/or filepath.
Press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.
August 2009
1110
JOBMENU
Job Schedule
JOBSTSLSTJob Status Action List

JOBSTSLST

JOB STATUS ACTION LIST
(T)
11/19/08 17:07:33
More:
+

S=Search V=View J=Jobname Order I=Inst/Appl Order A=Appl Order
Action
Date
(
) (
Action Date
(
) 00/00/00
(
) 10/06/08
(
) 10/06/08
(
) 10/06/08
(
) 10/06/08
(
) 10/06/08
(
) 10/06/08
(
) 10/06/08
(
) 10/06/08
(
) 10/06/08
(
) 10/06/08
(
) 10/06/08
) (
Run
0001
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009
0010
0011
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
Run
Job Name
) (
) (
Job Name F/Path
Inst
0000
ITSCRCR ITSCRCR 9700
IPMOUT
IPMOUT
9001
IPMOUT
IPMOUT
9001
ITSCRCR ITSCRCR 9700
IPMOUT
IPMOUT
9001
USERIPT USERIPT 9300
IPMOUT
IPMOUT
9001
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
C=Sts Order
F/Path
Appl
0000
0001
0001
0001
0001
0001
0001
0001
0001
0001
0001
0001
Inst
Appl
Run Sts
) (
) (
) (
)
Time Sts Hdr
Net Total
00:00 S
.00
06:52 C R A
6182.00
06:53 I R
.00
06:57 C R A
6422.00
07:02 C R A
6182.00
07:03 C R A
6523.00
07:21 C R A
17.5007:23 C R A
17.5007:32 C R A
2295.00
07:34 C R A
2295.00
07:37 C R A
2295.00
07:50 C R A
2235.00
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen displays all of the jobs that are available for review. If you targeted a job using
the Job Schedule Menu, the list begins with the job you targeted.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated job. Valid action codes are displayed on the screen.
DATE
8N KEY
Date the specified job was processed by TRAMS, shown in

RUN
4N KEY
TRAMS run that processed the job.
JOB NAME
8C KEY
F/PATH
8C KEY

job.
August 2009
1111
JOBMENU
Job Schedule
INST
4N KEY
Institution associated with the job.
APPL
4N KEY
Application associated with the job.
RUN STS
1C KEY
Status of the processing run.
TIME
6N
Time of day at which the job was processed.
STS
1C
Code that indicates whether the job was successfully

completed. The values are:
A
= Aborted
C
= Completed
D
= Duplicate
I
= In progress
F
= Failed
S
= Scheduled.
An R beside a status code identifies a job that was processed
upon request.
HDR
1C
Batch Header action code associated with this job.
NET TOTAL
8N
Net monetary value of the Batch Header record.
chapter of this guide for help in searching the action list based on a key.
Refer to the Job status details topic for help with resulting screens. If you need help
in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the Working in TRAMS
Besides the normal search and view actions allowed on this screen, it is also possible to
search and sort the items on the screen at the same time for a specific date. The values are:
J
I
August 2009
=
=
Sorts in ascending jobname order

Sorts in ascending institution and application order
1112
A
C
=
=
JOBMENU
Job Schedule
Sorts in ascending application order

Sorts in completion status order but in descending order so that scheduled
(status S) jobs will display first.
For example, to sort all jobs named MYJOB in completion status order for jobs run on 07/
25/99, type C in ACTION, 072599 in DATE, and MYJOB in JOB NAME. A screen similar to
the one following is displayed.
JOBSTSLST
TRAMS/BSE 8.0
JOB STATUS ACTION LIST
(T)
12/20/01 09:19:33
More:
+

S=Search V=View J=Jobname Order I=Inst/Appl Order A=Appl Order C=Sts Order
Action
Date
Run
Job Name
(
) (
) (
) (
)
Action
Date
Run Job Name F/Path
(
)
07/25/98 0012 MYJOB
CGT3914
(
)
07/25/98 0017 MYJOB
CGT3914
(
)
07/25/98 0018 MYJOB
CGT3914
(
)
07/25/98 0013 MYJOB
CGT3914
(
)
07/25/98 0015 MYJOB
CGT3914
(
)
07/25/98 0019 MYJOB
CGT3914
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F/Path
(
Inst Appl
0001 0400
0001 0400
0001 0400
0001 0400
0001 0400
0001 0400
Inst
Appl
Run Sts
) (
) (
) (
)
Time Status
Net Total
12:02:46 I R
0.00
08:44:51 F R
0.00
08:51:05 F R
0.00
12:27:57 C R
7,407.37
14:30:40 C R
3,801.35
08:55:06 C R
3,801.35
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
Jobs processed by the scheduler never have a scheduled status of S because the scheduled
status is changed depending on the completion status. For example, Beginning of Day
Batch run writes a Job Status record for every active Job Schedule record and sets a status
of S. When an input job is run, depending on its completion and whether it is run on
request or scheduled, another Job Status record is written with the appropriate completion
status or the job status is updated with the appropriate completion status respectively.
results.
August 2009
1113
JOBMENU
Job Schedule
Job status details

If you selected a specific job from the action list to view, the system displays a screen
August 2009
1114
JOBMENU
Job Schedule
JOBSTSLST1Job Status Details

(
) (H) Help
11/19/08 17:12:28
JOB STATUS DETAILS
Inst Appl
Date
Run
9700 0001
10/06/08 0001
Job Name . . . . . . . :
File Path Name . . . . :
Run Status . . . . . . :
Requested Job . . . . :
Current Processing Date:
Scheduled Release Date :
Scheduled Release Time :
Frequency . . . . . . :
Actual Release Date . :
Actual Release Time . :
Prior Job Required . . :
Status Message . :
COMMAND ===>
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
ITSCRCR
ITSCRCR
C
R
10/06/08
00/00/00
00:00:00
D
10/06/08
06:52:17
F6=END
Record Status . . . . : A
Last Run Date . . . . : 10/16/01
Last Run Number . . . : 0051
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
F12=CANCEL
This screen displays detailed status information for the job you selected. Key information
is redisplayed at the top of the screen.
Fields
JOB NAME
8C KEY
FILE PATH NAME

8C KEY
Name that uniquely identifies the file(s) processed by the job.
RUN STATUS
1C
Code that indicates whether the job was successfully

completed. The values are:
A
= Aborted
C
= Completed
D
= Duplicate
I
= In progress
F
= Failed
S
= Scheduled.
August 2009
1115
JOBMENU
Job Schedule
REQUESTED JOB
1C
Flag that indicates a job that was manually requested instead of

automatically scheduled. The values are:
Blank = Automatically scheduled
R
= Manually requested.
CURRENT
PROCESSING DATE
8N
System processing date.
SCHEDULED
RELEASE DATE
8N
Date on which the job is scheduled for processing, shown in

SCHEDULED
RELEASE TIME
6N
Time of day at which the job is scheduled for release to its

destination(s).
FREQUENCY
1C
Unit of time used to compute the schedule for this job. The
values are:
D
= Days
W
= Weeks
M
= Months
Y
= Years.
ACTUAL RELEASE
DATE
6N
Date on which the job was actually released for processing,

shown in user-defined format.
ACTUAL RELEASE
TIME
6N
Time of day at which the job was actually released for

processing.
PRIOR JOB
REQUIRED
8C
Name of the last job required to be successfully completed

before running this job.
STATUS MESSAGE
10C
Message identifying the jobs current status. This status serves

as an alert if a job fails.
RECORD STATUS
1C
Current status of this job record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
August 2009
1116
JOBMENU
Job Schedule
LAST RUN DATE

8N
Date on which this job was previously scheduled to run, shown

LAST RUN NUMBER

4N
Number identifying the last run of TRAMS used to process this

job.

When you finish viewing the Job Status Details screen, continue by performing one of the
following actions:
results.
August 2009
1117
Chapter 12
SYSTBLMENU
System Tables
TRAMS stores much of its data in a series of system tables. As TRAMS processes, it
refers to these tables to retrieve needed information.
TRAMS system tables

The TRAMS system tables include:
Transaction Code Translation tableContains data used to translate incoming

transaction codes into codes readable by various destinations.
Interchange Fee tableContains the current fees charged for use of the bankcard
networks. This table is available only if your organization is running the TRAMS
Bank Card module (TRAMS/BC).
Interbank Card Association (ICA) tableContains the identification numbers for
MasterCard member institutions. This table is available only if your organization is
running the TRAMS Bank Card module (TRAMS/BC).
BIN tableContains the identification numbers for Visa member institutions. This
table is available only if your organization is running the TRAMS Bank Card module
(TRAMS/BC).
Account Range tableContains the range of account prefix numbers available for
each institution.
MasterCardWorld Card Chargeback tableContains the reason codes for
chargeback transactions. This table is available only if your organization is running
the TRAMS Bank Card module (TRAMS/BC).
Visa Chargeback Rights Indicator tableContains Visa chargeback reason codes that
cannot be used in combination with a specific Visa chargeback rights indicator in
exception processing.
IIN tableContains both Licensee ID and Issuer Identification (IIN) records. This
table is available only if your organization is running TRAMS/BC and the JCB
module.
August 2009
121
SYSTBLMENU
System Tables
JCB Interchange Fee tableContains data used to qualify each transaction for the
correct interchange fee rate. This table is available only if your organization is
running TRAMS/BC and the JCB module.
AMEX Special Programs Indicator tableContains chargeback or retrieval request
reason codes that cannot be used in combination with a specific AMEX special
programs indicator in exception processing.
The tables that specifically relate to the TRAMS/BC module are documented in the
TRAMS/BC Screens Guide. The tables that relate specifically to AMEX and JCB are
documented in the AMEX and JCB supplements.
Additional tables, such as the Messages table and Record Definition

table, are created and maintained through the Application
Generator. These tables are accessible through the Security
Administration Menu.
Accessing system tables

To access the tables, select the System Tables option from the TRAMS Main Menu or type
SYSTBLMENU in the command line. Press Enter.
The system displays a menu similar to the one on the following page.
August 2009
122
SYSTBLMENU
System Tables
SYSTBLMENUSystem Table Management Menu

(
) (H) Help
---------------------------------------------------------------------------SYSTBLMENU
(T)
07/08/08 09:50:03
SYSTEM TABLE MANAGEMENT MENU
(
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Tran Code Translation Table

Interchange Fee Table
ICA Table
BIN Table
Account Range Table
World Card Chargeback Table
Chargeback Rights Ind Table
IIN Table
JCB Interchange Fee Table
Amex Special Programs Table
COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F9=CMDS
F10=ACTNS
Use this menu to establish, view, change, or delete each of the system tables previously
described. To select a table, type the number for the option in the field provided and press
Enter. Then, turn to the appropriate topic and continue with the instructions for that
function.

August 2009
The ICA table, BIN table, Account Range table, and World Card
Chargeback table have established JCLs that load them. These
should be scheduled on a regular basis to ensure that files are
current.
Menu items appear for MasterCard, Visa, AMEX, and JCB tables
only if the TRAMS system record indicates that processing for these
products is installed and active.
This chapter includes examples for the Transaction Code
Translation table only. For information about MasterCard and Visa
tables, refer to the TRAMS/BC Screens Guide. For information
about the AMEX table, refer to the TRAMS Screens Guide
Supplement in the AMEX documentation. For information about
JCB tables, refer to the TRAMS/BC Screens Guide Supplement in
the JCB documentation.
123
SYSTBLMENU
System Tables
Transaction Code Translation table

Purpose
Use this function to access the table cross-referencing source transaction codes with
destination transaction codes. TRAMS refers to this table as it translates incoming
(source) transaction files into an outgoing (destination) file format. The table is created
and maintained in the Application Generator and uploaded to the host computer.
August 2009
124
SYSTBLMENU
System Tables
Accessing the Transaction Code Translation table

To access the table, select the Tran Code Translation Table option from the System Table
Management Menu and press Enter.
The system displays a screen similar to the one on the following page.
August 2009
125
SYSTBLMENU
System Tables
TRANLISTTransaction Code Action List

TRANLIST

TRANSACTION CODE ACTION LIST
(T)
11/25/08 16:21:05
More:
+

S=Search V=View
************** Source **************
******** Destination *********
Action
Inst
Appl
Tran Cd Rev D/C/M
Inst
Appl
Tran Cd D/C/M
(
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
) (
)
***************** Source ******************
Action Inst Appl Tran Rev D/C/M
Description
(
)
9000 0001 0001
C RETURN ITEM CREDIT
(
)
9000 0001 0002
D RETURN ITEM DEBIT
(
)
9000 0001 0003
M RETURN ITEM NON-FINANCIAL
(
)
9000 0001 0004
M RECLASSIFICATION ADVICE
(
)
9000 0001 0005
D RETAIL SALE
(
)
9000 0001 0006
C CREDIT
(
)
9000 0001 0007
D CASH ADVANCE
(
)
9000 0001 0009
C CREDIT
(
)
9000 0001 0010
D FEE COLLECTION
(
)
9000 0001 0015
D SALES CHARGEBACK
(
)
9000 0001 0016
C CREDIT CHARGEBACK
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F7=BKWD
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
This screen consists of an action list containing source transaction codes established in the
table. Using this action list, you can access detailed information used to translate the
source transactions into formats readable by their destination institutions.
help with paging.
Fields
ACTION
1C
associated object. Valid action codes are displayed on your
screen.
INST
4N KEY
Institution pertaining to the transaction code. This field appears

once for Source and once for Destination.
APPL
4N KEY
Application pertaining to the transaction code. This field

appears once for Source and once for Destination.
TRAN CD
4N KEY
Specific transaction code affected by the translation. This field

appears once for Source and once for Destination.
August 2009
126
SYSTBLMENU
System Tables
REV
1C KEY
Code that indicates whether this transaction is used to reverse

another transaction.
D/C/M
1C KEY
Code that identifies the transaction as a debit, credit, or memo

item. This field appears once for Source and once for
Destination. The values are:
D
= Debit
C
= Credit
M
= Memo.

DESCRIPTION
30C
Enter all values associated with the Source heading to provide a full
key.
Full name or description of the source transaction.
Enter values in the key fields displayed near the top of the screen. Enter a code in the
ACTION field associated with the key. Press Enter. Refer to the Transaction code
details topic for help with resulting screens.
Refer to the Transaction code details topic for help with resulting screens. If you
results.
Enter a fastpath command in the Command line and press Enter. Remember, this
Transaction code details
If you selected an object and action using the Transaction Code Action List, the system
displays a screen similar to the one on the following page.
August 2009
127
SYSTBLMENU
System Tables
TRANLIST1Transaction Code Details

(
) (H) Help
(T)
11/25/08 16:25:33
TRANSACTION CODE DETAILS
More:
+
Status . . . . . . .
Institution Id . . . : 9000
Application Id . . . : 0001
Src Transaction Code : 0006
Src Tran Code Reversal:
Debit/Credit/Memo Ind : C
Tran Code Description : CREDIT
Nbr Destination T/C . : 0008
************* Destination Transaction Codes *************
Inst Appl
Tran D/C/M
Description
9000 0001
0006
C
CREDIT
9001 0001
6276
C
CREDIT
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
F5=REFRSH
F6=END
F8=FWRD
F9=CMDS
:
:
:
:
:
A
00/00/00
00/00/00
00:00:00
F10=ACTNS
This screen displays the detailed information for the source transaction code, and lists the
destination transaction codes to which the source code is translated.
Fields
INSTITUTION ID
4N
Source institution generating this transaction.
APPLICATION ID
4N
Source application generating this transaction.
SRC TRANSACTION
CODE
4N
Transaction code assigned to the item at its source.
SRC TRAN CODE

REVERSAL
4N
Flag that indicates whether the transaction is used to reverse

another transaction.
August 2009
128
SYSTBLMENU
System Tables
DEBIT/CREDIT/MEMO
IND
1C
Code that identifies the item as a debit, credit, or memo

D
= Debit
C
= Credit
M
= Memo.
TRAN CODE
DESCRIPTION
15C
Full name or description of the transaction.
NBR DESTINATION
T/C
4N
Total number of destination transaction codes to which this

source transaction applies.
STATUS
1C
Current status of this table record. The values are:

A
= Active
I
= Inactive
N
= New
P
= Purge.
DATE ADDED
8N
Date this record was added to the system, displayed in userdefined format.
LAST MAINTENANCE
BY
5C
User who last updated this record.
DATE LAST
MAINTENANCE
8N
TIME LAST
MAINTENANCE
6N
DESTINATION TRANSACTION CODES
This section of the screen lists the destinations to which the transaction applies.
INST
4N
Destination institution.
APPL
4N
Destination application.
August 2009
129
SYSTBLMENU
System Tables
TRAN
4N
Transaction code to which the source item is translated for the

associated destination.
D/C/M
1C
Code that indicates whether the destination item is a debit,

credit, or memo item.
DESCRIPTION
15C
Full name or description of the destination transaction.
This list shows up to six destination transactions for this source

transaction. If more destination transactions apply, use paging
functions to page forward and backward.

results.
Enter a fastpath command in the Command line and press Enter. Remember, this
August 2009
1210
Appendices
Appendix A
Appendix A
TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base
Information
TRAMS initializes the system files during installation, generating selected records that
contain initial values only. You can change, view, or establish additional records on the
corresponding online screens for each file.
Refer to the following topics for information on file records available in TRAMS. For
more information on installation processes, refer to the Installation Job Streams chapter
in the TRAMS Technical Guide. For more information on the online screen functions, refer
to the appropriate chapter in the TRAMS Screens Guide.
NCVRPTPReport Control Parameter file

This topic lists the reports available in TRAMS depending on which TRAMS modules are
active. TRAMS initializes controls for many of the reports on the Report Control
Parameter file (NCVRPTP) during installation. You can establish, change, or view report
parameters online by selecting Report Options on the Control Options Menu screen
(OPTIONMENU). For more information on the Report Options function, refer to the
TRAMS Screens Guide.

August 2009
TRAMS automatically adds most VisionPLUS TRAMS reports to the

report action list (RPTLIST) during installation processes. However,
some reports require manual addition. Refer to the Manually
adding a Report Options record topic following the RPTLIST2
screen sample in the OPTIONMENUControl Options chapter.
NCVRPTP report options functionality is not available for American
Express reports.
A1
TRAMS 8.34
TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base InformationAppendix A
TRAMS
Report
Description
560
System Calendar Journal
701
Report Production Listing
702
System Warehouse Totals
703
Unidentified Transactions
704
Reconciliation Report
705
System Maintenance Log
707
Scheduled Jobs Listing
708
Job Status Log
709
Control Options Log
710
Security Violations Log
711
Backup Purge and Archive Summary Report
713
Header Reject Listing
714
Pass-through Error Listing
730
Transaction Input Listing
731
Transaction Input Listing Pass-through
732
EMV Transaction Certificate Check
735
Transaction Output Listing
736
Accepted Pass-through
740
Reject Correction Listing
751
Reject Transaction Listing
752
Reject Transaction Listing By Reason Code
761
Suspense Transaction Listing
762
Suspense Transaction Listing By Reason Code
August 2009
A2
TRAMS 8.34
Report
Description
770
Institution/Application Input Totals
801
Transaction Input Listing by Merchant
802
Warehouse Exception Log
803
Unreleased Transaction Report
804
Addendum Error Listing
851
System Reconciliation Report
852
Warehouse Listing Primary Destinations
854
Header Transaction Listing
856
Warehouse Listing Secondary Destinations
858
Input/Output Reconciliation Report
860
Common Settlement Report
TRAMS/DE
Report
Description
2711
Data Entry Deletion Log
2730
Data Entry Extract Log
2731
Data Entry Cash Letter Holdover Log
2732
Data Entry Batch Header Holdover Log
2735
Data Entry System Totals Report
2852
Data Entry Region Totals
TRAMS/BCMasterCard
Report
Description
1703
MasterCard ABU Merchant Request
1705
MasterCard ABU Merchant Request Reject
August 2009
A3
TRAMS 8.34
Report
Description
1707
MasterCard ABU Issuer Account Change Confirmations and

Errors
1709
MasterCard ABU Issuer Updates to Merchants
1711
MasterCard ABU Issuer Stop Payment Requests
1713
MasterCard ABU Issuer Stop Payment Confirmations and Errors
1715
MasterCard ABU Merchant Registration Confirmations and Errors
1716
MasterCard ABU Merchant Responses and Errors
1717
Terminated Merchants
1718
Terminated Merchants
1719
MasterCard ABU EU Merchant Responses and Errors
1769
NDC Central Host EDC Detail Listing
1770
Outgoing SAFE
1771
Incoming SAFE
1772
Outgoing Issuers Clearinghouse
1773
Incoming Issuers Clearinghouse Service
1775
Incoming ICS Issuers Alert
1777
Incoming Bankruptcy
3701
File Currency Summary
3703
Incoming First Presentment Detail
3704
Outgoing First Presentment Detail
3705
Incoming Retrieval Request
3706
Outgoing Retrieval Request
3711
Incoming Chargeback
3712
Outgoing Chargeback
August 2009
A4
TRAMS 8.34
Report
Description
3713
Incoming Second Presentment
3714
Outgoing Second Presentment
3715
Incoming Fee Collection (Retrieval Fee Billing)
3716
Outgoing Fee Collection (Retrieval Fee Billing)
3717
Currency Update
3719
Message Exception/File Reject
3721
Financial Position Detail
3723
Text Message
3727
Incoming Settlement Totals in Reconciliation Currency
3728
Outgoing Settlement Totals in Reconciliation Currency
3765
Incoming Fee Collection (Other than Retrieval Fee Billing)
3766
Outgoing Fee Collection (Other than Retrieval Fee Billing)
4701
File Currency Summary
4703
Incoming First Presentment Detail Summary
4704
Outgoing First Presentment Detail Summary
4705
Incoming Retrieval Request Summary
4706
Outgoing Retrieval Request Summary
4711
Incoming Chargeback Summary
4712
Outgoing Chargeback Summary
4713
Incoming Second Presentment Summary
4714
Outgoing Second Presentment Summary
4715
Incoming Fee Collection (Retrieval Fee Billing) Summary
4716
Outgoing Fee Collection (Retrieval Fee Billing) Summary
4717
Currency Update Summary
August 2009
A5
TRAMS 8.34
Report
Description
4719
Message Exception/File Reject Summary
4723
Text Message Summary
4765
Incoming Fee Collection (Other than Retrieval Fee Billing)

Summary
4766
Outgoing Fee Collection (Other than Retrieval Fee Billing)

Summary
TRAMS/BCVisa
Report
Description
1720
Visa VAU Incoming Issuer Stop
1721
Visa VAU Incoming Acquirer Inquiry
1722
Visa VAU Incoming Acquirer Inquiry Reject
1723
Visa VAU Incoming Acquirer Inquiry Response
1724
Visa VAU Incoming Issuer Response
1725
Visa VAU Incoming Issuer Response File Error
1726
Visa VAU Incoming Acquirer Inquiry Response File Error
1727
Visa VAU Incoming Merchant Reference
1729
Incoming Visa Transaction Code 50
1730
Outgoing Visa Transaction Code 50
1731
Reclassification Advice Report
1733
Incoming Financial Detail
1734
Outgoing Financial Detail
1735
Incoming Retrieval Request
1736
Outgoing Retrieval Request
1737
Incoming Retrieval Request Confirmation
August 2009
A6
TRAMS 8.34
Report
Description
1738
Outgoing Retrieval Request Confirmation
1739
Incoming Returned Items
1740
Outgoing Fraud Advice Transaction
1741
Incoming Chargebacks
1742
Outgoing Chargebacks
1743
Incoming Representments
1744
Outgoing Representments
1745
Incoming Fee Coll/ Funds Disbursements/CFCR
1746
Outgoing Fee Coll/ Funds Disbursements/CFCR
1747
Incoming BIN Totals
1749
Draft Capture Transactions
1750
Outgoing Issuers Clearinghouse
1751
TC 48 BASE I Advice
1753
Incoming Fraud
1755
Incoming Merchant Summary
1757
Incoming Bankruptcy Record
1759
Incoming Alert Record
1761
Incoming Issuers Clearinghouse
1763
Visa Incoming Audit Advices
1765
Incoming RC300 Fee Collection/Funds Disbursement
1766
Outgoing RC300 Fee Collection/Funds Disbursement
1767
Incoming Activity Summary
1778
NMAS Daily Activity Summary
1779
NMAS Daily Confirm Detail
August 2009
A7
TRAMS 8.34
Report
Description
1780
NMAS Daily Invalid Detail
1781
NMAS Daily Alert Detail
1782
NMAS Outgoing Daily Activity Alert Detail
1785
Incoming Dispute Ruling
1786
Outgoing Dispute Request
1787
Incoming Non-Fulfillment Message
1788
Outgoing Non-Fulfillment Message
1789
Unmatched Commercial Card TC50s
1791
VMAS Incoming Daily Activity
1792
VMAS Outgoing Daily Activity
TRAMS/BCMiscellaneous
Report
Description
1701
Auto Chargeback Transactions
1801
Downgrade Warning Listing
NBPO933
Interchange Fee Table (IFET) Details
American Express
TRAMS NCVRPTP report options functionality is not available for

American Express reports.
Report
Description
57015703
AMEX Incoming First/Second Presentments
5702
AMEX Outgoing Retrieval Requests
5704
AMEX Outgoing Chargebacks
5706
AMEX Fraud Update
August 2009
A8
TRAMS 8.34
Report
Description
5707
AMEX Incoming Fulfillments
5709
AMEX Incoming Pass Through Fees/ATM Fees
5711
AMEX Incoming Fee Collections
5713
AMEX Acknowledgements
5715
AMEX Rejected Retrieval Requests
5717
AMEX Rejected Chargebacks
5719
AMEX Fraud Responses
5721
AMEX Fraud Reports
JCB
Report
Description
1601
Incoming Presentments
1602
Outgoing Presentments
1603
Incoming Chargebacks
1604
Outgoing Chargebacks
1605
Incoming Second Presentments
1606
Outgoing Second Presentments
1607
Incoming Retrieval Requests
1608
Outgoing Retrieval Requests
1609
Stop List
NCVINSTInstitution file
This topic lists the Institution records available in TRAMS depending on which TRAMS
modules are active. You can establish, change, or view Institution records online by
selecting Institutions on the Client Information Menu screen (CLIENTMENU).
For more information on installation processes, refer to the Installation Job Streams
chapter in the TRAMS Technical Guide. For more information on the Institutions online
August 2009
A9
TRAMS 8.34
function, refer to the CLIENTMENUClient Information chapter in the TRAMS

Screens Guide.
American Express
Institution
Description
9100
American Express
Auto-Chargebacks
Institution
Description
9760
Interchange Tracking System Auto Chargeback Output
CMS
Institution
Description
9400
Credit Management System Inputs
9410
Credit Management System Prepaid
9450
Credit Management System Outputs
9460
Credit Management System Nonmonetary Output
9470
General Ledger Dummy Output
FAS
Institution
Description
9600
Financial Authorization System Inputs
9650
RPCOUT
ITS
Institution
Description
9700
Interchange Tracking System Inputs
9750
Interchange Tracking System Outputs
August 2009
A10
TRAMS 8.34
JCB
Institution
Description
9900
JCB Input/Output
9950
JCB Terminated Merchant Outgoing
MasterCard
Institution
Description
9001
MasterCard
9011
MasterCard Front-End (Debit)
MBS
Institution
Description
9500
Merchant Bankcard System Inputs
9550
Merchant Bankcard System Outputs
TRAMS/DE
Institution
Description
9800
Data Entry Base
User input (acquirer)

Institution
Description
9300
User Input
Visa
Institution
Description
9000
Visa
9010
Visa Front-End (Debit)
August 2009
A11
TRAMS 8.34
NCVAPPLApplication file
This topic lists the Application records available in TRAMS depending on which TRAMS
modules are active. You can establish, change, or view Application records online by
selecting Applications on the Client Information Menu screen (CLIENTMENU).
chapter in the TRAMS Technical Guide. For more information on the Applications online
function, refer to the CLIENTMENUClient Information chapter in the TRAMS
Screens Guide.
Auto-chargeback
Institution
Application
Description
9760
0001
Auto-Chargebacks
American Express
Institution
Application
Description
9100
0001
AMEX Incoming Clearing and Settlement
9100
0050
AMEX Outgoing Clearing and Settlement
9100
0060
American Express Fraud
CMS
Institution
Application
Description
9400
0001
Cardholder Adjustments
9400
0002
CMS Monetary In
9410
0001
Credit Management System Prepaid
9420
0001
CMS Cardholder LMS (Loyalty Management

System) Credits
9450
00010010
CMS Output
9460
0001
CMS Nonmonetary Output
9470
0001
General Ledger Dummy Output
August 2009
A12
TRAMS 8.34
FAS
Institution
Application
Description
9600
0001
Batch Authorizations
9650
0001
RPCOUT
Institution
Application
Description
9700
0001
ITS Chargebacks
9700
0002
ITS Fee/Fund Input
9700
0003
ITS Fraud Input
9700
0004
ITS Issuer Clearinghouse
9700
0060
ITS Issuer Account Updater Inputs
9750
0001
ITS Output Visa
9750
0002
ITS Output MasterCard
9750
0004
ITS Output American Express
9750
0005
ITS Output JCB
Institution
Application
Description
9900
0001
JCB Incoming/Outgoing Clearing
9950
0001
JCB Terminated Merchant Outgoing
Institution
Application
Description
9001
0001
MasterCard
9001
0002
MAPP Authorizations
ITS
JCB
MasterCard
August 2009
A13
TRAMS 8.34
Institution
Application
Description
9001
0010
MasterCard MATCHOUT
9001
0020
MasterCard SAFEOUT
9001
0030
MasterCard ICHOUT
9001
0060
MasterCard Automatic Billing Updater
9001
0061
MasterCard Automatic Billing Updater (EU)
9011
0001
MasterCard Front-End (Debit)
Institution
Application
Description
9500
0001
MBS Model Retail Acquiring
9500
0002
MBS Unbatched Adjustments
9500
0003
MBS Settlement/Billing System
9500
0004
MBS Match
9500
0005
MBS Bulletin Records
9500
0010
MBS JCB Terminated Merchants
9550
00010010
MBS Transaction Output
MBS
August 2009
A14
TRAMS 8.34
TRAMS/DE
Institution
Application
Description
9800
0001
Data Entry

Institution
Application
Description
9300
0001
Acquirer User Inputs
9300
0060
Acquirer Account Updater Inquiries (MasterCard

Automatic Billing Updater and/or Visa Account
Updater)
Institution
Application
Description
9000
0001
Calendar Excludes Sunday Only
9000
0002
Visa CPS/Passenger Transport
9000
0060
Visa Account Updater
9011
0001
Visa Front-End (Debit)
Visa
August 2009
A15
TRAMS 8.34
NCVCALPCalendar Parameters file

This topic lists Calendar records available in TRAMS depending on which TRAMS
modules are active. You can establish, change, or view Calendar records online by
selecting Calendar on the Control Options Menu screen (OPTIONMENU).
chapter in the TRAMS Technical Guide. For more information on the Calendar function,
refer to the OPTIONMENUControl Options chapter in the TRAMS Screens Guide.
American Express
Institution
Application
Workday Table
Description
9100
0000
OOOOOOO
American Express
Institution
Application
Workday Table
Description
9001
0001
OOOOOOC
MasterCard
Institution
Application
Workday Table
Description
0000
0000
OOOOOCC
Saturday and Sunday

Non-work
Institution
Application
Workday Table
Description
9000
0001
OOOOOOC
Sunday Non-work
9000
0002
OOOOOCC
Saturday and Sunday

Non-work
MasterCard
TRAMS
Visa
NCVJSCHJob Schedule file

This topic lists the jobs available in TRAMS depending on which TRAMS modules are
active. You can establish, change, or view Job Schedule records online by selecting Job
Schedule on the Job Schedule Menu screen (JOBMENU).
August 2009
A16
TRAMS 8.34
chapter in the TRAMS Technical Guide. For more information on the Job Schedule online
function, refer to the JOBMENUJob Schedule chapter in the TRAMS Screens Guide.
American Express
Job Name
Filepath
Institution
Application
AEFROUT
AEFROUT
9100
0060
AEGNIN
AEGNIN
9100
0001
AEGNOUT
AEGNOUT
9100
0050
Job Name
Filepath
Institution
Application
CHBKOUT
CHBKOUT
9760
0001
Job Name
Filepath
Institution
Application
AML1OUT
AML1OUT
9460
0001
CMSAMT1
CMSAMT1
9400
0002
CMSATGT
CMSATGT
9400
0001
CMSOUT
CMSOUT
9450
0001
GLDOUT
GLDOUT
9470
0001
LMSATPT
LMSATPT
9420
0001
PYMTIN
PYMTIN
9410
0001
Job Name
Filepath
Institution
Application
FASFTBA
FASFTBA
9600
0001
RPCOUT
RPCOUT
9650
0001
Auto-chargeback
CMS
FAS
August 2009
A17
TRAMS 8.34
ITS
Job Name
Filepath
Institution
Application
AUISSUER
AUISSUER
9700
0060
ITSCRCR
ITSCRCR
9700
0001
ITSFFD
ITSFFD
9700
0002
ITSFRD
ITSFRD
9700
0003
ITSICH
ITSICH
9700
0004
ITSOUT
ITSOUT
9750
0001
Job Name
Filepath
Institution
Application
JCBIN
JCBIN
9900
0001
JCBMROUT
JCBMROUT
9950
0001
JCBOUT
JCBOUT
9900
0001
Job Name
Filepath
Institution
Application
FEPIPIN
IPMIN
9011
0001
IPCOLOUT
IPCOLOUT
9001
0001
IPMIN
IPMIN
9001
0001
IPMOUT
IPMOUT
9001
0001
MAPAUTH
MAPAUTH
9001
0002
MATCHOUT
MATCHOUT
9001
0010
MCICHOUT
MCICHOUT
9001
0030
MCSAFOUT
MCSAFOUT
9001
0020
JCB
MasterCard
August 2009
A18
TRAMS 8.34
MBS
Job Name
Filepath
Institution
Application
MBSMTJO (JCB)
MBSMTJO
9500
0010
MBSMTMO
MBSMTMO
9500
0004
MBSMTPR
MBSMTPR
9500
0001
MBSMTPT
MBSMTPT
9500
0002
MBSMTSI
MBSMTSI
9500
0003
MBSMTVO
MBSMTVO
9500
0005
MBSOUT
MBSOUT
9550
0001
Job Name
Filepath
Institution
Application
DEBASIN
DEBASIN
9800
0001
DEEXTRCT
NDPO519
9800
0001
TRAMS/DE

Job Name
Filepath
Institution
Application
AUACQINQ
AUACQINQ
9300
0060
USERIPT
USERIPT
9300
0001
Job Name
Filepath
Institution
Application
FEPVSIN
VISAIN
9010
0001
VISAIN
VISAIN
9000
0001
VISAOUT
VISAOUT
9000
0001
VSAUTH
VSAUTH
9000
0002
Visa
August 2009
A19
Appendix B
Appendix B
Error Messages
This section describes the various messages that the TRAMS displays on your terminal.
These messages inform you of the status of the system and warn you of errors or
conditions that can affect the systems data.
Certain messages are displayed for your information and require no action on your part.
Other messages require that you take some action to correct an error or resolve a situation
before you continue work with TRAMS.
August 2009
B1
TRAMS 8.34
Error MessagesAppendix B
System error messages

System error messages warn you of a condition within the system that caused an abnormal
termination of a program (known as an abend). System error messages are displayed on a
screen similar to the one following:
DFH22061 TRANSACTION TRAM ABEND TRAM . BACKOUT SUCCESSFUL
TRAMERROR
TRAMS SYSTEM ERROR REPORT
14:18:49 -----
A critical error has been encountered and processing has

been temporarily terminated. Before entering another transaction, please write down
(or print) the following information. You should then present this to your
supervisor.
Transaction ID. . : TRAM
Date. . . . . . . : 12/09/99
Time. . . . . . . : 14:18:46
Application Program .
Application Location.
Error Code. . . . . .
Dataset Name. . . . .
Current Pgm Nbr . . .
File Status . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
:
:
:
:
:
:
NCPO338
0020
0E00
NCVCURT
0038
00024
Sub-program Name. . . .
Sub-program Location. .
Sub-program Error Code.
Sub-program Dataset . .
Previous Pgm Nbr. . . .
:
:
:
:
: 00330
UNKNOWN TYPE ERROR - ERROR CODE NOT FOUND IN MSG TABLE

PRESS THE "CLEAR" KEY TO EXIT THE APPLICATION
If you receive one of these messages, copy down the information displayed before
clearing the screen. Give the information to your supervisor or designated support
personnel for use in troubleshooting.
An abend forces you to exit TRAMS and return to the operating system. You will need to
sign on to TRAMS again before you can proceed with your work.
Input/output errors
TRAMS includes an online input/output routine (NCIO000) that is used by all of its online
programs. This program returns a message if it encounters an error in opening, closing,
reading to, or writing to one of the VSAM files. Following is an explanation of these
messages.
DUPLICATE KEY
The key information received identifies duplicate records within the file. More specific
key information is required.
August 2009
B2
TRAMS 8.34
DUPLICATE RECORD
More than one record exists in the file identified by the information given. More specific
key information is required.
END OF FILE
The program has encountered an unexpected end-of-file condition.
FILE DISABLED
The file has been disabled from access through a CICS operation.
FILE NBR ERROR (TS)
The file number located in temporary storage does not correspond to a valid file name.
FILE NOT FOUND
The program could not locate a program equal to the value identified by NCBCOMM-FILENBR.
FILE NOT OPEN
The program is attempting to read or write to a file that is not yet opened. The requested
file may be closed and unenabled or is still open and in use with a closed request pending.
GENERAL EXCEPT ERROR
The program has encountered a general exception error within the file.
I/O ERROR
An error has occurred in reading or writing to the file.

ILLOGIC
The program encountered a VSAM error that does not fall into another CICS response
category.
INVALID REC LENGTH FOR VARIABLE RECORD
The program attempted to write a variable-length record that exceeds the maximum record
length for the file.
INVALID REQUEST
A request issued by the calling program is invalid. (Refer to the TRAMS Technical Guide
for valid request codes.)
LENGTH ERROR
The record to be written exceeds the maximum length of records in the file.
NO SPACE
The file has reached its maximum capacity and has no more space in which to write a
record.
NOT AUTHORIZED
Access to the given file is not authorized for this user.

RECORD NOT FOUND
No record matching the given key information exists within the file.
August 2009
B3
TRAMS 8.34
REQUEST CODE INVALID
The value in NCBCOMM-REQ-CODE is not valid request code. (Refer to the TRAMS
Technical Guide for valid request codes.)
SIMULTANEOUS UPDATE
In comparing the maintenance date and time of the changed record to that of the master,
the program determined that these values differ. The record has been changed between the
time the operator received the record in order to change it and the time the operator was
actually ready to rewrite the master.
Abend Messages
TRAMS also includes a common online error handler (NCPO001) that controls the
systems response when an unrecoverable error occurs in a program. These messages warn
that an ABEND has occurred.
A BMS MAPFAIL CONDITION
The data to be screen-mapped has a length of zero or does not contain a set buffer address
order.
A FILE ACCESS ATTEMPTED ON A DISABLED FILE (DISABLED)
The program attempted to read a file disabled by the organization.
A FILE ACCESS ATTEMPTED ON A CLOSED FILE (NOTOPEN)
The requested file is closed and unenabled, or it is still open and in use with a closed
request pending.
A FILE INPUT OPERATION FOUND A NON-UNIQUE KEY (DUPKEY)
A record was retrieved using an index with the NONUNIQUEKEY attribute, and another
alternate index record with the same key followed.
A FILE INPUT/OUTPUT ERROR (IOERR)
An error occurred in reading from or writing to a file.

A LENGTH ERROR IN PROCESSING A FILE COMMAND (LENGERR)
The length specified for a write operation exceeds the maximum record size; an incorrect
length was specified for a read or write operation involving fixed-length records; a length
option was not specified for a read or write operation involving variable-length records; or
the length of a record read during a read operation exceeds the value specified in the
length option.
A NOT FOUND CONDITION USING INTERVAL CONTROL
The request identifier specified in a CANCEL command failed to match an unexpired

interval control command; a RETRIEVE command was issued but a prior task retrieved
the data directly through temporary storage requests and released the data; or the request
identifier associated with the START command is not unique and CICS cannot find the
data.
August 2009
B4
TRAMS 8.34
A PROGRAM OR FILE ERROR (UNEXPECTED END-OF-FILE)
The system encountered a logic error in the program or within a file.

A PROGRAM OR TEMPORARY STORAGE ERROR (ITEMERR)
The item number specified by a read or write command is invalid.

A RECORD TO BE READ OR DELETED NOT FOUND (NOTFOUND)
An attempt to retrieve or delete a record based on the search argument provided was
unsuccessful.
A TEMP STORAGE INTERVAL CONTROL LENGTH ERROR
The length specified within interval control is less than the actual length of the stored data.
A TEMPORARY STORAGE LENGTH ERROR HAS OCCURRED
The length of the stored data is greater than the value specified by the length option.
AN ILLOGICAL CONDITION OCCURRED IN A VSAM FILE (ILLOGIC)
A VSAM error occurred that does not fall within one of the other CICS response
categories.
AN INVALID REQUEST USING A FILE COMMAND (INVREQ)
A requested file control operation is not allowed. Refer to your CICS documentation for
additional conditions that result in this error.
AN INVALID REQUEST USING INTERVAL CONTROL
An invalid type of interval control was received for processing by CICS.

APPLICATION RETURNING MESSAGE IN NCBCOMM-FUNC-LINE-2
The application sent an error message from the communications area.
ATTEMPT TO READ AN EMPTY TRANSIENT DATA QUEUE (QZERO)
The destination (queue) accessed by a command is empty or the end of the transient data
queue has been reached.
BASIC MAPPING SUPPORT LENGTH ERROR (LENGERR)
The INTO area of a RECEIVE PARTN command is not large enough to hold the input
data.
DUPLICATE RECORD OR NON-UNIQUE KEY IN A FILE (DUPREC)
The system attempted to add a record to a data set, using a file, or to an alternate index
using the UNIQUEKEY attribute, in which the same key already exists.
FCT TABLE OR PROGRAM ERROR (DSIDERR)
An error occurred during an attempt to read the file control table or within the program
logic itself.
FILE ERROR (INVALID REQUEST ATTEMPTING ISC LINK)
The attempted link to the file failed due to an internal error.
FILE ERROR - RESOURCE SECURITY CHECK FAILED (NOTAUTH)
Resource security checking is in effect and a check has failed.
August 2009
B5
TRAMS 8.34
FILE SYSID NAME INVALID, UNKNOWN OR LINK DOWN (SYSIDERR)
The SYSID option specified either a name which is not defined in the intersystem table or
a system to which the link is closed.
GETMAIN LENGTH ERROR HAS OCCURRED
The value specified for the data length in a GETMAIN command has exceeded the
maximum length.
IC - SYSIDERR (INVALID NAME, LINK DOWN OR NAME UNKNOWN)
The SYSID option using interval control specified either a name not defined in the
intersystem table or a system to which the link is closed.
INPUT/OUTPUT ERROR IN USING INTERVAL CONTROL
An input/output error occurred during a retrieve or start option; or a start operation

attempted to write to temporary storage and the temporary storage data set is full.
INSUFFICIENT SPACE IN A FILE TO ADD A RECORD (NOSPACE)
No space is available on the direct access device for adding records to a data set.
INTERVAL CONTROL RESOURCE LEVEL CHECK FAILURE (NOTAUTH)
Resource level checking is in effect for interval control, and a check has failed.
INVALID TEMP STORAGE REQUEST USING INTERVAL CONTROL
There was no support for a temporary storage read request issued by CICS during
execution of a retrieve command.
MISMATCH OPTIONS WITH START/RETRIEVE COMMANDS-ENVDEFERR
A RETRIEVE command specified an option not specified by the corresponding START

command.
NO SPACE AVAILABLE IN TEMP STORAGE DATASET (NOSPACE)
There is insufficient space available in the temporary storage data set to contain the data.
NO STORAGE TO SATISFY A GETMAIN
The system cannot obtain the storage requested through a GETMAIN command.
PROGRAM CONTROL ERROR (INVREQ)
A return command with the COMMAREA option was issued in a program that is not at
the highest logical level, or a return command with the TRANSID option was issued in a
task not associated with a terminal.
PROGRAM CONTROL RESOURCE LEVEL CHECK FAILURE (NOTAUTH)
Resource security checking is in effect, and a check has failed.

PROGRAM ERROR - INVALID MAP SIZE (INVMPSZ)
The specified map is too wide for the terminal, or a HANDLE CONDITION
OVERFLOW command is active and the specified map is too long for the terminal.
August 2009
B6
TRAMS 8.34
PROGRAM UNKNOWN - POSSIBLE PPT ERROR
A program, table, or map cannot be found in the program table, in the library, or is
disabled.
REACHED END OF DATA USING INTERVAL CONTROL (IC)
No more data is stored for a task issuing a retrieve command; the retrieve command was
issued by a task started by a start option without a corresponding from option; or a retrieve
command was issued by a task not started by a start option.
TD SYSIDERR (INVALID NAME, LINK DOWN OR NAME UNKNOWN)
The system attempted to access a transient data using an erroneous name, or the link to the
data is not available.
TEMP STORAGE ERROR (ISCINVREQ)
The remote system identified a failure that does not correspond to a known condition.
TEMP STORAGE RESOURCE LEVEL CHECK FAILURE (NOTAUTH)
Resource security checking is in effect, and a check within temporary storage has failed.
TEMPORARY STORAGE - INVALID REQUEST (INVREQ)
A write command refers to data whose length is zero, or a write command specifies a
queue which is locked and awaiting session recovery.
TEMPORARY STORAGE ERROR QUEUE UNKNOWN (QIDERR)
The queue specified by a read or write command cannot be found in main storage or
auxiliary storage.
TEMPORARY STORAGE INPUT/OUTPUT ERROR (IOERR)
An unrecoverable input/output error occurred involving temporary storage.

TERMID (TCT) ERROR USING INTERVAL CONTROL
The terminal identifier specified in a START command cannot be found in the terminal
control table.
TRANSID (PCT) ERROR USING INTERVAL CONTROL
The transaction identifier specified in a START command cannot be found in the program
control table.
TRANSIENT DATA CONTROL ERROR (NOSPACE)
No more space exists on the intrapartition queue; therefore, no more data can be written to
the queue.
TRANSIENT DATA CONTROL ERROR (NOTOPEN)
The system attempted to access a destination that is closed.

TRANSIENT DATA CONTROL ERROR (QBUSY)
A command attempted to access a record in a queue that is being written to or is being

deleted by another task.
August 2009
B7
TRAMS 8.34
TRANSIENT DATA QUEUE ID ERROR (QIDERR)
The destination to be used with a transient data control command cannot be found.
TS - SYSIDERR (INVALID NAME, LINK DOWN OR NAME UNKNOWN)
The system attempted to access temporary storage using an erroneous name, or the link to
the data is not available.
UNKNOWN TYPE ERROR - ERROR CODE NOT FOUND IN MSG TABLE
An error has occurred that does not have a corresponding error message in the table.
Online error messages

As TRAMS processes your entries, it continually edits them to ensure that they meet the
systems requirements. If any entry fails one or more of these edits, the system displays an
error message above the command line describing the problem. If you receive one of these
messages, take the action suggested to correct the condition that caused the error and
continue with your work.
ACTION LIST REQUEST IS INVALID WITH FIRST ENTRY
The action you entered beside the key fields near the top of the action list is not valid with
that entry. Correct the action entry and press Enter again.
COMMAND NOT ALLOWED
The command that you entered is not valid with this function. Enter another command.
DATES INVALID FOR THIS SELECTION
You cannot target a date or range of dates for the selected option. Delete your entries in the
FROM and TO DATE fields and press Enter again.
DUPLICATE KEY
You entered key information along with a New action selection; however, a record
already exists that is identified by the key you entered. Either review and correct the key
information you entered or (with appropriate authorization) delete the existing record and
reenter the new information.
FIELD MUST BE NUMERIC
The value in the indicated field must contain numbers only, no alphabetic characters or
special characters. Correct the value and reenter.
FUNCTION IS NOT ALLOWED
You pressed a function key that is not valid with this program.
FUNCTION REQUESTED INCONSISTENT WITH ACTION
The function key you pressed is not compatible with the action you requested. For
example, pressing the Command function key after entering a Copy action beside an
object is an inconsistent function/action combination. Press the Cancel function key to
clear the error message, then choose another function key to proceed.
August 2009
B8
TRAMS 8.34
GENERAL MAP FAILURE ERROR
The system could not send, receive, or redisplay a screen map due to an internal error.
Contact your TRAMS support personnel.
HELP IS NOT AVAILABLE AT THIS TIME
The online help facility is not accessible for the current function or field. Refer to your
documentation for assistance.
INVALID ACTION REQUEST
Your entry in the ACTION field for an object is not valid for that object. Security may
protect the object from change or deletion, you may have entered N (new) for an object
that already exists, or other factors may apply. Correct your entry and reenter.
INVALID ACTION - STILL IN COPY MODE
The system is still processing a Copy request. Allow the system to complete its
processing, then make the request again.
INVALID APPROVAL GROUP
Your entry in the APPROVAL GROUP CODE field is not valid for your organization.
Determine the appropriate group code, correct your entry, and reenter.
INVALID APPROVAL LIMIT
Your entry in the APPROVAL LIMIT field is not valid for your organization. Determine the
appropriate approval limit, correct your entry, and reenter.
INVALID COMMAND ENTERED
Your entry in the command line is not valid. Correct and reenter.
INVALID DATE FORMAT
The date(s) you entered on the screen are not formatted according to your organizations
standards. Correct the entry and reenter.
INVALID DATE REQUESTED
The date you entered is not valid for the field. Check the date and its format, then correct
the entry and reenter.
INVALID FILE SECURITY GROUP
Your entry in the FILE GROUP CODE field is not valid for your organization. Determine the
appropriate group code, correct the entry, and reenter.
INVALID FILE SELECTION
The file you have identified does not exist within the TRAMS database. Correct the entry
and reenter.
INVALID FUNCTION KEY PRESSED
The function key you pressed is not available to you at this time. Valid function keys are
displayed at the bottom of your screen. Select one of these functions to continue.
August 2009
B9
TRAMS 8.34
INVALID INSTITUTION APPLICATION SECURITY GROUP
Your entry in the INST/APPL GROUP field is not valid for your organization. Determine the
appropriate group code, correct the entry, and reenter.
INVALID KEY PRESSED
The function key you pressed is not available to you at this time. Valid function keys are
displayed at the bottom of your screen. Select one of these functions to continue.
INVALID MULTIPLE NON-DELETE ACTION TYPES
You cannot enter more than one action other than D (delete) on an action list. For example,
you can enter only one U (update) action along with one or more D actions. Delete all
except one of your N (new), U (update), V (view), or C (copy) actions and press Enter.
INVALID MULTIPLE SEARCH ACTION TYPES
Only one S (search) action is permitted on an action list. Delete all except one of your
search requests and reenter.
INVALID NEW PASSWORD EFFECTIVE DATE
Your entry in the NEW DATE field is not a valid date, or is formatted incorrectly. Correct the
entry and reenter.
INVALID PASSWORD
The password that you entered on the sign-on screen does not exist within the Security
file. Rekey a valid password to continue. If you do not have a password, see your System
Administrator.
INVALID PASSWORD EXPIRATION DATE
Your entry in the DATE field under the Password Expiration heading is not a valid date or is
formatted incorrectly. Correct the entry and reenter.
INVALID PASSWORD EXPIRATION PERIOD
Your entry in the PERIOD field under the Password Expiration heading is not valid. This
entry must be a three-digit numeric value. Correct the entry and reenter.
INVALID PROGRAM SECURITY GROUP
Your entry in the PROGRAM GROUP CODE field is not valid for your organization. Type the
appropriate valueand press Enter.
INVALID RECORD STATUS CHANGE REQUEST
You have attempted to assign a record a status that is not valid given its current status. For
example, a status of A (active) cannot be changed to N (new). Correct the status code and
reenter.
INVALID SEARCH INFORMATION FOR THIS SELECTION
The Search criteria entered near the bottom of your screen is not valid with your menu
selection. Correct the Search entries and reenter.
August 2009
B10
TRAMS 8.34
INVALID SELECTION
The operator ID entered in the OPERATOR field is not on file for your organization. Correct
the entry and reenter.
INVALID STATUS
Your entry in the STATUS field is not valid. The entry must be A (active), I (inactive), N
(new), or P (purge). Correct the entry and reenter.
INVALID TARGETING INFORMATION FOR INSTITUTIONS/APPLICATIONS
The values entered to target institutions and/or applications are not valid for the selected
function. Review and correct your entries and press Enter to continue.
INVALID TIME FORMAT
Your entry in the TIME FORMAT field is not valid for your organization. Determine the
appropriate time format, correct the entry, and reenter.
INVALID TIME OFFSET
Your entry in the TIME OFFSET field is not valid for your organization. This is a three-digit
numeric value. Determine the appropriate time offset, correct the entry, and reenter.
INVALID USER EFFECTIVE DATE
Your entry in the EFFECTIVE DATE field under the User Information heading is not valid or
is not formatted correctly. Correct the entry and reenter.
INVALID USER EXPIRATION DATE
Your entry in the EFFECTIVE DATE field under the User Information heading is not valid or
is not formatted correctly. Correct the entry and reenter.
INVALID USER LEVEL
Your entry in the LEVEL field is not valid. This value must be A (Administrator), S (System
Administrator), M (Manager), or U (User). Correct the entry and reenter.
MUST CONTINUE PROCESSING ON NEW ACTION
The system requires you to review all of the functions screens when entering a new
record. Therefore, you cannot exit the function prior to the last screen. Press Enter to
continue with the function.
NAME FIELD REQUIRED
You pressed Enter on the sign-on screen without completing the USER ID field. This field is
required. Enter a valid user ID and press Enter again.
NO PRIOR COMMANDS AVAILABLE
You pressed the Commands function key to redisplay previously entered commands, but
no such commands exist. You need to key in the FastPath command you want.
NON-NUMERIC APPLICATION REQUESTED
Application identifiers consist of numbers only, no alphabetic characters or special

characters such as slashes. Reenter the application number in the appropriate field and
press Enter.
August 2009
B11
TRAMS 8.34
NON-NUMERIC DATE REQUESTED
Any date entries contain numbers only, no alphabetic characters or special characters such
as slashes. Check the date format used by your institution and reenter the date.
NON-NUMERIC INSTITUTION REQUESTED
Institution identifiers consist of numbers only, no alphabetic characters or special

characters. Reenter the institution number in the appropriate field and press Enter.
NON-NUMERIC RUN NUMBER REQUESTED
TRAMS processing runs are identified by numbers only, without alphabetic characters or
special characters. Reenter the run number in the appropriate field and press Enter.
OPERATOR EXISTS
The operator ID you entered for a new user record is already established within the
system. Make sure that you are entering the correct operator ID for the new user. If not,
correct the entry and reenter. If so, select V (view) to review the existing record and ensure
that it is correct.
ORIGINAL AMT NOT EQUAL CALC AMT
The total that the system calculated for this field is not the same as the amount on the
incoming file, cash letter, or batch header.
PASSWORD EXPIRED, SEE YOUR SECURITY ADMINISTRATOR
Your organization has arranged for your password to periodically expire. See your System
Administrator or Security Administrator to be assigned a new password.
PLEASE ENTER A SELECTION TO CONTINUE
You pressed Enter without making a selection from a menu screen. Type the number of a
valid selection in the field provided, then press Enter to continue. If you do not want to
make a menu selection, press the Exit function key.
PRESS ENTER TO DELETE SELECTIONS OR CANCEL
You have chosen a Delete action for one or more objects. The system offers you an
opportunity to change your mind before deleting the object(s). If you are sure of your
action, press Enter to proceed with the deletion(s). If you are not sure, press the Cancel
function key to revoke the action.
PROGRAM NUMBER NOT ASSIGNED
You selected a menu option for which no program number is currently assigned. Contact
your TRAMS support personnel.
RECORD ALREADY UPDATED BY ANOTHER OPERATOR
The record you are attempting to change has already been changed by another TRAMS
user.
RECORD REQUESTED DOES NOT EXIST
The object you are trying to access does not exist within TRAMS. Check to ensure that the
key information you have entered is correct and make your request again.
August 2009
B12
TRAMS 8.34
RECORD NOT FOUND
The operator ID you entered to be copied, viewed, updated, or deleted is not established
within the system. Correct the USERID entry and reenter.
RECORD STATUS IS NOT A, I, N OR P
The status of this record was changed to a value other than A (active), I (inactive), N
(new), or P (purge). Change the entry to one of these valid values and reenter.
REVIEW LIST, D HAS BEEN UPDATED, MUST REQUEST AGAIN
An object selected for deletion was previously updated during the same action list session.
To delete the object, you must exit the function and select it from the menu again.
Otherwise, correct the action entry and reenter.
SEARCH INVALID WITH OTHER ACTIONS
An action entry of S (search) is valid only if no other actions are entered for other objects.
Delete all other ACTION field entries and reenter.
SEARCH REQUEST DOES NOT EXIST
The operator identified for a Search request is not established within the system. The
system displays the action list beginning with the closest match to the operator ID you
entered. Enter another USERID value if necessary, or page through the action list to locate
the operator.
SELECT AN ACTION AND PRESS ENTER OR EXIT
You pressed Enter without entering an action for an object in the action list. Select one or
more objects for action, or press the Exit function key to leave the function.
SELECTION MUST BE NUMERIC
Your menu selection must be a number. Rekey your entry in the selection field, using one
of the numbers displayed on the menu.
SELECTION NOT ACTIVE
The menu option you selected is currently not activated for your organization.
STARTING POINT NOT FOUND
The information entered in the key field(s) is not sufficient or is incorrect, and the system
cannot use it to locate a starting point in the file. Check the entries, correct any errors, and
reenter.
THERE IS NO INPUT DATA
Valid entries are required for certain fields on this screen in order to proceed. Make entries
in these fields, then press Enter to continue.
THIS FUNCTION KEY IS NOT ALLOWED
The function key that you just pressed is not valid for the current screen. Refer to the
function key area at the bottom of your screen and select a key that is valid, or make a
selection from the action bar.
August 2009
B13
TRAMS 8.34
USER ID NOT FOUND
The user ID that you entered on the sign-on screen does not exist in the Security file.
Rekey a valid user ID to proceed. If you do not have a user ID, see your System
Administrator.
YOU HAVE ENTERED AN INVALID COMMAND
The FastPath command you typed in the command line is not valid for TRAMS. Refer to
the list of valid FastPath commands in the Commands and Codes appendix in this guide
and rekey your entry.
August 2009
B14
Appendix C
Appendix C
Setup Procedures
This section describes the procedures that users commonly perform using TRAMS
functions.
Procedures described in this section include:
Setting up programs and file tables

Setting up new TRAMS users
Setting up reports.
Many of the procedures included require the use of multiple TRAMS functions as
opposed to a single menu option. This appendix guides you through the functions you will
use and provides examples of screen entries. Use this information in conjunction with the
related topics in chapters of the TRAMS Screens Guide.
Setting up program tables

Related topics: Program tables and User profiles in the SECRMENUSecurity
Administration chapter.
Each users security profile is linked to a program table through entries in the PROGRAM
TABLE ID and PROGRAM GROUP CODE fields (accessed through the User Profile menu
selection). As the user works with TRAMS, the system references the corresponding
program table and group. The controls set up within the program table determine any
limitations to the users system access.
August 2009
C1
TRAMS 8.34
Setup ProceduresAppendix C
Example: Your organization establishes a program table with values as shown in the
following screen fragment.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------(
--------------------------------------------------------------------------TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
11/25/99 13:57:35
PROGRAM TABLE ENTRIES
Program
Number.
Program
Map ID.
Status.
Table
. . .
ID. .
. . .
. . .
ID.
. .
. .
. .
. .
.
.
.
.
.
:
:
(
(
(
T
020
NCPO144 )
NCMO144 )
A )
Date
Last
Date
Time
Added. . .
Mntd By. .
Last Mntd.
Last Mntd.
: 11/22/99
:
:
: 00:00:00
Security Data
Code
Action Level
Code
Action
Level
( 0011 ) ( 01 ) ( 1 )
( 0012 ) ( 01 )
( 2 )
( 0022 ) ( 02 ) ( 0 )
( 0025 ) ( 03 )
( 9 )
( 0033 ) ( 05 ) ( 1 )
( 0034 ) ( 01 )
( 0 )
( 0035 ) ( 01 ) ( 8 )
( 0040 ) ( 02 )
( 3 )
( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 00 )
( 0 )
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Then, your Security Administrator establishes a security profile for a new user, including
values as shown in the following screen fragment.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------(
--------------------------------------------------------------------------TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
11/25/99 13:56:24
USER PROFILE
User ID . . . . . . . . . : HSMYTHE
Level . . . . . . . . . . : M
Application . . . . . . . : TRAMS
Transaction Management System
Approval Limit . . . . . ( 01000000000 )

Approval Group Code . . . ( 0001 )
Program Group Code . . . ( 0011 )
Program Table ID . . . . ( T )
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Based on this information, whenever this user accesses TRAMS, the system will check
Program Table T for each screen displayed to determine whether the specific screen
requested includes a code of 0011. Once this requirement is satisfied, the system will
August 2009
C2
TRAMS 8.34
use the Action and Level values associated with that code to determine the specific
actions and level of field security available to that user.
The field security option is reserved for future use.

Your version of TRAMS is delivered with model program tables. The System
Administrator should modify the default tables to match your organizations requirements,
following these steps:
Step
Action
Analyze the TRAMS user base within your organization. Determine the
level of access you want each user to have, and assign a four-character
code to identify each access level. For example, a data entry clerk would
have limited access to the system, while a supervisor or manager would
have extensive access. The System Administrator should have unlimited
access to TRAMS functions.
Analyze the various programs accessible through TRAMS. For each of

the user types you have identified, decide what level of security you want
to assign to each program. For example, certain programs may be
available to everyone, while others are limited to access by the System
Administrator or senior management only.
Example: One organization using TRAMS has identified its TRAMS user types and
assigned them the following codes:
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
=
=
=
=
=
System Administrator
Senior Manager
Supervisor
User
Clerical.
The System Administrator has the task of determining program security for the Control
Options Menu and its associated functions. The Administrator makes the following
decisions:
Clerical personnel will have no access to the Control Options functions at all
Users and supervisors will be able to look at Control Options screens, but cannot
change any values
Senior managers will be able to read and update Control Options
The System Administrator will be able to create, read, update, and delete Control
Options.
August 2009
C3
TRAMS 8.34
Therefore, the Security Data portion of the Program Tables screen is set up as shown in the
following screen fragment:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------Security Data
Code
Action Level
Code
Action
Level
( 0001 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 )
( 0002 ) ( 02 )
( 0 )
( 0003 ) ( 01 ) ( 0 )
( 0004 ) ( 01 )
( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 00 )
( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 00 )
( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 00 )
( 0 )
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
For each program, determine which function keys are available for use within that
programs screen. First Data has established a model for you to use as a basis.
Use the Program Tables menu option, available from the Security Administration
Menu, to access each program and establish the table based on your decisions.
You can set up a program table for testing when you first install your TRAMS system,
then duplicate the table for live use through the Replicate Program Tables function.
Setting up file tables

Related topics: File Tables and User Profiles in the SECRMENUSecurity
Administration chapter.
Each users security profile is linked to a file table entry through the FILE TABLE ID and FILE
GROUP CODE fields (accessed through the User Profile menu selection). As the user works
with TRAMS, the system refers to the corresponding file table and group. The controls set
up within the file table determine any limitations to the users access to a file and the data
stored in the file.
August 2009
C4
TRAMS 8.34
Example: Your organization establishes a file table with the following values:
(
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
11/25/99 13:58:24
FILE TABLE ENTRIES
File Table ID
File Number .
Description .
File ID . . .
Log Indicator
Security Data
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
:
:
(
(
(
T
020
SETTLEMENT FILE
NCVSETT )
S )
(
(
(
(
(
Code
0011
0025
0040
0000
0000
)
)
)
)
)
Action
( 01 )
( 02 )
( 01 )
( 15 )
( 15 )
Level
( 0 )
( 0 )
( 9 )
( 0 )
( 0 )
Record Length . . . ( 0454 )

Min Record Len. . . ( 0454 )
COMMAND ===>
F3-EXIT
F5-REFRSH
F6-END
Status. . . . .
Date Added. . .
Last Mntd By. .
Date Last Mntd.
Time Last Mntd.
(
(
(
(
(
Code
0022
0033
0000
0000
0000
)
)
)
)
)
.
.
.
.
.
Action
( 01 )
( 03 )
( 15 )
( 15 )
( 15 )
(
:
:
:
:
A )
10/21/99
MARY
10/25/99
15:19:00
Level
( 1 )
( 5 )
( 0 )
( 0 )
( 0 )
Key Length. . . . . ( 10 )
Common Format . . . ( Y )
F9-CMDS
F10-ACTNS
F12-CANCEL
Then, your Security Administrator establishes a security profile for a new user, including
the following values
(
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
11/25/99 13:56:24
USER PROFILE
User ID . . . . . . . . . : HSMYTHE
Level . . . . . . . . . . : M
Application . . . . . . . : TRAMS
Transaction Management System
Approval Limit . . . . . ( 01000000000 )

Approval Group Code . . . ( 0001 )
Program Group Code . . . ( 0011 )
Program Table ID . . . . ( T )
File Group Code . . . . . ( 0011 )
File Table ID . . . . . . ( T )
Inst/Appl Group . . . . . ( 0001 )
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
August 2009
C5
TRAMS 8.34
Based on this information, whenever this user accesses a TRAMS file, the system will
check File Table T to determine whether it includes that file with an associated code of
0011. Once this requirement is satisfied, the system uses the Action and Level
values associated with that code to determine the specific actions and level of field
security available to that user while working with the file.
The field security option is reserved for future use.

Your version of TRAMS is delivered with default file tables. The System Administrator
should modify the default tables to match your organizations requirements, following
these steps:
Step
Action
Analyze the TRAMS user base within your organization. Determine the
level of data access you want each user to have, and assign a fourcharacter code to identify each access level. For example, a data entry
clerk would have limited access to data, while a supervisor or manager
would have extensive access. The System Administrator should have
unlimited access to TRAMS data. (We recommend that you use the same
user types assigned for program security, for consistency.)
Analyze the various files accessible through TRAMS (a list of files and
their functions is provided in the Commands and Codes appendix in
this guide for your reference). For each of the user types you have
identified, decide what level of security you want to assign to each file.
For example, certain files may be available to everyone, while others are
limited to access by the System Administrator or senior management
only.
Example: One organization using TRAMS has identified its TRAMS user types and
assigned them the following codes:
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
=
=
=
=
=
Senior Manager
Supervisor
User
Clerical.
The System Administrator has the task of determining file security for the Institution file.
The Administrator makes the following decisions:
Clerical personnel, users, and supervisors will be able to look at Institution file data,
but cannot enter or change any data in the file
August 2009
C6
TRAMS 8.34
Senior managers will be able to read and update the Institution file
The System Administrator will be able to create, read, update, and delete the
Institution file.
Therefore, the Security Data portion of the File Tables screen is set up as shown in the
following screen fragment:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------Security Data
Code
Action Level
Code
Action
Level
( 0001 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 )
( 0002 ) ( 02 )
( 0 )
( 0003 ) ( 01 ) ( 0 )
( 0004 ) ( 01 )
( 0 )
( 0005 ) ( 01 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 15 )
( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 15 )
( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 15 )
( 0 )
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Use the File Tables menu option, available from the Security Administration Menu, to
enter your file table into the system.
You can set up a file table for testing when you first install your TRAMS system, then
duplicate the table for live use through the Replicate File Table function.
Setting up new users

Related topics: User profiles in the SECRMENUSecurity Administration chapter.
Once you have established program and file tables within the system, you are ready to
begin adding TRAMS user records. TRAMS users fall within one of the following
categories:
Administrator
Manager
User.
Note that the codes you enter on the Program Table and File Table screens permit you to
further subdivide these user categories; that is, you can divide the user category into
subcategories for clerks, customer service personnel, department managers, etc.
To establish a new user record:
Step
Action
Gather information pertinent to the user, such as name, title, department,

managers name, etc.
Determine which of the four user categories applies to this new user.
August 2009
C7
TRAMS 8.34
Step
Action
Assign the user an eight-character user ID and an eight-character

password. If you want the password to expire and be replaced regularly,
decide on the expiration/replacement schedule.
Determine whether the users requirements for language, time format,

date format, or function keys differ from your system standard. Also, if
the user is at a location other than your own, determine whether the time
offset differs from yours.
Decide on the system access level you want this user to have, and which
program and file tables are applicable. You may need to review the
Program Table and File Table functions to help you make this
determination.
Access the User Profile function, available from the Security

Administration Menu, to enter the new user information into the system.
Use an action code of N in the action list to identify the record as a new
user record, or copy and modify a record that is similar.
Setting up reports
Related topics: Report Options in the OPTIONMENUControl Options chapter.
TRAMS controls report production through a set of parameters accessed through the
Control Options Menu. Using the Report Options selection from this menu, you can set up
as many as three sets of production and distribution controls for a single report. You can
also establish up to five separate schedules for each report.
TRAMS provides model report parameters for the reports that TRAMS produces. Follow
these procedures to set up controls for user-defined reports or to modify the model
parameters:
Step
Action
Identify the appropriate institution and application for each report to be

produced. You may need to produce the same report for more than one
institution. Also, decide how the report will be distributed (for example,
by hand, by mail, by courier).
Decide on the level of detail required for each report. You can print totals
only or complete detail as needed.
Decide how often you want the report to be produced and how many
copies are required.
August 2009
C8
TRAMS 8.34
Step
Action
Identify the medium for each report (such as standard computer green bar
paper, plain white paper, microfiche, etc.). For each type of medium,
determine how many lines will print on a page.
Identify the printer that will be used to produce the report.
Use the Report Options function to set up these controls for each report.
For new reports, enter an action code of N (new) on the action list or copy
and modify the parameters for an existing report.
Example: One organization is required to produce three copies of its Reject Transaction
Listing daily. One copy is sent to the client by courier, another is mailed to the
organizations home office, and another is filed on microfiche. In addition, the
organization produces a monthly Reject Transaction Listing that is mailed to the client.
The Report Options screens for this report are similar to the following:
(
11/27/98 11:44:34
REPORT OPTIONS
More:
+
Inst
Appl
Report Version
Eff/Date
0000
0000
801
000
081398
Report Name ( REJECT TRANSACTION LISTING
)
Institution ( TRANSACTION MGT SYS )
Date Added . . . . . : 00/00/00
Application ( TRANSYS
)
Last Maintenance By : HAL
Detail . . ( Y )
Date Last Maintenance: 10/24/98
Status . . ( A )
Time Last Maintenance: 15:57:53
***** Frequency ******
Day
Freq
Period
Date Next Run
Date Last Run
Fiche
( 00 )
( D )
( 001 )
( 111492 )
11/13/98
( Y )
Media
Dist
( 01 ) ( 0001 )
( 02 ) ( 0002 )
( 00 ) ( 0000 )
Copies LPPg
( 01 ) ( 60 ) (
( 01 ) ( 60 ) (
( 00 ) ( 00 ) (
COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2
F3=EXIT
August 2009
F5=REFRSH
Printer Set Up
F6=END
F8=FWRD
) (
) (
) (
User Parameters
F9=CMDS
)
)
)
F10=ACTNS
C9
Appendix D
Appendix D
Commands and Codes

This appendix includes a complete listing of fastpath commands and files used by
TRAMS.
August 2009
For information on how to research state, province, and country

codes, refer to the SSC Screens Guide, chapters SCDCCountry
Code Directory and SCDSState/Province Codes Directory.
D1
TRAMS 8.34
Commands and CodesAppendix D
TRAMS Fastpath Command Structure

MAIN
MENU
SECURITY
ADMIN.
CONTROL
OPTIONS
CLIENT
INFO.
FILE
MGT.
TRANSACTIONS
EXC.
TRANS.
SETTLEMENT
JOB
SCHED.
SYSTEM
TABLES
User Profiles
System
Options
Institutions
File
Display by
Reference
Number
Reject
Transactions
Common
Job
Schedule
Tran Code
Translations
Table
Program
Tables
Calendar
Applications
Cash Letter
Display by
Account
Number
Suspense
Transactions
MasterCard
Job Status
Interchange
Fee Table
File Tables
Report
Options
Control
Groups
Batch
Visa
ICA Table
Message
Tables
Reject
Options
Contacts
Hash Totals
AMEX
BIN Table
Help Facility
Purge/
Archive
Options
Merchant
Records
Warehouse
Totals
JCB
Account
Range Table
Fastpaths
View Log
FIle
View RDEF
File
World Card
Chargeback
Table
IIN Table
JCB
Interchange
Fee Table
Reload
Prog/File
Tables
Refresh
Filepath
Batch Run
Delete Mirror
File Records
Inst/Appl
Security
Groups
Approval
Limit Groups
Switch File
Table ID
August 2009
D2
TRAMS 8.34
TRAMS fastpath commands

Command Abbreviation
Full Command Name
AESPITLIST
AMEX Special Programs Action List
APPLLIST
Application Action List
APRVLGROUP
Approval Limits Group Action List
BATCHLIST
Batch Header Action List
CASHLIST
Cash Letter Action List
CHECKMENU
Data Entry Check Digit Function
CLIENTMENU
Client Information Menu
CRILIST
Visa Chargeback Rights Indicator Action List
DEADMNMENU
TRAMS/DE Administrative Functions
DEBTCHLIST
TRAMS/DE Batch Header Action List
DECASHLIST
TRAMS/DE Cash Letter Action List
DECHCKMENU
TRAMS/DE Check Digit Function
DECLNTMENU
TRAMS/DE Client Information Menu
DEFILEMENU
TRAMS/DE File Management Menu
DEMAINMENU
TRAMS/DE Main Menu
DEOPTSMENU
TRAMS/DE Control Options Menu
DESBALLIST
TRAMS/DE System Balance Action List
DETOTSLIST
TRAMS/DE Totals Action List
EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions Menu
FASTPATH
FastPath Key Word List
FILELIST
File Action List
FILEMENU
File Management Menu
FILETBLIST
File Table Action List
August 2009
D3
TRAMS 8.34
Full Command Name
HASHTOTALS
Hash Total Action List
ICALIST
ICA Action List
IFETLIST
Interchange Fee Rates Action List
IINLIST
Issuer Identification Number Action List
INSTAPPLGP
Institution/Application Group Action List
INSTLIST
Institution Action List
IPSTLIST
MasterCard IPM Settlement Action List
JFETLIST
JCB Interchange Fee Table Action List
JISTLIST
JCB Settlement Action List
JOBMENU
Job Schedule Menu
JOBSCHDLST
Job Schedule Action List
JOBSTSLIST
Job Status Action List
LOGLIST
Log File Action List
LOGOFF
System Sign-off
MAINMENU
TRAMS Main Menu
MSGTMENU
Message Table Menu
OFF
System Sign-off
OPTIONMENU
Control Options Menu
PRGMTBLIST
Program Table Action List
RDEFLIST
Record Definition Action List
REJLIST
Reject Action List
RPTLIST
Report Action List
SECRMENU
Security Administration Menu
SETTLIST
Common Settlement Action List
August 2009
D4
TRAMS 8.34
Full Command Name
SETTMENU
Settlement Menu
SIGNOFF
System Sign-off
SIGNON
System Sign-on
SUSPLIST
Suspense Action List
SYSTBLMENU
System Table Management Menu
TRANLIST
Transaction Code Action List
TRANMENU
Transaction Display Menu
TRNACTLIST
Transaction Action List by Account Number

TRNREFLIST
Transaction Action List by Reference Number
USERLIST
User Action List
VISTLIST
Visa Settlement Action List
WRCTLIST
World MasterCard Chargeback Amount by Reason

Code Action List
WRHSELIST
Warehouse Totals Action List
August 2009
D5
TRAMS 8.34
TRAMS files
File Name, ID, & Number
Description
Application
FileNCVAPPL (10)
Control information for each of the applications processed

by TRAMS.
Approval Limit
ParametersNSVAPR
V (70)
Controls the entry and approval amounts for data entry

transactions. This file is currently used only in TRAMS/DE.
Batch Header
FileNCVBTCH (13)
Control information for each of the batches of transactions

TRAMS processes. This information is used to balance the
batch header against the actual transactions in the batch.
Calendar
ParametersNCVCAL
P (61)
TRAMS operating calendar, which indicates the work days

and the holidays.
Cash Letter Header

FileNCVRPTP (14)
Control information for each cash letter containing

transactions for TRAMS processing. This information is
used to balance the cash letter against the actual batch
headers and/or transactions within the cash letter.
Common Settlement
FileNCVSETT (20)
Summary and total information for transactions that were

processed through common settlement.
Common Settlement
Transaction Code
FileNCVSETR (21)
Summary and total information for transactions processed

through common settlement, organized by transaction code.
This file is used for reconciliation reporting.
Duplicate Header
FileNCVDUPH (26)
Information about File, Cash, and Batch headers used to

detect duplicates during batch process inputs. Also known as
Hash Totals file.
File Header
FileNCVFILE (15)
Control information for each of the transaction files

processed by TRAMS. This information is used to balance
the file against the cash letter header, batch header, or
transaction information actually contained within the file.
File TableNSVFILE
(03)
Groupings of files for security purposes. Users are given

access to a specific group of files.
Hash Totals File
See Duplicate Header File.
August 2009
D6
TRAMS 8.34
Description
Institution
FileNCVINST (11)
Control information for the institutions for which TRAMS

processes transactions.
Institution/Application
Group
SecurityNCVIAGP
(22)
Control group information that can be used to deny or

authorize access to specific files based upon institution and
application number.
Job Schedule
FileNCVJSCH (31)
Information for each job scheduled for processing by

TRAMS.
Job Status
FileNCVJSTA (30)
Historical record of the status of each job processed by

TRAMS by processing date.
Log FileNCVLOGA
(07)
Record of all maintenance that has occurred to the system

during a given day for review purposes.
Message
TableNCVMSGT
(59)
Help text and other messages used by the system during

runtime, as defined within the Application Generator.
Mirror Batch Header

FileNCVCBTH (43)
Mirror image of the Batch Header file.
Mirror Cash Letter

Header
FileNCVCCSH (44)
Mirror image of the Cash Letter Header file.
Mirror File Header

FileNCVCFIL (45)
Mirror image of the File Header file.
Mirror Reject and

Suspense
FileNCVCRJS (48)
Mirror image of the Reject and Suspense file.
Mirror TRAMS
Transaction
FileNCVCTRN (46)
Mirror image of the TRAMS Transaction file, except that it

contains the 21 bytes of common maintenance data, which
the original transaction does not.
Mirror Transaction
Auxiliary Detail
FileNCVCAUX (47)
Mirror image of the Transaction Auxiliary Detail file.
August 2009
D7
TRAMS 8.34
Description
Program
TableNSVPRGM
(02)
Groupings of programs for security purposes. Users are

given access to a specific group of programs.
Purge Control
ParametersNCVPRG
P (67)
Controls that determine the next purge date for TRAMS

information and the way purging is processed.
Record Definition
FileNCVRDEF (33)
Layout of transaction records as defined within the

Reject Control
ParametersNCVREJ
P (63)
Control information used to process and clear rejected

transactions.
Reject/Suspense
FileNCVRJSP (18)
Transactions that TRAMS identified as rejected or

suspended transactions. Rejected transactions are those that
failed specific key edits during processing. Suspended
transactions are those that were identified as requiring
additional review prior to release.
Report Control
ParametersNCVRPT
P (64)
Scheduling and printing controls used for reports.
Security
FileNSVSECR (01)
Operator demographics and security profile information,

used to control operator access to TRAMS.
System Control
ParametersNCVSYS
P (04)
System-level parameters that govern the way TRAMS is

used, including options available for the organization to
customize the way information is presented and entered.
TRAMS Transaction
FileNCVTRAN (16)
Detailed information for each of the transactions received

and processed by TRAMS.
Transaction Auxiliary
Detail
FileNCVTAUX (17)
Original input transaction detail.
Transaction Code
TranslationNCVTRX
T (58)
A list relating transaction codes to the appropriate debit/

credit/memo indicator and relating source transaction codes
to destination transaction codes.
August 2009
D8
TRAMS 8.34
Description
Transaction
Information by
AccountNCVTXRF
(117)
Transaction information keyed by account number.
Transaction Warehouse
Totals
FileNCVTRWH (23)
Summary and totals information by destination about

transactions that are stored within TRAMS for future
release.
August 2009
D9
TRAMS 8.34
TRAMS and TRAMS/DE files containing Institution and/or

Application
File Nbr
Dataset Name
Disp
Code
Name
010
NCVAPPL
01
Application Master
011
NCVINST
01
Institution Information
015
NCVFILE
28
Warehouse File Headers
020
NCVSETT
01
Settlement Transactions
021
NCVSETR
01
Settlement Tran Code

Information
023
NCVTRWH
01
Transaction Warehouse
Totals
030
NCVJSTA
08
Job Status File
031
NCVJSCH
30
Job Schedule
045
NCVCFIL
28
Mirrored File Headers
058
NCVTRXT
05
Tran Code Translate
061
NCVCALP
01
Calendar Parameters
063
NCVREJP
01
Reject Control Parameters
064
NCVRPTP
01
Report Parameters
067
NCVPRGP
01
Purge Parameters
113
NDVBTCH
01
DE Batch Headers
114
NDVCASH
01
DE Cash Headers
102
NDVTOTS
01
DE Summary Totals
103
NDVTOTR
09
DE Region Totals
116
NDVTRAN
01
DE Detail Transactions
August 2009
D10
TRAMS 8.34
File Nbr
Dataset Name
Disp
Code
Name
119
NDVXKEY
01
DE Detail Tran CrossReference
124
NDVSQUE
09
DE Approval Queue
Records
Although NCVCASH, NCVBTCH, and NCVTRAN do not contain institution and

application, they will in effect be secured since all action lists also read NCVFILE, which
does fall under institution/application security.
August 2009
D11
Glossary
TRAMS Glossary
AEGN
See American Express Global Network.
AEGNS
See American Express Global Network Services.
alphanumeric
Field attribute that indicates that a field can contain letters

(AZ), numerals (09), special characters, or spaces. (Also
referred to as character or C.)
American Express
See AMEX.
American Express
Global Network
(AEGN)
American Express data processing systems, networks, and

operations that support and deliver authorization, exception file,
clearing and settlement, and other services.
American Express
Global Network
Services (AEGNS or
American Express
GNS)
American Express division that is responsible for managing the

relationships with acquirers and issuers that are not American
Express entities.
AMEX
American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. The

term AMEX is used interchangeably with American Express in
VisionPLUS documentation regarding charge card processing.
application
A software package or system that specializes in processing a

certain type of account. Examples are demand deposit systems,
savings, credit card, merchants, point-of-sale systems,
automated teller machine systems, and check processing
systems.
application generator
See Transaction Management System (TRAMS/AG).
August 2009
Glossary1
TRAMS 8.34
TRAMS Glossary
CASE tools
Computer Aided Software Engineering; a set of advanced

software programs that assist developers in the design and
implementation of a new software product while enforcing
standards and adding rigor to the design process.
class solution
The practice of classifying elements into various categories

according to the properties they have in common, enabling all
elements within a category to be maintained using a central set
of rules or controls while permitting specialized maintenance as
needed.
CMS
See Credit Management System.
common settlement
Settlement process that is applied to all of the transactions

processed by TRAMS, both bankcard and non-bankcard.
Common User Access

(CUA)
IBM standard for user/system interface that ensures common

usage of systems across application lines.
completion option
Method used to finish with a screen and either proceed with or

end the function, either saving or ignoring changes. Completion
options are carried out using either the Enter key, the Exit
function key, the Cancel function key, or the End function key.
Credit Management
System (CMS)
VisionPLUS accounts receivable system that handles retail

credit card and bankcard processing. CMS serves as a
repository for the demographic, financial, and historical
information for VisionPLUS cardholder accounts.
CUA
See Common User Access.
currency conversion
Process of changing a monetary amount from the currency of

one country into that of another.
destination
A combination of institution and application to which specific

transactions are directed for further processing. For example,
bankcard transactions are routed to a banks card processing
system; in this case, the bank is the institution and the card
processing system the application, and together they make up
the destination for the bankcard transactions.
Financial
Authorization System
(FAS)
VisionPLUS system used to make authorization decisions for

customer transactions online.
August 2009
Glossary2
TRAMS 8.34
TRAMS Glossary
Global Online
Business Exchange
(GLOBE)
Windows NT-based server that functions as an interface

processor between a participant and the American Express
Global Network (AEGN).
Global Network
Services (GNS)
See American Express Global Network Services.
group
An organizational entity consisting of individuals who perform

specialized tasks.
header
A grouping of fields that precedes records in a file, cash letter,

or batch, and which contains information about the data in that
entity. TRAMS compares information in the header against
system-calculated values for balancing and accuracy-checking
purposes.
icon
Small picture or illustration used to symbolize a procedure or to

draw your attention to a particular piece of text in a document
or on a screen.
IIN
See Issuer Identification Number.
institution
Corporation or other organizational entity that deals in

transactions and retains the user organizations transaction
management services for the purposes of processing these
transactions. Examples are banks, credit unions, health care
organizations, travel and entertainment businesses, oil
companies, or retail organizations.
Interchange Tracking
System (ITS)
VisionPLUS system designed to interface with the Transaction

Management System (TRAMS) and Credit Management
System (CMS) to provide the functions necessary for
processing Visa, MasterCard, and American Express issuer
interchange transactions.
International
Organization for
Standardization (ISO)
International association of countries that works to establish

global standards for communication and information
exchanges.
ISO
See International Organization for Standardization.
Issuer Identification
Number (IIN)
Number that identifies the issuer or the acquirer of a JCB

transaction. Each IIN is associated with a licensee ID, and one
licensee may be associated with several IINs.
ITS
See Interchange Tracking System.
August 2009
Glossary3
TRAMS 8.34
TRAMS Glossary
JCBI
See JCB International Ltd.
JCB International Ltd.

(JCBI)
JCB Co. Ltd. subsidiary that is focused on expanding the

issuance and acceptance of JCB cards outside of Japan. JCBI
(JCB International) can also refer to the online message
interface to the JCB network.
Licensee
JCB participating institution.
Licensee ID
Number assigned by JCBI that identifies a JCB participating

institution.
macro
A portion of code that performs a specific task. A macro is

placed into a major program at the point at which that task is
required.
mapping
The process of moving data from one field into another,

effectively reformatting its arrangement to serve another
purpose.
MasterCard
Registered trademark for a charge card eligible for use in

interchange.
MCG
See Merchant Category Group.
MBS
See Merchant Bankcard System.
Merchant Bankcard
System (MBS)
VisionPLUS system used to efficiently process merchants and

stores.
Merchant Category
Group (MCG)
Industry categories created by JCBI in order to place ISOstandard category codes in logical, purpose-oriented groups.
meta name
Name used in a templated program to identify an element that

will be supplied by the template. In Application Generator
templating language, meta names are offset with curly brackets
( { } ).
methodology
A highly formalized and standardized plan that guides software

development from the conceptualization phase through the
design to the actual programming and implementation phases.
monetary transaction
Transaction activity that has a currency value posted to an

account. Compare nonmonetary transaction.
August 2009
Glossary4
TRAMS 8.34
TRAMS Glossary
nonmonetary
transaction
Transaction that changes some parameters on a cardholder or

other master file but does not post a specific monetary item
against an account This term is synonymous to file
maintenance. Compare monetary transaction.
numeric
Field attribute that indicates that the field can contain only
numbers (09). (Also referred to as N.)
organization
A company that licenses the Transaction Management System

software for the purpose of processing transactions for client
institutions.
preamble
The standardized area in a TRAMS transaction that carries

transaction information.
prepaid card account
Account that has a stored value that is drawn against when the
card is used. Examples are telecom cards, transit cards, and gift
cards.
procedure
A portion of code that performs a specific task. A procedure is

placed into a central location within a major program and
referred to through a PERFORM statement.
process
A major program that carries out one of the primary TRAMS

tasks, such as process input or process output. A process
consists of core COBOL code as well as templated database,
macro, and procedure objects.
project
An organizational entity working toward one goal. Groups

within Application Generator are assigned to projects.
reject item
Transaction that has failed major edits and must be corrected

before it can be processed.
run-time
Time at which a program is actually executed
SAA
See Systems Application Architecture.
settlement
Process used by merchants and cardholder banks to exchange

financial data and value resulting from transactions or the actual
amount exchanged during the process.
settlement file
File that is produced during settlement and forwarded to the

transactions destination.
August 2009
Glossary5
TRAMS 8.34
TRAMS Glossary
source
A combination of institution and application that provides

transactions to TRAMS for processing.
structured
methodology
See methodology.
suspense item
An item that has been flagged by TRAMS for further research

and review.
Systems Application
Architecture (SAA)
IBM standard for system development that ensures

commonality across application lines.
templating
programming
See templating.
templating
The practice of using one entity as a model or pattern for

another; for example, basing a new program on one that is
already written.
TRAMS
See Transaction Management System.
transaction
See monetary transaction and nonmonetary transaction.
Transaction
Management System
(TRAMS)
VisionPLUS front-end processing and routing system that

serves for both monetary and nonmonetary transactions.
Transaction
Management System
(TRAMS/AG)
TRAMS Application Generator module is the central area

within TRAMS that contains control data such as tables,
filepaths, record definitions, procedures, common codes, and
common messages. The control data is used to build the
components required for input and output processing.
Transaction
Management System
(TRAMS/BC)
TRAMS Bank Card module enables an organization to confine

to one location numerous compliance issues related to
MasterCard and Visa.
Transaction
Management System
(TRAMS/DE)
TRAMS Data Entry module enables the direct and high-speed

entry of transactions into the system.
versioning
The practice of using TRAMSs capabilities to set up multiple

versions of the same file, table, or report, reflecting variations
of the same data.
August 2009
Glossary6
TRAMS 8.34
TRAMS Glossary
Visa
Registered trademark for a charge card eligible for use in

interchange. The members of the Visa charge card plan belong
to Visa USA and/or Visa International.
VisionPLUS
Integrated retail and bankcard credit management system that

offers new account processing, merchant acquiring, cardholderrelationship billing and management, promotions and
cobranding, card association compliance, and customer service
modules.
August 2009
Glossary7

TRAMS 8.35 Screens Guide

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

TRAMS 8.35 Screens Guide

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

TRAMS

Update (Title page only)

Changed release level, date, and update history to

TRNSEG01 screen 5: Added SURCHARGE AMOUNT

SYSPLIST1: Removed IPM field and updated field

Updated screen samples and example for Searching

FASTPATH: Updated screen sample

Removed references to obsolete institutions and

Updated screen samples: FILELIST, FILELIST2,

Updated screen samples: JOBSCHDLST,

Updated screen samples: TRANLIST and

TRAMS 8.32 Screens Guide

Updated for this release

Updated fastpath listing

TRNSEG04 screen 3: Added Visa Installment

SYSTBLMENU: Updated screen sample to include

Added CRILIST to fastpaths listing

SETTLIST1: Revised description of NET field to

Added new Institution file entries 9010 and 9011,

TRNSEG03 screen 3: Added POI CURR CNV TYPE, POI

Before You Begin ............................................................................................... 11

Looking at TRAMS ............................................................................................. 31

TRAMS 8.34 Screens Guide

SECRMENU: Security Administration ...................................................................... 41

TRAMS 8.34 Screens Guide

INSTAPPLGPInst/Appl Group Action List ......................................................... 461

OPTIONMENU: Control Options ............................................................................... 51

CLIENTMENU: Client Information ............................................................................ 61

TRAMS 8.34 Screens Guide

APPLLIST3Application Details.......................................................................... 626

FILEMENU: File Management .................................................................................. 71

TRANMENU: Transactions ........................................................................................ 81

TRAMS 8.34 Screens Guide

Transaction preamble details ................................................................................. 89

TRAMS 8.34 Screens Guide

TRNSEG10Corporate Common (Screen 1)...................................................... 888

EXCEPTMENU: Exception Transactions ................................................................ 91

TRAMS 8.34 Screens Guide

REJDTLReject Details ........................................................................................ 99

SETTMENU: Settlement .......................................................................................... 101

JOBMENU: Job Schedule ........................................................................................ 111

SYSTBLMENU: System Tables .............................................................................. 121

Before You Begin

The purpose of this guide

Purpose of the guide

Format of the guide

A purpose statement to describe the screen function

TRAMS 8.34 Screens Guide

Before You Begin

The TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information appendix contains a series of tables that

The glossary provides descriptions of often-used terminology in TRAMS.

Who should use this guide

Conventions used in this guide

TRAMS 8.34 Screens Guide

Before You Begin

This is a sample of a note. Notes provide information that will help

This is a sample of a caution. Pay close attention to any information

Bold following the Type command

Words or characters you type

Titles of guides and manuals that provide

BOLD, SMALL CAPITAL LETTERS

Names of fields as they appear on screens and

Messages as they appear on screens and reports.